Home

Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes User`s Guide

1. aT p L sour f ia 1 I soara 10 1 2 l n 2 n 1 DEE n 2 n 1 MSB LSB MSB LSB Right Justified Data transmission MSB first is right justified to the transition of WS LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL ws if t UW Ii ol 2 n2 l o 2 n 2 MSB LSB MSB LSB SCLK SDATA n 1 12 Press the WS Low softkey then turn the Entry knob to select whether WS Low indicates Left or Right channel data The on screen diagram changes with your selection WS Low Left Channel Left channel data corresponds to WS low right channel data corresponds to WS high WS Low Left is the oscilloscope s default WS setting Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 399 26 12S Triggering and Serial Decode LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL me a SE iu T SCLK l L li g l ONE SCLK CYCLE SDATA ofi1 2 2l ol 2 n2 n1 MSB LSB MSB LSB WS Low Right Channel
2. Channels 20 53us Lister Menu Display Zoom to S S Selection In addition to the standard Time column the I2S Lister contains these columns e Left Channel displays the left channel data e Right Channel displays the right channel data e Errors highlighted in red and marked with an X Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again Searching for I2S Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of I2S data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With I2S selected as the serial decode mode press Search Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 405 26 406 12S Triggering and Serial Decode 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the 12S signals are being decoded 3 In the Search Menu press Search then select from these options Equal finds the specified audio channel s data word when it equals the specified word l Not Equal finds any word other than the specified word lt Less than finds when the channel s data word is less than the specified value gt Greater than finds when the channel s data word is greater than the specified value
3. ea Cee e o mma 0b Control C New Acquisition ay CS m e bit Bitmap image bmp Save Recall 24 bit Bitmap image bmp PNG 24 bit image png a CSV data csv a mage ASCII XY data csv cal Reference Waveform data n5 ALB data alb Binary data bin Instrument Lister data csv Utilities Mask msk J You can click Preview to view the oscilloscope s current screen image When previewing you can use the New Acquisition check box to force a new acquisition before the preview With some formats you can click Save Setup Info to save setup information to an ASCII txt format file c Click Save The current acquisition is saved d In the File Download dialog click Save e In the Save As dialog navigate to the folder where you want to save the file then click Save Recalling Files via the Web Interface To recall setup files reference waveform data files or mask files from your PC via the oscilloscope s web interface 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select the Save Recall tab from the left side of the Welcome screen 3 Click the Recall link 324 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 21 4 On the Recall page a Click Browse b In the Choose file dialog select the file you want to recall then click Open c Wh
4. One oscilloscope channel probes the clock signal and another channel probes the data signal To trigger on setup amp hold violations 1 2 Press the Trigger key In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Setup and Hold Press the Clock softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the input channel with the clock signal Set the appropriate trigger tevel for the clock signal using the Trigger Level knob Press the Rising Edge or Falling Edge softkey to specify the clock edge being used Press the Data softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the input channel with the data signal Set the appropriate trigger tevel for the data signal using the Trigger Level knob Press the lt Setup softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the setup time Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Video Trigger Triggers 10 1 00 1 00V 50 008 S 1 76V Agilent n Channels Trigger Menu Trigger lt Setup Setup and Hold 16 0ns 9 Press the lt Hold softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the hold time Video triggering can be used to capture the complicated waveforms of most standard analog video signals The trigger circuitry detects the vertical and horizontal interval of the waveform and produces triggers based on the video trigger settings you have selected The oscilloscope s MegaZoom IV technology gives you bright easily viewed
5. 5 Press the Frame ID softkey and use the Entry knob to select the frame ID value from All or 1 to 2047 6 Press the Frame Type softkey to select the frame type All Frames Startup Frames NULL Frames Sync Frames Normal Frames NOT Startup Frames NOT NULL Frames NOT Sync Frames 7 Press the Cyc Ct Rep softkey and use the Entry knob to select the cycle count repetition factor 2 4 8 16 32 or 64 or AID 8 Press the Cyc Ct Bas softkey and use the Entry knob to select the cycle count base factor from 0 through the Cyc Ct Rep factor minus 1 For example with a base factor of 1 and a repetition factor of 16 the oscilloscope triggers on cycles 1 17 33 49 and 65 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 369 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode To trigger on a particular cycle set the Cycle Repetition factor to 64 and use the cycle base factor to choose a cycle To trigger all any cycles set the Cycle Repetition factor to All The scope will trigger on any and all cycles Because specific FlexRay frames may occur infrequently it may be helpful to press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal This prevents the oscilloscope from Auto triggering while waiting for a particular frame and cycle combination Triggering on FlexRay Errors 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to sele
6. Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display For each channel you select press the Pattern softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the condition for that channel in the pattern Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 153 10 Triggers 154 100 05 Agilent Acquisition Channels Pattern Al Pattern 10 1110 0110 D Trigger Qualifier Channel Pattern Pattern Entered 0 0 sets the pattern to zero low on the selected channel A low is a voltage level that is less than the channel s trigger level or threshold level 1 sets the pattern to 1 high on the selected channel A high is a voltage level that is greater than the channel s trigger level or threshold level X sets the pattern to don t care on the selected channel Any channel set to don t care is ignored and is not used as part of the pattern However if all channels in the pattern are set to don t care the oscilloscope will not trigger The rising edge 4 or falling edge Y softkey sets the pattern to an edge on the selected channel Only one rising or falling edge can be specified in the pattern When an edge is specified the oscilloscope will trigger at the edge specified if t
7. Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 For a 2 channel oscilloscope connect a BNC tee to the equal length cables Then connect a BNC f to BNC f also called a barrel connector to the tee as shown below Long cable to TRIG OUT AF A To Channel 1 To Channel 2 Figure 48 User Calibration cable for 2 channel oscilloscope For a 4 channel oscilloscope connect BNC tees to the equal length cables as shown below Then connect a BNC f to BNC f barrel connector to the tee as shown below Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 307 20 Utility Settings To Channel 1 To Channel 2 Be a han To Channel 3 To Channel 4 Longer cable to TRIG OUT Figure 49 User Calibration cable for 4 channel oscilloscope 4 Connect a BNC cable 40 inches maximum from the TRIG OUT connector on the rear panel to the BNC barrel connector 5 Press the Utility key then press the Service softkey 6 Begin the Self Cal by pressing the Start User Cal softkey To perform hardware self test 308 Pressing Utility gt Service gt Hardware Self Test performs a series of internal procedures to verify that the oscilloscope is operating properly It is recommended you run Hardware Self Test e After experiencing abnormal operation e For additional information to better describe an oscilloscope failure e To verify proper operation after the oscillosc
8. Press the Scroll Lister softkey and use the Entry knob to scroll though data rows in the Lister display Press the Time Ref softkey and use the Entry knob to select whether the Time column in the Lister display shows times relative to the trigger or relative to the previous packet row Searching Lister Data When serial decode is enabled you can use the Search key to find and place marks on rows in the Lister The Search softkey lets you specify events to find It is similar to specifying protocol triggers Events found are marked in orange in the far left Lister column The total number of events found is displayed above the softkeys 128 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Serial Decode 7 648 08 Stop 1 12V Errors Agilent Acquisition i Channels Search for Data is spall Each serial decode option lets you find protocol specific headers data errors etc See e Searching for ARINC 429 Data in the Lister on page 421 e Searching for CAN Data in the Lister on page 359 e Searching for FlexRay Data in the Lister on page 374 e Searching for I2C Data in the Lister on page 385 e Searching for 12S Data in the Lister on page 405 e Searching for LIN Data in the Lister on page 366 e Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister on page 413 e Searching for SPI Data in the Lister on page 394 e Searching for UART RS232 Data in the Lister on pa
9. Right channel data corresponds to WS low left channel data corresponds to WS high LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL I you SCLK gi UTI RE ONE SCLK CYCLE l SDATA o 2 7 7 n2 n1 of1 2 n2 MSB LSB MSB LSB 13 Press the SCLK Slope softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the SCLK edge on which data is clocked in your device under test either rising or falling The on screen diagram changes with your selection 12S Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture S signals see Setup for I2S Signals on page 397 After you have set up the oscilloscope to capture S signals you can then trigger on a data value 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the I2S signals are being decoded Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger Setup S PS 400 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12S Triggering and Serial Decode 26 3 Press the Trigger Setup softkey to open the I S Trigger Setup Menu IS Trigger Setup Menu Audio Trigger Base Left Decimal 4 Press the Audio softkey then turn the Entry knob to choose to trigger on Left channel events Right channel events or events that occur on Either ch
10. This automatically configures oscilloscope settings as shown on the display for the selected event trigger FlexRay Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture FlexRay signals see Setup for FlexRay Signals on page 367 For FlexRay triggering setup see FlexRay Triggering on page 368 To set up FlexRay serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Serial Decode Menu rial Mode 3 i Lister Serial 1 FlexRay Counters ae 2 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 371 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 372 See Also 3 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the acquired data Interpreting FlexRay Decode on page 372 FlexRay Totalizer on page 373 Interpreting FlexRay Lister Data on page 374 Searching for FlexRay Data in the Lister on page 374 Interpreting FlexRay Decode Agilent Acquisition i Channels Lister w Frame type NORM SYNC SUP NULL in blue Frame ID decimal digits in yellow Payload length decimal number of words in green Header CRC hex digits in blue plus red HCRC error message if invalid Cycle number decimal digits in yellow Data bytes HEX digits in white Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series
11. e Positive Pulse Count on page 234 e Negative Pulse Count on page 235 e Rising Edge Count on page 235 e Falling Edges Count on page 235 Positive Pulse Count The Positive Pulse Count measurement is a pulse count for the selected waveform source Positive pulse count oe ee or 234 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 This measurement is available for analog channels Negative Pulse Count The Negative Pulse Count measurement is a pulse count for the selected waveform source ff ft 7 ft Negative pulse count This measurement is available for analog channels Rising Edge Count The Rising Edge Count measurement is an edge count for the selected waveform source This measurement is available for analog channels Falling Edges Count The Falling Edges Count measurement is an edge count for the selected waveform source This measurement is available for analog channels Mixed Measurements e Area on page 235 Area Area measures the area between the waveform and the ground level Area below the ground level is subtracted from area above the ground level Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 235 14 Measurements Positive area I lt 4 gt i N cycles Negative area The Full Screen measurement interval variation measures the value on all displayed data points The N Cycles measurement interval variation measures the v
12. gt lt In Range enter upper and lower values to specify the range to find lt gt Out of Range enter upper and lower values to specify range not to find Errors finds all errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo 0 ee 27 7 e MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering e and Serial Decode Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals 407 MIL STD 1553 Triggering 409 MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode 410 Setup for ARINC 429 Signals 414 ARINC 429 Triggering 415 ARINC 429 Serial Decode 417 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 triggering and serial decode requires Option AERO or the DSOX3AERO upgrade The MIL STD 1553 triggering and decode solution supports bi phase MIL STD 1553 signaling by using dual threshold triggering The solution supports the standard 1553 Manchester II encoding data rate of 1 Mb s and word length of 20 bits Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals MIL STD 1553 signal setup consists of first connecting the oscilloscope to a serial MIL STD 1553 signal using a differential active probe the Agilent N2791A is recommended specifying the signal source and specifying the high and low trigger threshold voltage levels To set up the
13. png The complete screen image in a 24 bit color PNG format that uses lossless compression Files are much smaller than the BMP format See To save BMP or PNG image files on page 275 CSV data csv This creates a file of comma separated values of all displayed channels and math waveforms This format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis See To save CSV ASCII XY or BIN data files on page 277 ASCII XY data csv This creates separate files of comma separated values for each displayed channel This format is also suitable for spreadsheets See To save CSV ASCII XY or BIN data files on page 277 Reference Waveform data h5 Saves waveform data in a format that can be recalled to one of the oscilloscope s reference waveform locations See To save reference waveform files to a USB storage device on page 281 ALB data alb This creates an Agilent proprietary format file that can be imported by the Agilent Logic Analyzer application software using the Agilent B4610A Data Import tool for offline viewing and analysis See To save ALB data files on page 277 Binary data bin This creates a binary file with a header and data in the form of time and voltage pairs This file is much smaller than the ASCII XY data file See To save CSV ASCII XY or BIN data files on page 277 Lister data csv This is a CSV format file containing serial decode row information with commas separating the
14. 2 Press the Channel softkey then turn the Entry knob or successively press the Channel softkey to select a channel for label assignment 138 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Labels 9 2 05 Agilent on Channels Library Character ACK The figure above shows the list of channels and their default labels The channel does not have to be turned on to have a label assigned to it 3 Press the Library softkey then turn the Entry knob or successively press the Library softkey to select a predefined label from the library 4 Press the Apply New Label softkey to assign the label to your selected channel 5 Repeat the above procedure for each predefined label you want to assign to a channel To define a new label 1 Press the Label key 2 Press the Channel softkey then turn the Entry knob or successively press the softkey to select a channel for label assignment The channel does not have to be turned on to have a label assigned to it If the channel is turned on its current label will be highlighted 3 Press the Spell softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the first character in the new label Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 139 9 Labels Label Assignment Auto Increment Turning the Entry knob selects a character to enter into the highlighted position shown in the New label line above the softkeys and in the Spell softkey Labels can be up
15. Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 Table 3 Digital Probe Replacement Parts Part Number Description N6450 60001 Digital probe kit contains N6450 61601 16 channel cable 01650 82103 2 inch probe grounds qty 5 and 5090 4832 grabbers qty 20 N6450 61601 16 channel cable with 16 probe leads and 2 pod ground leads qty 1 5959 9333 Replacement probe leads qty 5 also contains 01650 94309 probe labels 5959 9334 Replacement 2 inch probe grounds qty 5 5959 9335 Replacement pod ground leads qty 5 5090 4833 Grabbers qty 20 01650 94309 Package of probe labels For other replacement parts consult the InfiniiVision 2000 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes Service Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 123 6 Digital Channels 124 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eve e e 7 Oe Serial Decode Serial Decode Options 125 Lister 126 Searching Lister Data 128 Triggeringon In some cases such as when triggering on a slow serial signal for Serial Data example I2C SPI CAN LIN etc it may be necessary to switch from the Auto trigger mode to the Normal trigger mode to prevent the oscilloscope from Auto triggering and stabilize the display You can select the trigger mode by pressi
16. For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 375 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 376 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo ee 25 7 e 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for 12C Signals 377 I2C Triggering 378 I2C Serial Decode 382 Setup for SPI Signals 386 SPI Triggering 389 SPI Serial Decode 391 I2C SPI triggering and serial decode requires Option EMBD or the DSOX38EMBD upgrade Only one SPI serial bus can be decoded at a time Setup for 12C Signals rc C nter IC bus signals setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial data SDA line and the serial clock SCL line and then specifying the input signal threshold voltage levels To set up the oscilloscope to capture I C signals use the Signals softkey which appears in the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Serial 3 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode s Agilent Technologies 377 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 12C Triggering 378 4 Press the Mode softkey then
17. For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 385 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for SPI Signals 386 Serial Peripheral Interface SPI signals setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a clock MOSI data MISO data and framing signal then setting the threshold voltage level for each input channel and finally specifying any other signal parameters To set up the oscilloscope to capture SPI signals use the Signals softkey which appears in the Serial Decode Menu 1 2 3 Press Label to turn on labels Press Serial Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select SPI trigger type 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the SPI Signals Menu Display Info SPI Clock Menu Clock Threshold Display Info TTL 1 4 In the SPI Clock Menu a Press the Clock softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the channel connected to the SPI serial clock line The CLK label for the source channel is automatically set b Press the Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the clock signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in deco
18. The Length control is available when saving data to CSV ASCII XY BIN or ALB format files It sets the number of data points that will be output to the file Only displayed data points are saved The maximum number of data points depends on these things Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 279 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data e Whether acquisitions are running When stopped data comes from the raw acquisition record When running data comes from the smaller measurement record e Whether the oscilloscope was stopped using Stop or Single Running acquisitions split memory to provide fast waveform update rates Single acquisitions use full memory e Whether only one channel of a pair is turned on Channels 1 and 2 are one pair channels 3 and 4 are the other Acquisition memory is divided among the channels in a pair e Whether reference waveforms are on Displayed reference waveforms consume acquisition memory e Whether digital channels are on Displayed digital channels consume acquisition memory e Whether segmented memory is on Acquisition memory is divided by the number of segments e The horizontal time div sweep speed setting At faster settings fewer data points appear on the display e When saving to a CSV format file the maximum number of data points is 64K When necessary the Length control performs a 1 of n decimation of the data For example if the Length is
19. e A negative runt pulse crosses through an upper threshold but not a lower threshold To trigger on runt pulses 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Runt 160 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 200 08 319 Agilent Acquisition Channels Trigger Menu Trigger Level Select Qualifier Runt Low gt 3 Press the Source softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the input channel source 4 Press the Positive Negative or Either Runt Pulse softkey to toggle between pulse types 5 Press the Level Select softkey to select High then turn the Trigger Level knob to adjust the high level 6 Press the Level Select softkey to select Low then turn the Trigger Level knob to adjust the low level You can also push the Trigger Level knob to toggle between High and Low selection 7 Press the Qualifier softkey to toggle between less than greater than or None This lets you specify that a runt pulse be less than or greater than a certain width 8 If you selected the less than or greater than Qualifier press the Time softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the time Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 161 10 Triggers Setup and Hold Trigger 162 The Setup and Hold trigger looks for setup and hold violations Clock rising edge Setup time Hold time
20. 200 kHz 5 Vpp Offset Low Level and Symmetry softkeys to set the ramp signal parameters Symmetry represents the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising and can be adjusted from 0 to 100 Pulse Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level 10 MHz 5 Vpp Offset Low Level and Width Width Fine softkeys to set the pulse signal parameters The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns DC Use the Offset softkey to set the DC level n a n a 2 50 V Noise Use the Amplitude High Level and n a 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Offset Low Level to set the noise signal 5 Vpp parameters Sine Cardinal Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 1 25 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude and Offset 1 MHz 5 Vpp softkeys to set the sinc signal parameters Exponential Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Rise Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level 5 MHz 5 Vpp and Offset Low Level softkeys to set the exponential rise signal parameters 259 17 Waveform Generator Waveform Characteristics Frequency Max Offset Type Range Amplitude High z High z Exponential Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Fall Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level 5 MHz 5 Vpp and Offset Low Level softkeys to set the exponential fall signal parameters Cardiac Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mH
21. 45 289 USB host ports 42 USB printer 289 USB printers supported 289 USB storage device 42 USB CD device 301 USB eject device 42 USB storage device numbering 301 USB trigger type 175 usb2 301 user cal 306 user calibration 306 user interface language 48 User defined threshold 113 utilities 295 Utility key 37 V V RMS FFT vertical units 84 values choosing 37 variable persistence 133 ventilation requirements 29 vernier channel 67 Vertical controls 41 vertical expansion 65 vertical position 65 vertical position knobs 41 vertical scale knobs 41 vertical sensitivity 41 65 Vertical Units FFT 84 VGA video output 44 VID license 340 video trigger 163 video trigger custom Generic 168 viewing tilt the instrument 28 439 Index VISA connect string 315 zoom display measurement window visualizations math 96 with 238 voltage measurements 220 Zoom key 38 WwW warranted specifications 331 warranty 310 Wave Gen key 37 42 waveform generator 257 waveform generator defaults restoring 272 waveform generator expected output load 265 waveform generator logic presets 266 waveform generator sync pulse 265 waveform generator sync pulse TRIG OUT signal 305 waveform generator arbitrary waveforms 261 waveform generator waveform type 257 Waveform keys 40 waveform type waveform generator 257 waveform cursor tracking 207 waveform inte
22. 67 bandwidth required oscilloscope 192 bandwidth oscilloscope 190 base 10 exponential math function 94 Base measurement 222 BIN file format 274 binary data bin 342 binary data file examples 346 binary data in MATLAB 343 binary data example program for reading 345 bits SPI trigger 390 Blackman Harris FFT window 84 blanking 56 BMP file format 274 brick wall frequency response 190 brightness of waveforms 36 Browser Web Control 317 318 319 320 321 Browser Based Remote Front Panel 320 built in help 47 burst width measurements 230 burst capture signal bursts 199 bus display mode 114 buttons keys front panel 35 433 Index BW Limit in DVM display 254 C calibrate probe 70 calibration 306 calibration protect button 44 45 calibration status 327 CAN decode source channels 352 CAN frame counter 357 CAN serial decode 355 CAN totalizer 357 CAN trigger 353 capture signal bursts 199 cardiac waveform generator output 260 Center FFT 83 channel labels 137 channel analog 63 channel bandwidth limit 67 channel coupling 65 channel invert 68 channel on off keys 41 channel position 65 channel probe units 69 channel skew 70 channel vernier 67 channel vertical sensitivity 65 characteristics 331 chart logic bus state math function 99 chart logic bus timing math function 98 choosing values 37 cleaning 309 clear displ
23. 80 English user interface and Quick Help 48 Entry knob 37 Entry knob push to select 37 erase secure 287 event table 126 expand about 65 301 expand about center 302 expand about ground 301 exponential fall waveform generator output 260 exponential math function 93 exponential rise waveform generator output 259 exporting waveform 273 EXT TRIG IN as Z axis input 56 EXT TRIG IN connector 45 external memory device 42 external trigger 184 external trigger input impedance 185 external trigger probe attenuation 185 external trigger probe units 185 F f t 75 factory default settings 286 Fall time measurement 231 fall time measurement trend 98 falling edges count measurements 235 fast debug AutoScale 303 FFT aliasing 88 FFT DC value 88 FFT measurement hints 86 FFT measurements 83 FFT resolution 87 FFT spectral leakage 89 FFT units 88 FFT vertical units 84 FFT window 84 file explorer 299 file format ASCII 274 file format BIN 274 file format BMP 274 file format CSV 274 file format PNG 274 File keys 40 file name new 283 file save recall load 299 filter math function high pass and low pass 95 filters math 94 fine adjustment horizontal scale 58 firmware updates 341 firmware upgrade files 327 firmware version information 315 firmware versions 327 flash drive 42 flat frequency response 191 Flat top FFT window 84
24. Absolute Value The absolute value function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license changes negative values in the input to positive values and displays the resulting waveform Agilent Acquisition h Channels x Measurements Pk Pk 3 519mV Pk Pk M fset 100 16m Source 1 Figure 12 Example of Absolute Value See Also Square on page 91 Common Logarithm The Common Logarithm log function available with the DSOX38ADVMATH advanced math measurements license performs a transform of the input source Where the transform is undefined for a particular input holes zero values appear in the function output See Also Natural Logarithm on page 93 92 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 Natural Logarithm The Natural Logarithm ln function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license performs a transform of the input source Where the transform is undefined for a particular input holes zero values appear in the function output 0 0V Agilent ition Channels x Measurements Pk Pk 3 519mV Pk Pk M 4 16 tit In Ch3 Scale 1 00 Function Operator Source 1 tit In Figure 13 Example of Natural Logarithm See Also Common Logarithm on page 92 Exponential The Exponential e x function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license performs a tr
25. CYC cycle number Data FCRC frame CRC Frames with errors are highlighted in red Searching for FlexRay Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of FlexRay data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With FlexRay selected as the serial decode mode press Search Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 24 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial bus Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the FlexRay signals are being decoded 3 In the Search Menu press Search for then select from these options Frame ID Finds frames with the specified ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Cycle number Frame ID Finds frames with the specified cycle number and ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Press the Cycle softkey to select the number Data Frame ID Cycle number Finds frames with the specified data cycle number and frame ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Press the Cycle softkey to select the number Press the Data sofkey to open a menu where you can enter the data value Header CRC Error Finds cyclic redundancy check errors in headers Frame CRC Error Finds cyclic redundancy check errors in frames Errors finds all errors
26. FLEX license 340 FlexRay frame counter 373 FlexRay serial decode 371 FlexRay totalizer 373 FlexRay trigger 368 FM frequency modulation waveform generator output 269 folding frequency 189 forcing a trigger 145 frame trigger 12C 380 freeze display 311 freeze display Quick Freeze Display 311 French front panel overlays 43 French user interface and Quick Help 48 frequency deviation FM modulation 270 Frequency measurement 228 frequency measurement trend 97 frequency modulation FM waveform generator output 269 frequency requirements power source 29 frequency Nyquist 189 frequency shift keying modulation FSK waveform generator output 271 front panel controls and connectors 35 front panel self test 309 front panel browser based remote 320 front panel language overlay 42 front panel real scope remote 318 front panel simple remote 319 FSK frequency shift keying modulation waveform generator output 271 G g t 75 gateway IP 297 Gaussian frequency response 190 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index gaussian pulse waveform generator output 260 Generic video trigger 168 German front panel overlays 43 German user interface and Quick Help 48 glitch capture 195 glitch trigger 149 golden waveform test 241 GPIB address 296 GPIB interface remote control 295 GPIB module 28 44 GPIB module installation 28 grabb
27. Horizontal Controls Z Axis Input in XY Display Mode Blanking When you select the XY display mode the time base is turned off Channel 1 is the X axis input channel 2 is the Y axis input and the rear panel EXT TRIG IN is the Z axis input If you only want to see portions of the Y versus X display use the Z axis input Z axis turns the trace on and off analog oscilloscopes called this Z axis blanking because it turned the beam on and off When Z is low lt 1 4 V Y versus X is displayed when Z is high gt 1 4 V the trace is turned off To display the zoomed time base 56 Zoom formerly called Delayed sweep mode is a horizontally expanded version of the normal display When Zoom is selected the display divides in half The top half of the display shows the normal time div window and the bottom half displays a faster Zoom time div window The Zoom window is a magnified portion of the normal time div window You can use Zoom to locate and horizontally expand part of the normal window for a more detailed higher resolution analysis of signals To turn on or off Zoom 1 Press the zoom key or press the Horiz key and then the Zoom softkey Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Horizontal Controls 2 These markers show the Time div Time div Delay time beginning and end of the for zoomed for normal momentarily displays Zoom window window window when the Horizontal N i position kn
28. Nth Edge Burst Trigger 158 Runt Trigger 160 Setup and Hold Trigger 162 Video Trigger 163 USB Trigger 175 Serial Trigger 177 A trigger setup tells the oscilloscope when to acquire and display data For example you can set up to trigger on the rising edge of the analog channel 1 input signal You can adjust the vertical level used for analog channel edge detection by turning the Trigger Level knob In addition to the edge trigger type you can also set up triggers on rise fall times Nth edge bursts patterns pulse widths runt pulses setup and hold violations TV signals USB signals and serial signals if option licenses are installed You can use any input channel or the External Trigger Input on page 184 BNC as the source for most trigger types s Agilent Technologies 143 10 Triggers Triggers General Information 144 Changes to the trigger setup are applied immediately If the oscilloscope is stopped when you change a trigger setup the oscilloscope uses the new specification when you press Run Stop or Single If the oscilloscope is running when you change a trigger setup it uses the new trigger definition when it starts the next acquisition You can use the Force Trigger key to acquire and display data when triggers are not occurring You can use the Mode Coupling key to set options that affect all trigger types see Chapter 11 Trigger Mode Coupling starting on page 179 You can sa
29. Percentage thresholds can be set from 5 to 95 The units for absolute threshold for each channel is set in the channel probe menu When the Source is set to Math f t the threshold Type can only be set to Percent TIP Absolute threshold hints Absolute thresholds are dependent on channel scaling probe attenuation and probe units Always set these values first before setting absolute thresholds The minimum and maximum threshold values are limited to on screen values If any of the absolute threshold values are above or below the minimum or maximum waveform values the measurement may not be valid 4 Press the Lower softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the lower measurement threshold value Increasing the lower value beyond the set middle value will automatically increase the middle value to be more than the lower value The default lower threshold is 10 or 800 mV If threshold Type is set to the lower threshold value can be set from 5 to 93 5 Press the Middle softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the middle measurement threshold value The middle value is bounded by the values set for lower and upper thresholds The default middle threshold is 50 or 1 20 V If threshold Type is set to the middle threshold value can be set from 6 to 94 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 237 14 Measurements 6 Press the Upper softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the upper meas
30. TV coupling is normally grayed out but is automatically selected when TV trigger is enabled in the Trigger Menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Trigger Mode Coupling 11 Note that Trigger Coupling is independent of Channel Coupling see To specify channel coupling on page 65 To enable or disable trigger noise rejection Noise Rej adds additional hysteresis to the trigger circuitry By increasing the trigger hysteresis band you reduce the possibility of triggering on noise However this also decreases the trigger sensitivity so that a slightly larger signal is required to trigger the oscilloscope 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 In the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu press the Noise Rej softkey to enable or disable To enable or disable trigger HF Reject HF Reject adds a 50 kHz low pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger waveform 3 dB DC 50 kHz You can use HF Reject to remove high frequency noise such as AM or FM broadcast stations or noise from fast system clocks from the trigger path 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 In the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu press the HF Reject softkey to enable or disable Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 183 11 Trigger Mode Coupling To set the trigger holdoff Trigger Holdoff Operating Hints Trigger holdoff sets the amount of time the oscill
31. The Full Screen measurement interval variation measures the value on all displayed data points The N Cycles measurement interval variation measures the value on an integral number of periods of the displayed signal If less than three edges are present the measurement shows No edges The X cursors show what interval of the waveform is being measured Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 DC RMS DC RMS is the root mean square value of the waveform over one or more full periods n 2 X i l RMS de V 25 Where x value at ith point being measured n number of points in measurement interval The Full Screen measurement interval variation measures the value on all displayed data points The N Cycles measurement interval variation measures the value on an integral number of periods of the displayed signal If less than three edges are present the measurement shows No edges The X cursors show the interval of the waveform being measured AC RMS AC RMS is the root mean square value of the waveform with the DC component removed It is useful for example for measuring power supply noise The N Cycles measurement interval measures the value on an integral number of periods of the displayed signal If less than three edges are present the measurement shows No edges The X cursors show the interval of the waveform being measured The Full Screen Std Deviati
32. Welcome to your L 1 Web Enabled Oscilloscope MSO X 2024A Information about this Web Enabled Instrument Agilent Technologies KOSICE S3 Instrument MSO X 2024A Oscilloscope Agilent MSO X 2024A US50210029 atten alton 130 29 70 169 TOPIPO a mx2024a 10029 INSTR Advanced information Identification Ooff on Use the navigation bar on the left to access your oscilloscope and y lated information Agilent Technologies Inc 2006 2010 Identification option Instrument Utilities The Instrument Utilities page of the web interface lets you e View installed options 326 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 21 e View firmware versions e Install firmware upgrade files e View calibration status You can select these cababilities via a drop down menu Instrument Utilities Installed Options Firmware Version Calibration Status _ talled Options FPGA Altera Power application Segmented Memory Limit Mask Test 200MHz Bandwidth 4100MHz Bandwidth Education license Setting a Password Whenever you connect the oscilloscope to a LAN it is good practice to set a password The password prevents someone from remotely accessing the oscilloscope via a Web browser and changing parameters Remote users can still view the Welcome screen view network status etc but they can t operate the instrument or chang
33. analog channel inputs 41 analog channel probe attenuation 69 analog channel setup 63 analog filters adjusting 83 Analyze key 37 Analyze Segments 200 202 240 annotation adding 312 arbitrary generated waveforms editing 261 arbitrary waveform generator output 258 arbitrary waveforms copying from other sources 264 arbitrary waveforms creating new 262 arbitrary waveforms editing existing 263 Area Full Screen measurement 236 Area N Cycles measurement 236 ARINC 429 serial decode 417 ARINC 429 totalizer 420 ARINC 429 trigger 415 ARINC 429 words errors counter 420 ARINC 429 decode signal speed 414 ARINC 429 decode signal type 415 ARINC 429 decode word format 418 ASCII file format 274 attenuation probe 69 attenuation probe external trigger 185 attenuators 71 AUDIO license 339 Auto Increment 283 AUTO Option 339 Auto Scale key 39 Auto Setup FFT 84 85 Auto trigger mode 180 Auto trigger indicator 181 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide AutolP 297 298 automatic measurements 215 217 automatic setup 109 AutoProbe interface 41 66 AutoScale preferences 303 AutoScale digital channels 109 AutoScale undo 33 Average Full Screen measurement 224 Average N Cycles measurement 224 average measurement trend 97 averaging acquire mode 193 197 Ax B math function 90 Back Up key 36 bandwidth 309 bandwidth limit
34. displays of any part of the video waveform Analysis of video waveforms is simplified by the oscilloscope s ability to trigger on any selected line of the video signal It is important when using a 10 1 passive probe that the probe is correctly compensated The oscilloscope is sensitive to this and will not trigger if the probe is not properly compensated especially for progressive formats 1 Press the Trigger key Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 163 10 Triggers 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Video 200 08 o Vid Field1 Agilent Acquisition Channels 5 Trigger Source Settings Video gt 3 Press the Source softkey and select any analog channel as the video trigger source The selected trigger source is displayed in the upper right corner of the display Turning the Trigger Level knob does not change the trigger level because the trigger level is automatically set to the sync pulse Trigger coupling is automatically set to TV in the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu Provide Correct Matching Many video signals are produced from 75 Q sources To provide correct matching to these sources a 75 Q terminator such as an Agilent 11094B should be connected to the oscilloscope input 4 Press the sync polarity softkey to set the Video trigger to either positive C Ib or negative CLD sync polarity 5 Press the Settings softkey 164 Agile
35. integrate function input or even small oscilloscope calibration errors can cause the integrate function output to ramp up or down This DC offset correction lets you level the integrate waveform Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 81 4 Math Waveforms Channels 10 0 1 Offset 2 Source 1 i Agilent Acquisition Channels 10 0 1 Source 1 gt Offset 1 2 0v 0 V level Integrate without DC offset correction FURGEION Operat flt fdt Integrate with DC offset correction _ Scale 5 00uVs Operator fat Figure 8 Integrate and Signal Offset See Also page 75 82 e To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation on Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 e Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 FFT Measurement FFT is used to compute the fast Fourier transform using analog input channels or an arithmetic operation g t FFT takes the digitized time record of the specified source and transforms it to the frequency domain When the FFT function is selected the FFT spectrum is plotted on the oscilloscope display as magnitude in dBV versus frequency The readout for the horizontal axis changes from time to frequency Hertz and the vertical readout changes from volts to dB Use the FFT function to find crosstalk problems to find distortion problems in analog waveforms caused by amplifier non linearity
36. page 193 d dt plots the derivative of the selected source using the average slope estimate at 4 points formula The equation is _ Ving 2Y 2Yj y Yi d i 8At Where d differential waveform e y channel 1 2 3 or 4 or g t internal arithmetic operation data points e i data point index e At point to point time difference Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 79 4 80 Math Waveforms Agilent Acquisition Channels eform Math Menu f t Function Operator tit didt Figure 7 Example of Differentiate Function See Also To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation on page 75 e Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 Integrate J dt integrate calculates the integral of the selected source You can use integrate to calculate the energy of a pulse in volt seconds or measure the area under a waveform J dt plots the integral of the source using the Trapezoidal Rule The equation is n Lym tT At y i 0 Where e I integrated waveform Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 At point to point time difference e y channel 1 2 3 or 4 or g t internal arithmetic operation e co arbitrary constant e i data point index The integrate operator provides an Offset softkey that lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the input signal Small DC offset in the
37. 12 Set all Bits 416 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 Use the Define softkey to select SDI Data or SSM The SDI or SSM selections may not be available depending on word format selection in the Serial Decode Menu Use the Bit softkey to select the bit to change Use the 01X softkey to set the bit value Use the Set all Bits softkey to set all bit values to 0 1 or X 6 If you select the Label Range condition use the Lable Min and Label Max softkeys to specify the ends of the range Again label values are always displayed in octal You can use the Zoom mode for easier navigation of the decoded data To display ARINC 429 serial decode see ARINC 429 Serial Decode on page 417 ARINC 429 Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture ARINC 429 signals see Setup for ARINC 429 Signals on page 414 For ARINC 429 triggering set up see ARINC 429 Triggering on page 415 To set up ARINC 429 serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Serial Decode Me WORDS 0000707471 ERRORS 000 36 Mode Signals ettings Word Format Lister ARINC 429 Eza y L SDI Data SSM a 2 In the submenu accessed by the Settings softkey you can use the Base softkey to select between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 417 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429
38. 2 X gate time The hardware counter uses the trigger comparator output Therefore the counted channel s trigger level or threshold for digital channels must be set correctly The Y cursor shows the threshold level used in the measurement Analog and digital channels can be selected as the source Only one Counter measurement can be displayed at a time Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 229 14 Measurements Width Width is the time from the middle threshold of the rising edge to the middle threshold of the next falling edge The X cursors show the pulse being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point Width Width is the time from the middle threshold of the falling edge to the middle threshold of the next rising edge The X cursors show the pulse being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point Burst Width The Burst Width measurement is the time from the first edge to the last edge on screen l l l l l4 gt Burst width Duty Cycle The duty cycle of a repetitive pulse train is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the period expressed as a percentage The X cursors show the time period being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point Duty cycle h x 100 230 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 Rise Time The rise time of a signal is the time difference between the crossing of the lower t
39. 7015 b 2 November 1995 as applicable in any technical data Safety Notices CAUTION A CAUTION notice denotes a haz ard It calls attention to an operat ing procedure practice or the like that if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to the product or loss of important data Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met A WARNING notice denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice or the like that if not correctly per formed or adhered to could result in personal injury or death Do not proceed beyond a WARNING notice until the indicated condi tions are fully understood and met Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes At a Glance MSO X 3054A 500 MHz Ase tapea Oneoncene aters mesa 20m ZE Agileat Technologies InfiniiVision Agilent Aquit e oOo O p Table1 3000 X Series Model Numbers Bandwidths Sample Rates Bandwidth 100 MHz 200 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz Sample Rate 4 GSa s 4 GSa s 4 GSa s 4 GSa s 5 GSa s interleaved 2 GSa s 2 GSa s 2 GSa s 2 GSa s 2 5 GSa s non interleaved 2 Channel 16 Logic MSO X 3012A MSO X 3032A MSO X 3052A MSO X 3102A Channels MSO 4 Channel 16 Logic MSO X 3014A MSO X 3024A MS0 X 3034A MSO X 3054A MSO X 3104A Channels
40. Agilent Technologies 167 12 Acquisition Control When you press Single the display is cleared the trigger mode is temporarily set to Normal to keep the oscilloscope from auto triggering immediately the trigger circuitry is armed the Single key is illuminated and the oscilloscope waits until a trigger condition occurs before it displays a waveform When the oscilloscope triggers the single acquisition is displayed and the oscilloscope is stopped the Run Stop key is illuminated in red Press Single again to acquire another waveform If the oscilloscope doesn t trigger you can press the Force Trigger key to trigger on anything and make a single acquisition To display the results of multiple acquisitions use persistence See To set or clear persistence on page 133 Singlevs The maximum data record length is greater for a single acquisition than Running and when the oscilloscope is running or when the oscilloscope is stopped Record Length after running e Single Single acquisitions always use the maximum memory available at least twice as much memory as acquisitions captured when running and the oscilloscope stores at least twice as many samples At slower time div settings because there is more memory available for a single acquisition the acquisition has a higher effective sample rate e Running When running versus taking a single acquisition the memory is divided in half This lets the acqu
41. Data A waveform may have more than one data set Each waveform data set Header will have a waveform data header The waveform data header consists of information about the waveform data set This header is stored immediately before the data set Waveform Data Header Size A 32 bit integer that is the size of the waveform data header Buffer Type A 16 bit short that is the type of waveform data stored in the file 0 Unknown data e 1 Normal 32 bit float data 2 Maximum float data e 3 Minimum float data 4 Not used in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes 5 Notused in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes e 6 Digital unsigned 8 bit char data for digital channels Bytes Per Point A 16 bit short that is the number of bytes per data point Buffer Size A 32 bit integer that is the size of the buffer required to hold the data points Example Program for Reading Binary Data To find an example program for reading binary data direct your web browser to www agilent com find 3000X Series examples and select Example Program for Reading Binary Data Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 345 22 Reference Examples of Binary Files Single The following picture shows a binary file of a single acquisition with Acquisition multiple analog channels Multiple Analog File Header Number of Waveforms N 12 bytes Channels Waveform Header 1 140 bytes Number of Waveform Buf
42. Debug Channels for Quick Help Al All Scrolling and When using a monitor resolution of 800 x 600 or less on the remote Monitor computer you need to scroll to access the full remote front panel To Resolution display the remote front panel without scroll bars use a monitor resolution greater than 800 x 600 on your computer s display Browser Based Remote Front Panel To operate the oscilloscope using the web interface s Browser Based Remote Front Panel 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select Browser Web Control then select Browser Based Remote Front Panel After a few seconds the Remote Front Panel appears 3 Click keys or knobs that you would normally press on the oscilloscope s front panel Buttons have been added for turning knobs Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 21 EEEE Run Control SCE Agilent Tochaologies InfiniiVision MSO X 2024A med 007 Remote Programming via the Web Interface To send remote programming commands to the oscilloscope via the SCPI Commands applet window 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select Browser Web Control then select Remote Programming The SCPI Commands applet appears within the browser web page Agi
43. Oscilloscopes User s Guide Cursors 13 Cursor Examples 1 00 Agilent Acquisition ormal Channels Cursors Source Cursors Manual wil Figure 40 Cursors used to measure pulse widths other than middle threshold points Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 209 13 Cursors Agilent Acquisition Channels Cursors 171 000ns 4 18100V nu Mode Source Cursors X1 216 000ns Manual X2 Figure 41 Cursors measure frequency of pulse ringing Expand the display with Zoom mode then characterize the event of interest with the cursors 210 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Cursors 13 1 00 Agilent Acquisition Channels Cursors 64 400ns Mode Source Cursors Units Manual Y2 5 Figure 42 Cursors track Zoom window Put the X1 cursor on one side of a pulse and the X2 cursor on the other side of the pulse Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 211 13 Cursors 500 08 1 00 Agilent tion Channels Cursors Source Cursors Manual X2 Figure 43 Measuring pulse width with cursors Press the X1 X2 linked softkey and move the cursors together to check for pulse width variations in a pulse train 212 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Cursors 13 1 004 Agilent Acquisition I Channels Cursors Source Cursors Manual X1X2 Figure 44 Moving the cursors toge
44. Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 24 e Frame CRC hex digits in blue plus red FCRC error message if invalid e Frame coding errors specific error symbol in red FlexRay Totalizer The FlexRay totalizer consists of counters that provide a direct measure of bus quality and efficiency The totalizer appears on screen whenever FlexRay Decode is ON in the Serial Decode Menu The FRAMES counter gives a real time count of all captured frames e The NULL counter gives the number and percentage of null frames e The SYNC counter gives the number and percentage of sync frames The totalizer runs counting frames and calculating percentages even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset FlexRay Counters softkey Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 373 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 374 Interpreting FlexRay Lister Data len HCAC C z 9D7F3A Agilent 815ECD 49C7F6 Acquisition 41 56u5 55E601 OD7F3A 8 440us S15ECD 43 42us 49C7F6 Channels 58 44us 55E601 93 45us 9D7F3A Data 01 01 Zoom to Options Selection w In addition to the standard Time column the FlexRay Lister contains these columns FID frame ID Len payload length HCRC header CRC
45. Point to Point ConnectiontoaPC 298 File Explorer 299 Setting Oscilloscope Preferences 301 To choose expand about center or ground 301 To disable enable transparent backgrounds 302 To load the default label library 302 To setup the screensaver 302 To set AutoScale preferences 303 Setting the Oscilloscope s Clock 304 Setting the Rear Panel TRIG OUT Source 304 Performing Service Tasks 305 To perform user calibration 306 To perform hardware self test 308 To perform front panel self test 309 To display oscilloscope information 309 To display the user calibration status 309 To clean the oscilloscope 309 To check warranty and extended services status 310 To contact Agilent 310 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 19 20 21 22 Web Interface Reference To return the instrument 310 Configuring the Quick Action Key 311 Adding an Annotation 312 Accessing the Web Interface 316 Browser Web Control 317 Real Scope Remote Front Panel 318 Simple Remote Front Panel 319 Browser Based Remote Front Panel 320 Remote Programming via the Web Interface 321 Remote Programming with Agilent 10 Libraries 322 Save Recall 323 Saving Files via the Web Interface 323 Recalling Files via the Web Interface 324 Get Image 325 Identification Function 326 Instrument Utilities 326 Setting a Password 327 Specifications and Characteristics 331 Measurement Category 331 Oscilloscope Measurement Category 332 Measurem
46. Recall then turn the Entry knob to select the type of file you want to recall Setup scp See To recall setup files on page 284 Mask msk See To recall mask files on page 285 Reference Waveform data h5 See To recall reference waveform files from a USB storage device on page 285 Arbitrary Waveform data csv See To recall arbitrary waveforms on page 285 You can also recall setups and mask files by loading them using the File Explorer See File Explorer on page 299 You can also configure the Quick Action key to recall setups masks or reference waveforms See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 To recall setup files Setup files can be recalled from one of 10 internal Agilent Flash locations or from an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Recall gt Recall then turn the Entry knob to select Setup scp 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the file to recall See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Press the Press to Recall softkey A message indicating whether the recall was successful is displayed 4 If you would like to clear the display press Clear Display 284 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 To recall mask files Mask files can be recalled from one of four internal Agilent Flash locations or from an ext
47. Screen Base on page 222 Burst Width on page 230 Counter on page 229 Yes Not valid for math waveforms Delay on page 231 Measures between two sources Press Settings to specify the second source Duty Cycle on page 230 Yes Fall Time on page 231 Frequency on page 228 Yes Maximum on page 221 Yes Minimum on page 221 Yes Rising Edge Count on page 235 Falling Edges Count on page 235 Positive Pulse Count on page 234 Negative Pulse Count on page 235 Overshoot on page 223 Peak Peak on page 221 Yes Period on page 228 Yes 218 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 Measurement Valid Valid for Notes for Digital Math Channels FFT Phase on page 232 Measures between two sources Press Settings to specify the second source Preshoot on page 224 Ratio on page 227 Measures between two sources Press Settings to specify the second source Rise Time on page 231 DC RMS on page 225 AC RMS on page 225 Top on page 221 Width on page 230 Yes Width on page 230 Yes X at Max Y on page 234 Yes The resultant units are in Hertz X at Min Y on page 233 Yes The resultant units are in Hertz Use the cursors to make other measurements on FFT Note that additional Power App measurements are available when the DS
48. Searching for ARINC 429 Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of ARINC 429 data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With ARINC 429 selected as the serial decode mode press Search Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 421 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the ARINC 429 signal is being decoded 3 Press Search then select from these options Label finds the specified label value Label values are always displayed in octal Label Bits finds the label and the other word fields as specified Parity Error finds words with a parity error Word Error finds an intra word coding error Gap Error finds an inter word gap error Word or Gap Error finds either a Word or Gap Error All Errors finds any of the above errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 422 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee e ee 28 ee td UART RS232 Triggering and Serial i De
49. See To adjust the math waveform scale and offset on page 75 Offset lets you set your own offset for the FFT The offset value is in dB and is represented by the center horizontal grid line of the display See To adjust the math waveform scale and offset on page 75 More FFT displays the More FFT Settings Menu 2 Press the More FFT softkey to display additional FFT settings tit FFT Ch1 Scale 20dB fset 60 000dBY FFT Resolution 763Hz Window Vertical Units Hanning Decibels Auto Setup Window selects a window to apply to your FFT input signal Hanning window for making accurate frequency measurements or for resolving two frequencies that are close together Flat Top window for making accurate amplitude measurements of frequency peaks Rectangular good frequency resolution and amplitude accuracy but use only where there will be no leakage effects Use on self windowing waveforms such as pseudo random noise impulses sine bursts and decaying sinusoids Blackman Harris window reduces time resolution compared to a rectangular window but improves the capacity to detect smaller impulses due to lower secondary lobes Vertical Units lets you select Decibels or V RMS as the units for the FFT vertical scale Auto Setup sets the frequency Span and Center to values that will cause the entire available spectrum to be displayed The maximum available frequency is half the FFT sample
50. Use the Units Code softkey to specify the analog value equivalent of each increment in the bus data value 98 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 Use the 0 Offset softkey to specify the analog value equivalent of a bus data value of zero Use the Units softkey to specify the type of values the bus data represents volts amps etc See Also Chart Logic Bus State on page 99 Chart Logic Bus State The Chart Logic Bus State function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license displays bus data values sampled on a clock signal s edge as an analog waveform like a D A conversion Agilent Acquisition orm Channels Cursors Source 1 More Chart Bus1 v Figure 19 Example of Chart Logic Bus State Use the Clock softkey to select the clock signal Use the Slope softkey to select the edge of the clock signal to be used Use the More Chart softkey to open a submenu for specifying the analog value equivalent of each bus value increment the analog equivalent of a zero bus value and the type of values the charted bus data represents volts amps etc Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 99 4 Math Waveforms tit State Chart Bus 1 cale 5U 0m D Offset Units B4mY Volts Use the Units Code softkey to specify the analog value equivalent of each increment in the bus data value Use the 0 Offset softkey to
51. User s Guide 413 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Setup for ARINC 429 Signals 414 Setup consists of first connecting the oscilloscope to a ARINC 429 signal using a differential active probe the Agilent N2791A is recommended then using the Signals Menu to specify the signal source the high and low trigger threshold voltage levels the signal speed and the signal type To set up the oscilloscope to capture ARINC 429 signals 1 2 3 Press Label to turn on labels Press Serial Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select ARINC 429 decode mode 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the ARINC 429 Signals Menu Auto Setup High Threshold Low Threshold Speed Signal Type W 1 00 Es Diff A B Press Source then select the channel for the ARINC 429 signal The label for the ARINC 429 source channel is automatically set Press the Speed softkey to open the ARINC 429 Speed Menu ARINC 429 Speed Menu User Baud User Defined 100kb s Press the Speed softkey and specify the speed of the ARINC 429 signal High 100 kb s Low 12 5 kb s User Defined if selected press the User Baud softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the speed P
52. You can use the original shipping container or provide your own materials sufficient to protect the instrument during shipping 4 Seal the shipping container securely and mark it FRAGILE 310 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 Configuring the Quick Action Key The Quick Action key lets you perform common repetitive actions by pressing a single key To configure the Quick Action key 1 Press Utility gt Quick Action gt Action then select the action that should be performed Off disables the Quick Action key Quick Measure All displays a popup containing a snapshot of all the single waveform measurements The Source softkey lets you select the waveform source which also becomes the source selection in the Measurement Menu See Chapter 14 Measurements starting on page 215 Quick Print prints the current screen image Press Settings to set up the printing options See Chapter 19 Print Screens starting on page 289 Quick Save saves the current image waveform data or setup Press Settings to set up the save options See Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 Quick Recall recalls a setup mask or reference waveform Press Settings to set up the recall options See Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 Quick Freeze Display freezes the display wit
53. a value greater than or equal to the specified Trigger value Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 401 26 12S Triggering and Serial Decode If you select an Armed value that is equal to or greater than the Trigger value the Trigger value will be increased so that it is always greater than the Armed value Trigger Trigger No trigger Trigger value Armed valuek ine Decreasing value similar to the description above except the trigger occurs on a descreasing data word value and the Armed value is the value to which the data must rise in order to re arm the trigger 6 Press the Base softkey and select a number base for entering data values Binary 2 s complement When Binary is selected the Bits softkey appears This softkey opens the I2S Bits Menu for entering data values When the trigger qualifier requires a pair of values as with In Range Out of Range Increasing value or Decreasing value the first softkey in the I2S Bits Menu lets you select which value of the pair In the I2S Bits Menu press the Bit softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select each bit then use the 01X softkey to set each bit value to zero one or don t care You can use the Set all Bits softkey to set all bits to the value chosen on the 01X softkey Signed decimal When Decimal is selected the softkey s to the right let you enter decimal values with the Entry knob These softkeys ca
54. also cause equipment damage The probe ground lead is connected to the oscilloscope chassis and the ground wire in the power cord If you need to measure between two live points use a differential probe with sufficient dynamic range WARNING Do not negate the protective action of the ground connection to the oscilloscope The oscilloscope must remain grounded through its power cord Defeating the ground creates an electric shock hazard Input a Waveform The first signal to input to the oscilloscope is the Demo 2 Probe Comp signal This signal is used for compensating probes 1 Connect an oscilloscope probe from channel 1 to the Demo 2 Probe Comp terminal on the front panel 2 Connect the probe s ground lead to the ground terminal next to the Demo 2 terminal Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup To recall the default oscilloscope setup 1 Press Default Setup The default setup restores the oscilloscope s default settings This places the oscilloscope in a known operating condition The major default settings are Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 31 1 Getting Started Table 2 Default Configuration Settings Horizontal Normal mode 100 ps div scale 0 s delay center time reference Vertical Analog Channel 1 on 5 V div scale DC coupling 0 V position 1 MQ impedance Trigger Edge trigger Auto trigger mode 0 V level channel 1 source DC coupling risi
55. and select XY 3 Center the signal on the display with the channel 1 and 2 position knobs Use the channel 1 and 2 volts div knobs and the channel 1 and 2 Fine softkeys to expand the signal for convenient viewing The phase difference angle 0 can be calculated using the following formula assuming the amplitude is the same on both channels sind org Signal must jt becentered in gt Measuring Signals 90 degrees Signals phase difference out of phase in phase Figure 3 XY time mode signals centered on display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Horizontal Controls 2 4 Press the Cursors key 5 Set the Y2 cursor to the top of the signal and set Y1 to the bottom of the signal Note the AY value at the bottom of the display In this example we are using the Y cursors but you could have used the X cursors instead 6 Move the Y1 and Y2 cursors to the intersection of the signal and the Y axis Again note the AY value Agilent Acquisition 1 Channels Cursors 0 0V Cursors 2 Figure 4 Phase difference measurements automatic and using cursors 7 Calculate the phase difference using the formula below For example if the first AY value is 1 688 and the second AY value is 1 031 sind segond LY LOL 0 37 65 degrees of phase shift Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 55 2
56. bar on the left to access your oscilloscope and related information Agilent Technologies Inc 2006 2010 Browser Web Control The web interface s Browser Web Control page gives you access to e The Real Scope Remote Front Panel see Real Scope Remote Front Panel on page 318 e The Simple Remote Front Panel see Simple Remote Front Panel on page 319 e The Browser Based Remote Front Panel see Browser Based Remote Front Panel on page 320 e The SCPI Command window applet for Remote Programming see Remote Programming via the Web Interface on page 321 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 317 21 Web Interface If Java is not installed on your PC you will be prompted to install the Sun Microsystems Java Plug in This plug in must be installed on the controlling PC for the web interface s Remote Front Panel or Remote Programming operations The SCPI Command window is useful for testing commands or entering a few commands interactively When creating automated programs for controlling the oscilloscope you will typically use the Agilent IO Libraries from within a programming environment like Microsoft Visual Studio see Remote Programming with Agilent IO Libraries on page 322 Real Scope Remote Front Panel To operate the oscilloscope using the web interface s Real Scope Remote Front Panel 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2
57. by Apple Inc and licensed under the GNU Library General Public License LGPL Version 2 This license is located on the Agilent InfiniiVision Oscilloscopes Documentation CD ROM CUPS network printing uses the mDNSResponder library The mDNSResponder library is developed by Apple Inc and licensed under the Apache License Version 2 0 This license is located on the Agilent InfiniiVision Oscilloscopes Documentation CD ROM Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide oe e ee 23 7 e CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for CAN Signals 351 CAN Triggering 353 CAN Serial Decode 355 Setup for LIN Signals 359 LIN Triggering 361 LIN Serial Decode 363 CAN LIN triggering and serial decode requires Option AUTO or the DSOX3AUTO upgrade Setup for CAN Signals Setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a CAN signal using the Signals Menu to specify the signal source threshold voltage level baud rate and sample point To set up the oscilloscope to capture CAN signals use the Signals softkey which appears in the Serial Decode Menu 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Serial 3 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select CAN trigger type 5 Press the Signals softkey
58. data values for the serial string are displayed in the MOSI MISO Data string in the waveform area 6 For each bit in the MOSI MISO Data string a Press the Bit softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the bit location As you rotate the Entry knob the bit is highlighted in the Data string shown in the waveform area b Press the 01X softkey to set the bit selected in the Bit softkey to 0 low 1 high or X don t care 390 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 Threshold TIL Channels TTL TTL Trigger Point al Lene 00 0011 0000 FF FFIED FF FF_O2XFF FF FF 03 10 00 00 06 05 FFXO2 20 21 Set all Bits Display Info 1 The Setall Bits softkey will set all bits in the data string to the value of the 01X softkey For SPI decode information see SPI Serial Decode on page 391 SPI Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture SPI signals see Setup for SPI Signals on page 386 For SPI triggering setup see SPI Triggering on page 389 To set up SPI serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Serial Signals Word Size Bit Order Serial 1 S v 8 MSB Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 391 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 2 Press the Word Size softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the number of bits in a word 3 Press the Bit Order softkey then turn the Entry knob
59. displayed with the channel information on screen Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Vertical Controls 3 When AC coupling is selected see To specify channel coupling on page 65 or excessive voltage is applied to the input the oscilloscope automatically switches to 1M Ohm mode to prevent possible damage 1M Ohm is for use with many passive probes and for general purpose measurements The higher impedance minimizes the loading effect of the oscilloscope on the device under test This impedance matching gives you the most accurate measurements because reflections are minimized along the signal path See Also For more information on probing visit www agilent com find scope_probes e Information about selecting a probe can be found in document number Agilent Oscilloscope Probes and Accessories Selection Guide part number 5989 6162EN available at www agilent com To specify bandwidth limiting 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the BW Limit softkey to enable or disable bandwidth limiting When bandwidth limit is on the maximum bandwidth for the channel is approximately 20 MHz For waveforms with frequencies below this turning bandwidth limit on removes unwanted high frequency noise from the waveform The bandwidth limit also limits the trigger signal path of any channel that has BW Limit turned on To change the vertical scale knob s coarse fine adjustme
60. e ID frame ID e Type frame type RMT remote frame or Data e DLC data length code e Data data bytes e CRC cyclic redundancy check e Errors highlighted in red Errors can be Acknowledge Ack A Form Fo or Frame Fr Different kinds of errors can be combined like Fo Fr in the above example Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again 358 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 Searching for CAN Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of CAN data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With CAN selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the CAN signal is being decoded 3 Press Search then select from these options Remote Frame ID RTR Finds remote frames with the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to enter the ID Data Frame ID RTR Finds data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to enter the ID Remote or Data Frame ID Finds remote or data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID Data Frame ID and Data Finds data frames match
61. expected Example Sheltered outdoor environment Probes and Accessories 334 AutoProbe Interface See Also This setion lists the probes and accessories that are compatible with the 3000 X Series oscilloscopes e Passive Probes on page 335 e Single Ended Active Probes on page 335 e Differential Probes on page 336 e Current Probes on page 337 e Accessories Available on page 338 Most Agilent single ended active differential and current probes are compatible with the AutoProbe interface Active probes that do not have their own external power supply require substantial power from the AutoProbe interface In the following tables for AutoProbe interface compatible probes Quantity Supported indicates the maximum number of each type of active probe that can be connected to the oscilloscope If too much current is drawn from the AutoProbe interface an error message will be displayed indicating that you must momentarily disconnect all probes to reset the AutoProbe interface then connect only the supported quantity of active probes For more information on probes and accessories see www agilent com for e Probes and Accessories Selection Guide 5989 6162EN e 5000 6000 and 7000 Series InfiniiVision Oscilloscope Probes and Accessories Data Sheet 5968 8153EN Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 22 Passive Probes All InfiniiVision oscilloscopes re
62. for less than a time value gt Greater Than when the pattern is present for greater than a time value The trigger occurs when the pattern exits not when the gt softkey time value is exceeded Timeout when the pattern is present for greater than a time value In this case the trigger occurs when the gt softkey time value is exceeded not when the pattern exits gt lt In Range when the pattern is present for a time within a range of values Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 lt gt Out of Range when the pattern is present for a time outside of range of values Pattern durations are evaluated using a timer The timer starts on the last edge that makes the pattern logical AND true Except when the Timeout qualifier is selected the trigger occurs on the first edge that makes the pattern false provided the time qualifier criteria has been met The time values for the selected qualifier are set using the qualifier time set softkeys lt and gt and the Entry knob For each analog or digital channel you want to include in the desired pattern press the Channel softkey to select the channel This is the channel source for the 0 1 X or edge condition As you press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob the channel you select is highlighted in the Pattern line directly above the softkeys and in the upper right corner of the display next to Pat
63. frame is in the format Frame Start Address byte 1 Write Address byte 2 Ack Data For triggering purposes a restart is treated as a start condition Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 Write soa _ T AL S ee a tot su AAAS ALS Hii a Ll Start or Address RJ Ack1 Address Ack2 Data Ack Stop Restart 1st byte 2nd byte Trigger point Condition Condition 26th clock edge 5 If you have set the oscilloscope to trigger on an EEPROM Data Read condition Press the Datais softkey to set the oscilloscope to trigger when data is equal to not equal to lt less than or gt greater than the data value set in the Data softkey The oscilloscope will trigger on the clock edge for the Ack bit after the trigger event is found This data byte does not need to occur directly after the control byte The oscilloscope will trigger on any data byte that meets the criteria defined by the Datais and Data softkeys during a current address read or a random read or a sequential read cycle 6 If you have set the oscilloscope to trigger on a 7 bit address read or write frame condition or a 10 bit write frame condition a Press the Address softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the 7 bit or 10 bit device address You can select from an address range of 0x00 to Ox7F 77 bit or Ox3FF 10 bit hexadecimal When triggering on a read write frame the oscillosc
64. how many points are available in the output and under some circumstances there are no points in the output waveform Agilent Acquisition orm 4 Channels x Measurements Pk Pk 1 Freq M 500kHz Pk Pk M f t LPF ChT Scale 1 00 Function OBBFaEOR Source 1 tit Low Pass Filter 5 0MHez Figure 15 Example of Low Pass Filter Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 95 4 Math Waveforms Math Visualizations 96 With the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license you can apply visualization math functions that give you different ways of viewing captured data and measurement values Magnify Magnify on page 96 Measurement Trend on page 97 Chart Logic Bus Timing on page 98 Chart Logic Bus State on page 99 The magnify math function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license lets you display an existing input source at different vertical settings to provide more vertical detail Function f t Figure 16 See Also Scale Operator Magnify 100m e Ax B on page 90 Source 1 Example of Magnify Agilent Acquisition 1 00 Channels x Measurements Pk Pk 3 oo Pk Pk M Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurement Trend Math Waveforms 4 The measurement trend math function available with the DSOX38ADVMATH advanced math measurements license shows measurement values
65. information see e Chapter 22 Reference starting on page 331 When using licensed serial bus Chapter 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode triggering and decode features see starting on page 351 e Chapter 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode starting on page 367 Chapter 25 I2C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode starting on page 377 e Chapter 26 12S Triggering and Serial Decode starting on page 397 e Chapter 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode starting on page 407 Chapter 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode starting on page 423 TIP Abbreviated instructions for pressing a series of keys and softkeys Instructions for pressing a series of keys are written in an abbreviated manner Instructions for pressing Key1 then pressing Softkey2 then pressing Softkey3 are abbreviated as follows Press Key1 gt Softkey2 gt Softkey3 The keys may be a front panel Key or a Softkey Softkeys are the six keys located directly below the oscilloscope display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 7 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Contents 1 InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes At a Glance In This Guide 6 Getting Started Inspect the Package Contents 25 Install the Optional LAN VGA or GPIB Module 28 Tilt the Oscilloscope for Easy Viewing 28 Power On the Oscill
66. information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index Symbols Width measurement 230 Width measurement 230 Numerics 1 M ohm input impedance 67 50 ohm input impedance 66 A About Oscilloscope 309 absolute value math function 92 AC channel coupling 66 AC RMS Full Screen measurement 225 AC RMS N Cycles measurement 225 accessories 25 334 338 339 acquire 187 197 Acquire key 40 acquisition memory 144 acquisition memory saving 279 acquisition mode 193 acquisition mode averaging 197 acquisition mode high resolution 199 acquisition mode normal 194 acquisition mode peak detect 194 acquisition mode preserve during AutoScale 304 acquisition modes 187 active serial bus 356 364 383 393 404 429 activity indicator 111 actual sample rate 193 adding digital channels license 341 addition math function 77 address with no ack condition 12C trigger 379 Addresses softkey 298 ADVMATH license 339 AERO license 339 Agilent 10 Libraries Suite 322 aliasing 189 aliasing FFT 88 alternating edge trigger 147 AM amplitude modulation waveform generator output 268 Amplitude measurement 221 amplitude modulation AM waveform generator output 268
67. input holes zero values appear in the function output Agilent Acquisition 4 Channels f MMH HHH LU WH MEE RE orm Math Menu f t Ch1 Function Operator Source 1 Scale tit a 500m t27 Figure 10 Example of V Square Root See Also To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation on page 75 e Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 Ax B The Ax B function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license lets you apply a gain and offset to an existing input source 90 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 Agilent Acquisition 1 Channels x Measurements Pk Pk 3 Pk Pk M Scale 10 0 et 2 00 Function Operator Source 1 in A Offset B tit Ax B 0 250 Figure 11 Example of Ax B Use the Gain A softkey to specify the gain Use the Offset B softkey to specify the offset The Ax B function differs from the Magnify math visualization function in that the output is likey different than the input See Also Magnify on page 96 Square The square function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license calculates the square of the selected source point by point and displays the result Press the Source softkey to select the signal source See Also Square Root on page 90 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 91 4 Math Waveforms
68. is displayed When saving screen images the oscilloscope uses the last menu visited before pressing the Save Recall key This lets you save any relevant information within the softkey menu To save a screen image showing the Save Recall Menu at the bottom press the Save Recall key twice before saving the image You can also save the oscilloscope s display image using a web browser See Get Image on page 325 for details e Adding an Annotation on page 312 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 To save CSV ASCII XY or BIN data files Data files can be saved to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format then turn the Entry knob to select CSV data csv ASCII XY data csv or Binary data bin Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 Press the Settings softkey In the File Settings Menu you have these softkeys and options Setup Info when enabled setup information vertical horizontal trigger acquisition math and display settings is also saved in a separate file with a TXT extension Length sets the number of data points that will be output to the file For more information see Length Control on page 279 Save Seg when data is acquired to segmented memory you can specify whether th
69. is on at the far left side of the display The value of the analog channel trigger level is displayed in the upper right corner of the display The trigger level for a selected digital channel is set using the threshold menu in the Digital Channel Menu Press the Digital key on the front panel then press the Thresholds softkey to set the threshold level TTL CMOS ECL or user defined for the selected digital channel group The threshold value is displayed in the upper right corner of the display The line trigger level is not adjustable This trigger is synchronized with the power line supplied to the oscilloscope You can also change the trigger level of all channels by pressing Analyze gt Features and then selecting Trigger Levels Forcing a Trigger The Force Trigger key causes a trigger on anything and displays the acquisition This key is useful in the Normal trigger mode where acquisitions are made only when the trigger condition is met In this mode if no triggers are occurring that is the Trig d indicator is displayed you can press Force Trigger to force a trigger and see what the input signals look like In the Auto trigger mode when the trigger condition is not met triggers are forced and the Auto indicator is displayed Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 145 10 Triggers Edge Trigger 146 The Edge trigger type identifies a trigger by looking for a specified ed
70. license is selected as the Video trigger Standard you can trigger on custom bi level and tri level sync video standards The Video Trigger Menu changes as follows Video Trigger Menu Standard ge Horiz Syne Horiz Sync Field Holdoff Generic 126 0us O Oflds 1 Press the Time gt softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the time to greater than the sync pulse width so that the oscilloscope synchronizes to the vertical sync 2 Press the Edge softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the Nth edge after after vertical sync to trigger on 3 To enable or disable the horizontal sync control press the first Horiz Sync softkey For interleaved video enabling the Horiz Sync control and setting the Horiz Sync adjustment to the sync time of the probed video signal allows the Edge function to count only lines and not double count during equalization Additionally the Field Holdoff can be adjusted so that the oscilloscope triggers once per frame Similarly for progressive video with a tri level sync enabling the Horiz Sync control and setting the Horiz Sync adjustment to the sync time of the probed video signal allows the Edge function to count only lines and not double count during vertical sync When the horizontal sync control is enabled press the second Horiz Sync softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the minimum time the horizontal sync pulse must be present to be considered valid To trigger on a specific line of vide
71. mode is entered In Roll mode there is no trigger The fixed reference point on the screen is the right edge of the screen and refers to the current moment in time Events that have occurred are scrolled to the left of the reference point Since there is no trigger no pre trigger information is available If you would like to pause the display in Roll mode press the Single key To clear the display and restart an acquisition in Roll mode press the Single key again Use Roll mode on low frequency waveforms to yield a display much like a strip chart recorder It allows the waveform to roll across the display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 53 2 54 Horizontal Controls XY Time Mode Example The XY time mode converts the oscilloscope from a volts versus time display to a volts versus volts display using two input channels Channel 1 is the X axis input channel 2 is the Y axis input You can use various transducers so the display could show strain versus displacement flow versus pressure volts versus current or voltage versus frequency This exercise shows a common use of the XY display mode by measuring the phase difference between two signals of the same frequency with the Lissajous method 1 Connect a sine wave signal to channel 1 and a sine wave signal of the same frequency but out of phase to channel 2 2 Press the AutoScale key press the Horiz key then press Time Mode
72. of data points that will be output to the file For more information see Length Control on page 279 Alb Format Available ALB serial formats include Default CAN I2C LIN UART RS232 SPI 2 Wire Serial SPI 8 Wire Serial SPI 4 Wire Serial When you choose any ALB format other than Default waveforms from the analog channels if displayed are also digitized and displayed as digital waveforms The analog channel s trigger level determines the point at which the voltage is considered a logic 1 or 0 If you connect your serial bus signals to the oscilloscope as shown in the following table the bus signal names in the Agilent Logic Analyzer application will be correct Otherwise you must re map the signals in the Agilent Logic Analyzer application 278 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Table5 Recommended Signal Mapping Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 Label Signal Oscilloscope Maps to Logic Channel Analyzer Channel TxRS232 Tx Chi DO RxRS232 Rx Ch2 D1 12C Data Chi DO Clk Ch2 D1 SP12 2 wire Clk Chi DO Data Ch2 D1 SPI3 3 wire Chip Select Ch1 DO Clk Ch2 D1 Data Ch3 D2 SPI4 4 wire Chip Select Ch1 DO Clk Ch2 D1 Dataln Ch3 D2 DataOut Ch4 D3 CAN Data Chi DO LIN Data Ch1 DO 4 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed Length Control
73. of oscilloscope purchase or order DSOXDVM as a stand alone item after oscilloscope purchase The DVM display is a seven segment readout like you would see on a digital voltmeter It shows the selected mode as well as the units Units are selected using the Units softkey in the channel s Probe Menu After pressing the Analyze key the DVM display also appears in the graticule along with a scale and the frequency counter value The DVM scale is determined by the channel s vertical scale and reference level The scale s blue triangle pointer shows the most recent measurement The white bar above that shows the measurement extrema over the last 3 seconds a Agilent Technologies 253 16 Digital Voltmeter 254 625 Agilent DVM Channels Mode Transparent Auto Range DVM AC RMS The DVM makes accurate RMS measurements when the signal frequency is between 20 Hz and 100 kHz When the signal frequency is outside this range lt BW Limit or gt BW Limit appears in the DVM display to caution you about inaccurate RMS measurement results To use the digital voltmeter 1 2 3 4 Press the Analyze key Press Features then select Digital Voltmeter Press Features again to enable the DVM measurements Press the Source softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter DVM measurements are made The selected channel does not have to be on displaying a waveform in order for DVM
74. of statistical data begins again When the Single key is pressed statistics are reset and a single measurement is done count 1 Successive Single acquisitions accumulate statistical data and the count is incremented Press the Transparent softkey to disable the Transparent mode This shows statistics with a gray background Press the Transparent softkey again to enable Transparent mode This writes measurement values statistics and cursor values on the screen without a background The Transparent setting affects measurement statistics reference waveform information and the optional Mask test feature s statistics display Relative o When enabled the standard deviation shown in measurement statistics becomes a relative standard deviation that is standard deviation mean Max Count This softkey specifies the number of values used when calculating measurement statistics The Increment Statistics softkey only appears when the acquisition is stopped and the optional segmented memory feature is off Press the Single or Run Stop key to stop the acquisition You can use the horizontal position control in the Horizontal control section of the front panel to pan through the waveform Active measurements will stay on screen allowing you to measure various aspects of the captured waveforms Press Increment Statistics to add the currently measured waveform to the collected statistical data The Analyze Segments softkey on
75. par ticular purpose Agilent shall not be liable for errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connec tion with the furnishing use or per formance of this document or of any information contained herein Should Agilent and the user have a separate written agreement with warranty terms covering the material in this document that conflict with these terms the warranty terms in the sep arate agreement shall control Technology Licenses The hardware and or software described in this document are furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accor dance with the terms of such license Restricted Rights Legend If software is for use in the performance of a U S Government prime contract or subcon tract Software is delivered and licensed as Commercial computer software as defined in DFAR 252 227 7014 June 1995 or asa commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 a or as Restricted computer soft ware as defined in FAR 52 227 19 June 1987 or any equivalent agency regulation or contract clause Use duplication or disclo sure of Software is subject to Agilent Tech nologies standard commercial license terms and non DOD Departments and Agencies of the U S Government will receive no greater than Restricted Rights as defined in FAR 52 227 19 c 1 2 June 1987 U S Government users will receive no greater than Limited Rights as defined in FAR 52 227 14 June 1987 or DFAR 252 227
76. persistence in the Display Menu and press the Analyze Segments softkey to create an infinite persistence display Segmented Memory Re Arm Time After each segment fills the oscilloscope re arms and is ready to trigger in about 1 us Remember though for example if the horizontal time per division control is set to 5 us div and the Time Reference is set to Center it will take at least 50 us to fill all ten divisions and re arm That is 25 us to capture pre trigger data and 25 us to capture post trigger data 2 0005 500 08 Stop 1 13V Agilent Acquisition orm Channels Segment 5of 25 4 00058ms Segment 1 Time 2010 10 22 Segmented Current Seg of Segs 5 25 Saving Data from Segmented Memory You can save either the currently displayed segment Save Segment Current or all segments Save Segment All in the following data formats CSV ASCII XY and BIN 202 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 Be sure to set the Length control to capture enough points to accurately represent the captured data When the oscilloscope is busy saving multiple segments progress is displayed in the upper right area of the display For more information see To save CSV ASCII XY or BIN data files on page 277 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 203 12 Acquisition Control 204 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide X Curs
77. pulse 265 To specify the expected output load 265 To use waveform generator logic presets 266 To add noise to the waveform generator output 267 To add modulation to the waveform generator output 267 To restore waveform generator defaults 272 A waveform generator is built into the oscilloscope It is enabled by Option WGN or the DSOX3WAVEGEN upgrade The waveform generator gives you an easy way to provide input signals when testing circuitry with the oscilloscope Waveform generator settings can be saved and recalled with oscilloscope setups See Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 To select generated waveform types and settings 1 To access the Waveform Generator Menu and enable or disable the waveform generator output on the front panel Gen Out BNC press the Wave Gen key When waveform generator output is enabled the Wave Gen key is illuminated When waveform generator output is disabled the Wave Gen key is off a Agilent Technologies a3 17 Waveform Generator The waveform generator output is always disabled when the instrument is first turned on The waveform generator output is automatically disabled if excessive voltage is applied to the Gen Out BNC 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the Waveform softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the waveform type 500 05 o 2 Agilent Acquisition rme 4 MEMAN miim v Sine Amplitude Offset Settings 500mVpp 0 0
78. rate which is a function of the time per division setting The FFT resolution is the quotient of the sampling rate and the number of FFT points fs N The current FFT Resolution is displayed above the softkeys Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 Scale and offset considerations If you do not manually change the FFT scale or offset settings when you turn the horizontal scale knob the span and center frequency settings will automatically change to allow optimum viewing of the full spectrum If you do manually set scale or offset turning the horizontal scale knob will not change the span or center frequency settings allowing you see better detail around a specific frequency Pressing the FFT Auto Setup softkey will automatically rescale the waveform and span and center will again automatically track the horizontal scale setting 3 To make cursor measurements press the Cursors key and set the Source softkey to Math f t Use the X1 and X2 cursors to measure frequency values and difference between two frequency values AX Use the Y1 and Y2 cursors to measure amplitude in dB and difference in amplitude AY 4 To make other measurements press the Meas key and set the Source softkey to Math f t You can make peak to peak maximum minimum and average dB measurements on the FFT waveform You can also find the frequency value at the first occurrence of the waveform maximum by u
79. scale and position knobs to pan and zoom your waveform The stopped display may contain several acquisitions worth of information but only the last acquisition is available for pan and zoom The ability to pan move horizontally and scale expand or compress horizontally an acquired waveform is important because of the additional insight it can reveal about the captured waveform This additional insight is often gained from seeing the waveform at different levels of abstraction You may want to view both the big picture and the specific little picture details The ability to examine waveform detail after the waveform has been acquired is a benefit generally associated with digital oscilloscopes Often this is simply the ability to freeze the display for the purpose of measuring with cursors or printing the screen Some digital oscilloscopes go one step further by including the ability to further examine the signal details after acquiring them by panning through the waveform and changing the horizontal scale There is no limit imposed on the scaling ratio between the time div used to acquire the data and the time div used to view the data There is however a useful limit This useful limit is somewhat a function of the signal you are analyzing Zooming into stopped acquisitions The screen will still contain a relatively good display if you zoom in horizontally by a factor of 1000 and zoom in vertically by a factor of 10 to display the inf
80. select 12C trigger type 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the PC Signals Menu Threshold Threshold TTL 1 4 TTL 1 4V 6 For both the SCL serial clock and SDA serial data signals a Connect an oscilloscope channel to the signal in the device under test Press the SCL or SDA softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the channel for the signal Press the corresponding Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot Data must be stable during the whole high clock cycle or it will be interpreted as a start or stop condition data transitioning while the clock is high The SCL and SDA labels for the source channels are automatically set To set up the oscilloscope to capture I2C signals see Setup for I2C Signals on page 377 After the oscilloscope has been set up to capture I2C signals you can trigger on a stop start condition a restart a missing acknowledge an EEPROM data read or on a read write frame with a specific device address and data value 1 Press Trigger then select the 12C trigger type 2 Press Trigger Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 3 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to se
81. selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the MIL STD 1553 signal is being decoded 3 Press Search then select from these options Data Word Start finds the start of a Data word at the end of a valid Data Sync pulse Command Status Word Start finds the start of Command Status word at the end of a valid C S Sync pulse Remote Terminal Address finds the Command Status word whose RTA matches the specified value The value is specified in hex When this option is selected the RTA softkey becomes available and lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value to find Remote Terminal Address 11 Bits finds the RTA and the remaining 11 bits that match the specified criteria When this option is selected these softkeys become available The RTA softkey lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value The Bit Time softkey lets you select the bit time position The 01X softkey lets you set the bit time position value as a 1 0 or X don t care Parity Error finds odd parity bits that are incorrect for the data in the word Sync Error finds invalid Sync pulses Manchester Error finds Manchester encoding errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes
82. so connect the host computer to the oscilloscope s device port on the rear panel See 1 0 Interface Settings on page 295 There is a second USB host port on the back panel Connect the digital probe cable to this connector MSO models only See Chapter 6 Digital Channels starting on page 105 21 Waveform generator output Outputs sine square ramp pulse DC or noise on the Gen Out BNC Press the Wave Gen key to set up the waveform generator See Chapter 17 Waveform Generator starting on page 257 Front Panel Overlays for Different Languages Front panel overlays which have translations for the English front panel keys and label text are available in 10 languages The appropriate overlay is included when the localization option is chosen at time of purchase To install a front panel overlay 1 Gently pull on the front panel knobs to remove them 2 Insert the overlay s side tabs into the slots on the front panel 42 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 3 Reinstall the front panel knobs Front panel overlays may be ordered from the following part numbers www parts agilent com using Language 2 Channel Overlay 4 Channel Overlay French 75019 94324 75019 94316 German 75019 94326 75019 94318 Italian 75019 94323 75019 94331 Japanese 75019 94311 75019 94312 Korean 75019
83. source channels for the measurement Time Measurements The following figure shows time measurement points Rise Time Fall Time i lt gt i k Thresholds L i Lower Width Width he Period gt i The default lower middle and upper measurement thresholds are 10 50 and 90 between Top and Base values See Measurement Thresholds on page 236 for other percentage threshold and absolute value threshold settings e Period on page 228 e Frequency on page 228 e Counter on page 229 e Width on page 230 e Width on page 230 e Burst Width on page 230 e Duty Cycle on page 230 e Rise Time on page 231 e Fall Time on page 231 e Delay on page 231 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 227 14 Measurements Period e Phase on page 232 e X at Min Y on page 233 e X at Max Y on page 234 Period is the time period of the complete waveform cycle The time is measured between the middle threshold points of two consecutive like polarity edges A middle threshold crossing must also travel through the lower and upper threshold levels which eliminates runt pulses The X cursors show what portion of the waveform is being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point Frequency See Also 228 Frequency is defined as 1 Period Period is defined as the time between the middle threshold crossings of two consecutive like pol
84. specify the analog value equivalent of a bus data value of zero Use the Units softkey to specify the type of values the bus data represents volts amps etc See Also Chart Logic Bus Timing on page 98 100 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo o ee 5 a ni a Reference Waveforms e o j e j To save a waveform to a reference waveform location 101 e To display a reference waveform 102 To scale and position reference waveforms 103 To adjust reference waveform skew 103 To display reference waveform information 104 To save recall reference waveform files to from a USB storage device 104 Analog channel or math waveforms can be saved to one of two reference waveform locations in the oscilloscope Then a reference waveform can be displayed and compared against other waveforms One reference waveform can be displayed at a time When the multiplexed knobs are assigned to reference waveforms this happens when you press the Ref key and the LED to the left of it is lit you can use the knobs to scale and position reference waveforms There is also a skew adjustment for reference waveforms Reference waveform scale offset and skew information can optionally be included on the oscilloscope display Analog channel math or reference waveforms can be saved to a reference waveform file on a USB storage device You can r
85. text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Pink vertical bars indicate you need to expand the horizontal scale and run again to see decode e Red dots in the decode line indicate that there is data that is not being displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the information e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in pink e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 393 25 394 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Interpreting SPI Lister Data TTL Agilent 6 736ms_ FF i 7 477ms_ FF Acquisition 8 362ms FF 41 47 o 10 33ms_ FF 1 FF gt FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 49 4C 45 4E 54 Channels 16 39ms_ FF FF 4D CF 49 4C 45 4E 54 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 MOS ESR Reh FE be abe ble Lister Menu Display Zoom to Options S SPI Selection w In addition to the standard Time column the SPI Lister contains these columns e Data data bytes MOSI and MISO Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again Searching for SPI Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of SPI data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 W
86. the channel is DC coupled you can quickly measure the DC component of the signal by simply noting its distance from the ground symbol If the channel is AC coupled the DC component of the signal is removed allowing you to use greater sensitivity to display the AC component of the signal 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the Coupling softkey to select the input channel coupling DC DC coupling is useful for viewing waveforms as low as 0 Hz that do not have large DC offsets AC AC coupling is useful for viewing waveforms with large DC offsets When AC coupling is chosen you cannot select 50Q mode This is done to prevent damage to the oscilloscope AC coupling places a 10 Hz high pass filter in series with the input waveform that removes any DC offset voltage from the waveform Note that Channel Coupling is independent of Trigger Coupling To change trigger coupling see To select the trigger coupling on page 182 To specify channel input impedance 66 When you connect an AutoProbe self sensing probe or a compatible InfiniiMax probe the oscilloscope automatically configures the analog input channels to the correct impedance 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press Imped impedance then select either 50 Ohm matches 50 ohm cables commonly used in making high frequency measurements and 50 ohm active probes When 50 Ohm input impedance is selected it is
87. the number of bits in the UART RS232 words to match your device under test selectable from 5 9 bits Parity Choose odd even or none based on your device under test Baud Press the Baud Rate softkey then press the Baud softkey and select a baud rate to match the signal in your device under test If the desired baud rate is not listed select User Defined on the Baud softkey then select the desired baud rate using the User Baud softkey You can set the UART baud rate from 1 2 kb s to 8 0000 Mb s in increments of 100 b s Polarity Select idle low or idle high to match your device under test s state when at idle For RS232 select idle low Bit Order Select whether the most significant bit MSB or the least significant bit LSB is presented after the start bit in the signal from your device under test For RS232 select LSB Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 28 In the serial decode display the most significant bit is always displayed on the left regardless of how Bit Order is set UART RS232 Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture UART RS 232 signals see Setup for UART RS232 Signals on page 423 To trigger on a UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter signal connect the oscilloscope to the Rx and Tx lines and set up a trigger condition RS232 Recommended Standard 232 is one example of a UART protocol 1 Press Tri
88. the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the LIN signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the decoded data See Also Interpreting LIN Decode on page 364 e Interpreting LIN Lister Data on page 365 e Searching for LIN Data in the Lister on page 366 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 363 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 364 Interpreting LIN Decode 1 0003 Trig d LIN 1 41 Agilent Acquisition i 10 Channels 01 oo Serial Decode Menu Serial Signals Show Parity Lister Serial 1 gt gt Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame Mid level blue lines show an idle bus LIN 1 3 only The hexadecimal ID and parity bits if enabled appear in yellow If a parity error is detected the hexadecimal ID and parity bits if enabled appear in red Decoded hexadecimal data values appear in white For LIN 1 3 the checksum appears in blue if correct or red if incorrect The checksum always appears in white for LIN 2 0 Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries Pink vertical bars indicate you need to ex
89. the vertical scale 1 Turn the large knob above the channel key marked N N to set the vertical scale volts division for the channel The vertical scale knob changes the analog channel scale in a 1 2 5 step sequence with a 1 1 probe attached unless fine adjustment is enabled see To change the vertical scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting on page 67 The analog channel Volts Div value is displayed in the status line The default mode for expanding the signal when you turn the volts division knob is vertical expansion about the ground level of the channel however you can change this to expand about the center of the display See To choose expand about center or ground on page 301 To adjust the vertical position 1 Turn the small vertical position knob to move the channel s waveform up or down on the display The voltage value momentarily displayed in the upper right portion of the display represents the voltage difference between the vertical center of the display and the ground level icon It also represents the voltage at the vertical center of the display if vertical expansion is set to expand about ground see To choose expand about center or ground on page 301 To specify channel coupling Coupling changes the channel s input coupling to either AC alternating current or DC direct current Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 65 3 Vertical Controls TIP If
90. the waveform editor are horizontal The voltage level of one point remains until the next point Source Selects the analog channel or reference waveform to be captured and stored to the arbitrary waveform See Capturing Other Waveforms to the Arbitrary Waveform on page 264 Store Source to Arb Captures the selected waveform source and copy it to the arbitrary waveform See Capturing Other Waveforms to the Arbitrary Waveform on page 264 You can use the Save Recall key and menu to save arbitrary waveforms to one of four internal storage locations or to a USB storage device and you can recall them later See To save arbitrary waveforms on page 282 and To recall arbitrary waveforms on page 285 Creating New Arbitrary Waveforms The New Waveform Menu is opened by pressing Create New in the Edit Waveform Menu orm Menu Initial Pts Frequency Amplitude Apply amp Edit 8 1 000kHz 500mYpp 0 0v a To create a new arbitrary waveform 1 In the New Waveform Menu press Initial Pts then use the Entry knob to select the initial number of points in the new waveform The new waveform will be a square wave with the number of points you specify The points are evenly spaced over the time period 2 Use the Frequency Frequency Fine Period Period Fine softkey to set the time period bounding parameter repetition frequency of the arbitrary waveform 3 Use the Amplitude High Level and Offset Low Level softkeys to set the
91. time between points If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Origin A 64 bit double that is the X axis value of the first data point in the data record For time domain waveforms it is the time of the first point This value is treated as a double precision 64 bit floating point number If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Units A 32 bit integer that identifies the unit of measure for X values in the acquired data 0 Unknown e 1 Volts 2 Seconds e 3 Constant 4 Amps e 5 dB 6 Hz Y Units A 32 bit integer that identifies the unit of measure for Y values in the acquired data The possible values are listed above under X Units Date A 16 byte character array left blank in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Time A 16 byte character array left blank in the InfiniiVision oscilloscopes Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 22 Frame A 24 byte character array that is the model number and serial number of the oscilloscope in the format of MODEL SERIAL Waveform Label A 16 byte character array that contains the label assigned to the waveform Time Tags Segment Index A 64 bit double only used when saving multiple segments requires segmented memory option This is the time in seconds since the first trigger A 32 bit unsigned integer This is the segment number Only used when saving multiple segments Waveform
92. to determine the field But this definition of field does not take into consideration the phase of the reference subcarrier When Field 1 is selected the trigger system will find any field where the vertical sync Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 starts on Line 4 In the case of NTSC video the oscilloscope will trigger on color field 1 alternating with color field 3 see the following figure This setup can be used to measure the envelope of the reference burst 424 0 500 0 Vid Field Agilent Acquisition Channels Video Trigger Menu Standard Mode Field Holdoff NTSC Field1 O 0flds Figure 31 Triggering on Color Field 1 Alternating with Color Field 3 If a more detailed analysis is required then only one color field should be selected to be the trigger You can do this by using the Field Holdoff softkey in the Video Trigger Menu Press the Field Holdoff softkey and use the Entry knob to adjust the holdoff in half field increments until the oscilloscope triggers on only one phase of the color burst A quick way to synchronize to the other phase is to briefly disconnect the signal and then reconnect it Repeat until the correct phase is displayed When holdoff is adjusted using the Field Holdoff softkey and the Entry knob the corresponding holdoff time will be displayed in the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 173
93. to open the CAN Signals Menu s Agilent Technologies 351 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode CAN Signals Menu Source Threshold Sample Point Signal 75 0 1 00V Diff L H 6 Press Source then select the channel for the CAN signal The label for the CAN source channel is automatically set 7 Press the Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the CAN signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot 8 Press the Baud softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the baud rate that matches match your CAN bus signal The CAN baud rate can be set to predefined baud rates from 10 kb s up to 5 Mb s or a user defined baud rate from 10 0 kb s to 4 Mb s in increments of 100 b s Fractional user defined baud rates between 4 Mb s and 5 Mb s are not allowed The default baud rate is 125 kb s If none of the pre defined selections match your CAN bus signal select User Defined then press the User Baud softkey and turn the Entry knob to enter the baud rate 9 Press the Sample Point softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the point between phase segments 1 and 2 where the state of the bus is measured This controls the point within the bit s time where the bit value is captured One Bit y 10 Press the Signal softkey and select the type and polarity of the CAN s
94. to select the bit order most significant bit first MSB or least significant bit first LSB used when displaying data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister 4 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 5 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the SPI signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the acquired data See Also Interpreting SPI Decode on page 393 e Interpreting SPI Lister Data on page 394 e Searching for SPI Data in the Lister on page 394 392 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 Interpreting SPI Decode 1 0008 SP TTL Agilent Acquisition h Channels U LULILO LIOV LOLLO OUTTA LL LLL LL FFE FF FF FF FF FF FF ED 73 FFX FF O2 FF FF FF 02 10 4D 53 4F 03 10 00 00 X 06X 05 FFXO2 20 21 Signals Word Size Bit Order Lister Serial 1 S D 8 MSB e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e The number of clocks in a frame appears in light blue above the frame to the right e Decoded hexadecimal data values appear in white e Decoded
95. to which you can connect USB mass storage devices and printers The square receptacle on the rear panel labeled DEVICE is provided for controlling the oscilloscope over USB See the Programmer s Guide for more information The oscilloscope s internal file system under Agilent Flash consists of 10 locations for oscilloscope setup files and four locations for mask files To use the File Explorer 1 Press Utility gt File Explorer 2 In the File Explorer Menu press the softkey in the first position and use the Entry knob to navigate Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 299 20 Utility Settings 500 08 2 Agilent ition al Channels i i E o B a a Ba E a B Oct 01 2010 Fil crpren Locatio SM502000 The softkey in the first position can have these labels Press to go when you can push the Entry knob to navigate to a new folder or storage location Location when pointing to a directory that is currently selected Selected when pointing to a file that can be loaded or deleted When this label appears you can press the Load File or Delete File softkeys to take the action Pushing the Entry knob is the same as pressing the Load File softkey A file that has been deleted from a USB storage device cannot be recovered by the oscilloscope Use your PC to create directories on a USB storage device USB Storage Most
96. values will be displayed on the right above the trigger softkeys The dollar sign will be displayed in the bus value when the bus value cannot be displayed as a hex value This occurs when one or more don t cares X are combined with low 0 and high 1 logic levels in the pattern specification or when a transition indicator rising edge 4 or falling edge t are included in the pattern specification A byte that consists of all don t cares X will be displayed in the bus as a don t care X 116 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ern Trigger Pattern Trigger pattern definition Qualifier Channel Entered Bus1 ae yo Z ZA Analog Bus values displayed channel values at cursor Digital Channels 6 Agilent ition 1 4 B 1 4 8 B E6 Set all Digits B Digital channel values at cursor See Pattern Trigger on page 152 for more information on Pattern triggering Digital channel signal fidelity Probe impedance and grounding When using the mixed signal oscilloscope you may encounter problems that are related to probing These problems fall into two categories probe loading and probe grounding Probe loading problems generally affect the device under test while probe grounding problems affect the accuracy of the data to the measurement instrument The design of the probes minimizes the first problem while the second is easily addres
97. voltage bounding parameter of the arbitrary waveform 262 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAUTION Waveform Generator 17 4 When you are ready to create the new arbitrary waveform press Apply amp Edit When you create a new arbitrary waveform the existing arbitrary waveform definition is overwritten Note that you can use the Save Recall key and menu to save arbitrary waveforms to one of four internal storage locations or to a USB storage device and you can recall them later See To save arbitrary waveforms on page 282 and To recall arbitrary waveforms on page 285 The new waveform is created and the Edit Waveform Points menu is opened See Editing Existing Arbitrary Waveforms on page 263 Note that you can also create a new arbitrary waveform by capturing another waveform See Capturing Other Waveforms to the Arbitrary Waveform on page 264 Editing Existing Arbitrary Waveforms The Edit Waveform Points Menu is opened by pressing Edit Existing in the Edit Waveform Menu or by pressing Apply amp Edit when creating a new arbitrary waveform 0 0V Agilent 1 00ms m oa Channels 1 00ms form Points Menu Point Voltage 4 250 0mV Transparent Insert Point Remove Point Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 263 17 Waveform Generator 264 To specify the voltage values of points 1 Press Point then use the Entry knob to select the point
98. whose voltage value you wish to set 2 Press Voltage then use the Entry knob to set the point s voltage value To insert a point 1 Press Point then use the Entry knob to select the point after which the new point will be inserted 2 Press Insert Point All points are adjusted to maintain uniform time spacing between points To remove a point 1 Press Point then use the Entry knob to select the point you want to remove 2 Press Remove Point All points are adjusted to maintain uniform time spacing between points The Transparent softkey enables or disables transparent backgrounds When enabled you can view underlying waveforms When disabled the background is shaded Capturing Other Waveforms to the Arbitrary Waveform The Edit Waveform Menu is opened by pressing Edit Waveform in the main Waveform Generator Menu Edit Existing Interpolate Source Store Source ae to Arb To capture another waveform to the arbitrary waveform 1 Press Source then use the Entry knob to select the analog channel math or reference location whose waveform you wish to capture 2 Press Store Source to Arb Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Generator 17 CAUTION When you create a new arbitrary waveform the existing arbitrary waveform definition is overwritten Note that you can use the Save Recall key and menu to save arbitrary waveforms to one of four internal storage locatio
99. 000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 151 10 Triggers Pulse width trigger lt qualifier time set softkey Pulse width trigger gt qualifier time set softkey Pattern Trigger 152 When the less than lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a pulse width less than the time value displayed on the softkey When the time range gt lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the upper time range value When the greater than gt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a pulse width greater than the time value displayed on the softkey When the time range gt lt qualifier is selected the Entry knob sets the lower time range value The Pattern trigger identifies a trigger condition by looking for a specified pattern This pattern is a logical AND combination of the channels Each channel can have a value of 0 low 1 high or don t care X A rising or falling edge can be specified for one channel included in the pattern You can also trigger on a hex bus value as described on Hex Bus Pattern Trigger on page 155 1 2 Press the Trigger key In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Pattern Press the Qualifier softkey then turn the Entry knob to select from the pattern duration qualifier options Entered when the pattern is entered lt Less Than when the pattern is present
100. 000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 193 12 Acquisition Control Normal at slower time div settings normal decimation occurs and there is no averaging Use this mode for most waveforms See Normal Acquisition Mode on page 194 Peak Detect at slower time div settings the maximum and minimum samples in the effective sample period are stored Use this mode for displaying narrow pulses that occur infrequently See Peak Detect Acquisition Mode on page 194 Averaging at all time div settings the specified number of triggers are averaged together Use this mode for reducing noise and increasing resolution of periodic signals without bandwidth or rise time degradation See Averaging Acquisition Mode on page 197 High Resolution at slower time div settings all samples in the effective sample period are averaged and the average value is stored Use this mode for reducing random noise See High Resolution Acquisition Mode on page 199 Normal Acquisition Mode In Normal mode at slower time div settings extra samples are decimated in other words some are thrown away This mode yields the best display for most waveforms Peak Detect Acquisition Mode In Peak Detect mode at slower time div settings minimum and maximum samples are kept in order to capture infrequent and narrow events at the expense of exaggerating any noise This mode displays all pulses that are at least as wide as the sample period For Infin
101. 00034 Serial Mode Signals Settings Word Format Lister Serial 1 ARINC 429 nal gt L SDI Data SSM Depending on the selected word decode format the ARINC 429 decode display is color coded as follows e When the decode format is Label SDI Data SSM Label yellow 8 bits displayed in octal SDI blue 2 bits displayed in binary Data white red if parity error 19 bits displayed in the selected Base SSM green 2 bits displayed in binary e When the decode format is Label Data SSM Label yellow 8 bits displayed in octal Data white red if parity error 21 bits displayed in the selected Base SSM green 2 bits displayed in binary e When the decode format is Label Data Label yellow 8 bits displayed in octal Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 419 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 420 Data white red if parity error 23 bits displayed in the selected Base The Label bits are displayed in the same order as they are received on the wire For the Data SSM and SDI bits the fields are displayed in the order received however the bits within those fields are displayed in reverse order In other words the non Label fields are displayed in the ARINC 429 Word Format while the bits for those fields have the opposite transfer order on the wire ARINC 429 Totalizer The ARINC 429 totalizer measures the total ARINC 429 words and erro
102. 1 26 Getting Started e InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscope Power cord country of origin determines specific type Oscilloscope probes gt Two probes for 2 channel models Four probes for 4 channel models Documentation CD ROM Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 N2862B N2863B or N2890A probes Qty 2 or 4 Documentation CD Digital Probe Kit MSO models only Power cord Based on country of origin N6450 60001 Digital Probe Kit contains N6450 61601 16 channel cable qyt 1 01650 82103 2 inch probe ground leads qyt 5 5090 4832 Grabber qyt 20 Digital probe replacement parts are listed in the Digital Channels chapter See Also Accessories Available on page 338 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 27 1 Getting Started Install the Optional LAN VGA or GPIB Module If you need to install a DSOXLAN LAN VGA module or a DSOXGPIB GPIB module perform this installation before you power on the oscilloscope 1 If you need to remove a module before installing a different module pinch the module s spring tabs and gently remove the module from the slot 2 To install a module slide the module into the slot on the back until it is fully seated The module s spring tabs will latch into the slot keeping the module in place E LAN VGA Module ni i D
103. 1 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx 0 Data For use when the device under test data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Triggers only when the 9th alert bit is 0 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx X Data For use when the device under test data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Triggers on a data byte that you specify regardless of the value of the 9th alert bit The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Similar choices are available for Tx Rx or Tx Parity Error Triggers on a parity error based on the parity you have set in the Bus Configuration Menu If you choose a trigger condition that includes Data in its description for example Rx Data then press the Datais softkey and choose an equality qualifier You can choose equal to not equal to less than or greater than a specific data value Use the Data softkey to choose the data value for your trigger comparison This works in conjunction with the Datais softkey Optional The Burst softkey lets you trigger on the Nth frame 1 4096 after an idle time you select All trigger conditions must be met for the trigger to occur If Burst is selected an idle time 1 us to 10 s can be specified so that the oscilloscope will l
104. 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode When Bits is set to 9 in the UART RS232 Bus Configuration Menu the 9th alert bit is displayed directly to the left of the ASCII value which is derived from the lower 8 bits 4 Optional Press the Framing softkey and select a value In the decode display the chosen value will be displayed in light blue However if a parity error occurs the data will be displayed in red 5 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 6 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the UART RS232 signals may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the acquired data See Also Interpreting UART RS232 Decode on page 429 e UART RS232 Totalizer on page 430 e Interpreting UART RS232 Lister Data on page 431 e Searching for UART RS232 Data in the Lister on page 431 428 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 28 Interpreting UART RS232 Decode 1 0003 Auto URT 1 12 Agilent Acquisition M Channels Serial Decode Menu AX MES JODL E Serial Mode Bus Config Settings Lister Serial 1 UART AS232 Sd tll gt e Ang
105. 404 Interpreting I2S Lister Data on page 405 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 403 26 12S Triggering and Serial Decode e Searching for I2S Data in the Lister on page 405 Interpreting 12S Decode 5 0008 Auto 25 1 120 Agilent isition Channels Bus Config Base Lister y D ai Decimal ke e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e In the decoded data Right channel data values appear in green along with the R characters Left channel data values appear in white along with the L characters Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Pink vertical bars indicate you need to expand the horizontal scale and run again to see decode e Red dots in the decode line indicate that more data can be displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the data e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in pink e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red 404 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12S Triggering and Serial Decode 26 When the receiver word size is greater than the transmit word size the decoder fills the least significant bits with zeros and the decoded value does not match the trigger value Interpreting 12S Lister Data Left Channel Right Channel Errors 38
106. 94329 75019 94321 Portuguese 75019 94327 75019 94319 Russian 75019 94322 75019 94315 Simplified Chinese 75019 94328 75019 94320 Spanish 75019 94325 75019 94317 Traditional Chinese 75019 94330 75019 94310 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 43 1 Getting Started Learn the Rear Panel Connectors For the following figure refer to the numbered descriptions in the table that follows 8 USB Device port LIAL 3 LANIVGA HH K use AD 7 USB Host port option module ia our ATEN 6 EXT TRIG IN Ss connector eS Al 5 Calibration a protect K button 3 GPIB 4 TRIG OUT connector AREN 3 Module slot Sonat soe 2 Kensington lock hole EH Yy qe 1 Power cord connector 1 Power cord Attach the power cord here connector 2 Kensington This is where you can attach a Kensington lock for securing the lock hole instrument 3 Module slot A DSOXLAN LAN VGA module may be ordered and installed separately LAN port lets you communicate with the oscilloscope and use the Remote Front Panel feature using the LAN port See Chapter 21 Web Interface starting on page 315 and Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 VGA video output lets you connect an external monitor or projector to provide a larger display or to provide a displa
107. A 10 1 probe 300 Vrms CAUTION A Maximum input voltage at digital channels 40 V peak CAT l transient overvoltage 800 Vpk Environmental Conditions Environment Indoor use only Ambient temperature Operating 0 C to 55 C non operating 40 C to 71 C Humidity Operating Up to 80 RH at or below 40 C Up to 45 RH up to 50 C Non operating Up to 95 RH up to 40 C Up to 45 RH up to 50 C Altitude Operating and non operating to 4 000 m 13 123 ft Overvoltage Category This product is intended to be powered by MAINS that comply to Overvoltage Category II which is typical of cord and plug connected equipment Pollution Degree The InfiniiVision 2000 3000 X Series oscilloscopes may be operated in environments of Pollution Degree 2 or Pollution Degree 1 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 333 22 Reference Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 1 No pollution or only dry non conductive pollution occurs Definitions The pollution has no influence Example A clean room or climate controlled office environment Pollution Degree 2 Normally only dry non conductive pollution occurs Occasionally a temporary conductivity caused by condensation may occur Example General indoor environment Pollution Degree 3 Conductive pollution occurs or dry non conductive pollution occurs which becomes conductive due to condensation which is
108. Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide oa Agilent Technologies Notices Agilent Technologies Inc 2005 2012 No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form or by any means including elec tronic storage and retrieval or translation into a foreign language without prior agree ment and written consent from Agilent Technologies Inc as governed by United States and international copyright laws Manual Part Number 75019 97062 Edition Seventh edition July 2012 Printed in Malaysia Agilent Technologies Inc 1900 Garden of the Gods Road Colorado Springs CO 80907 USA Print History 75019 97000 January 2011 75019 97013 February 2011 75019 97014 June 2011 75019 97027 October 2011 75019 97040 February 2012 75019 97051 March 2012 75019 97062 July 2012 Trademarks Java is a U S trademark of Sun Microsys tems Inc Sun Sun Microsystems and the Sun Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S and other countries Warranty The material contained in this docu ment is provided as is and is sub ject to being changed without notice in future editions Further to the max imum extent permitted by applicable law Agilent disclaims all warranties either express or implied with regard to this manual and any information contained herein including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
109. Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference Waveforms 5 1 7605 500 08 1 14V Agilent Acquisition Channels Refer eform Menu Display Ref Source Options R1 0 0s T One reference waveform can be displayed at a time See Also To display reference waveform information on page 104 To scale and position reference waveforms 1 Make sure the multiplexed scale and position knobs to the right of the Ref key are selected for the reference waveform If the arrow to the left of the Ref key is not illuminated press the key 2 Turn the upper multiplexed knob to adjust the reference waveform scale 3 Turn the lower multiplexed knob to adjust the reference waveform position To adjust reference waveform skew Once reference waveforms are displayed you can adjust their skew Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 103 5 Reference Waveforms 1 Display the desired reference waveform see To display a reference waveform on page 102 2 Press the Skew softkey and turn the Entry knob to adjust the reference waveform skew To display reference waveform information 1 Press the Ref key to turn on reference waveforms 2 In the Reference Waveform Menu press the Options softkey 3 In the Reference Waveform Options Menu press the Display Info softkey to enable or disable reference waveform information on the oscilloscope display 4 Press the Transparent softkey
110. Back Up key to return to the Serial Decode Menu Press the Bus Config softkey to open the I S Bus Configuration Menu and display a diagram showing WS SCLK and SDATA signals for the currently specified bus configuration Receiver Alignment WS Low SCLK Slope 8 PS Left Press the Word Size softkey Turn the Entry knob to match the transmitter word size of the device under test from 4 to 32 bits 10 Press the Receiver softkey Turn the Entry knob to match the receiver word size of the device under test from 4 to 32 bits 11 Press the Alignment softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the desired alignment of the data signal SDATA The on screen diagram changes with your selection Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12S Triggering and Serial Decode 26 Standard Alignment MSB of data for each sample is sent first LSB is sent last The MSB appears on the SDATA line one bit clock after the edge of the WS transition LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL ws I i l L scLK L i ga l ONE SCLK CYCLE es SDATA o 1 2 h2m1 _ o 1 2 nz MSB LSB TE LSB Left Justified Data transmission MSB first begins at the edge of the WS transition without the one bit delay that Standard format employs LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL
111. EVICE oe E Module Slot GPIB Module The LAN VGA or GPIB module must be installed before powering on the oscilloscope Tilt the Oscilloscope for Easy Viewing There are tabs under the oscilloscope s front feet that can be flipped out to tilt the oscilloscope 28 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Power On the Oscilloscope Power Requirements Ventilation Requirements To power on the oscilloscope Line voltage frequency and power e Line 100 120 Vac 50 60 400 Hz e 100 240 Vac 50 60 Hz e 100 W max The air intake and exhaust areas must be free from obstructions Unrestricted air flow is required for proper cooling Always ensure that the air intake and exhaust areas are free from obstructions The fan draws air in from the left side and bottom of the oscilloscope and pushes it out behind the oscilloscope When using the oscilloscope in a bench top setting provide at least 2 clearance at the sides and 4 100 mm clearance above and behind the oscilloscope for proper cooling 1 Connect the power cord to the rear of the oscilloscope then to a suitable AC voltage source Route the power cord so the oscilloscope s feet and legs do not pinch the cord Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 29 1 Getting Started 2 The oscilloscope
112. Exponential Fall When the Ramp shape is selected a Symmetry softkey appears so that you can specify the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising Press the FM Freq softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the frequency of the modulating signal Press the FM Dev softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the frequency deviation from the original carrier signal frequency When the modulating signal is at its maximum amplitude the output frequency is the carrier signal frequency plus the deviation amount and when the modulating signal is at its minimum amplitude the output frequency is the carrier signal frequency minus the deviation amount The frequency deviation cannot be greater than the original carrier signal frequency Also the sum of the original carrier signal frequency and the frequency deviation must be less than or equal to the maximum frequency for the selected waveform generator function plus 100 kHz The following screen shows an FM modulation of a 100 kHz sine wave carrier signal Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Generator 17 Agilent Acquisition i Channels Waveform Generator Modulation Menu Modulation Type Waveform FM Freq Symmetry FM v Ramp 10kHz 100 To set up Frequency Shift Keying Modulation FSK In the Waveform Generator Modulation Menu under Wave Gen gt Settings gt Modulation 1 Press the Type softkey and turn the Entry kno
113. InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 17 To use waveform generator logic presets 266 To add noise to the waveform generator output 267 To add modulation to the waveform generator output 267 To set up Amplitude Modulation AM 268 To set up Frequency Modulation FM 269 To set up Frequency Shift Keying Modulation FSK 271 To restore waveform generator defaults 272 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data Saving Setups Screen Images or Data 273 To save setup files 275 To save BMP or PNG image files 275 To save CSV ASCII XY or BIN data files 277 To save ALB data files 277 Length Control 279 To save Lister data files 281 To save reference waveform files to a USB storage device 281 To save masks 281 To save arbitrary waveforms 282 To navigate storage locations 282 To enter filenames 283 Recalling Setups Masks or Data 284 To recall setup files 284 To recall mask files 285 To recall reference waveform files from a USB storage device 285 To recall arbitrary waveforms 285 Recalling Default Setups 286 Performing a Secure Erase 287 18 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 19 Print Screens To print the oscilloscope s display 289 To set up network printer connections 290 To specify the print options 292 To specify the palette option 293 20 Utility Settings 1 0 Interface Settings 295 Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection 296 To establish a LAN connection 297 Stand alone
114. MSO 2 Channel DSO DSO X 3012A DSO X 3032A DSO X 3052A DSO X 3102A 4 Channel DSO DSO X 3014A DSO X 3024A DSO X 3034A DSO X 3054A DSO X 3104A The Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes deliver these features e 100 MHz 200 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz and 1 GHz bandwidth models Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 3 2 and 4 channel digital storage oscilloscope DSO models 2 16 channel and 4 16 channel mixed signal oscilloscope MSO models An MSO lets you debug your mixed signal designs using analog signals and tightly correlated digital signals simultaneously The 16 digital channels have a 1 GSa s sample rate 1 25 GSa s for the 1 GHz models with a 50 MHz toggle rate 8 5 inch WVGA display Interleaved 2 Mpts or non interleaved 1 Mpts MegaZoom IV memory for the fastest waveform update rates uncompromised Upgradeable to 4 Mpts 2 Mpts All knobs are pushable for making quick selections Trigger types edge edge then edge pulse width pattern OR rise fall time Nth edge burst runt setup amp hold video and USB Serial decode trigger options for CAN LIN FlexRay I C SPI Ps UART RS232 and MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Lister for serial decode Math waveforms add subtract multiply FFT d dt integrate and square root With the DSOX3ADVMATH option you get these additional math waveforms Ax B square absolute value common logarithm natural logarithm expon
115. NC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the ARINC 429 signal is being decoded SDI XX 0 0000 0010 Trigger Trigg Label S ARINC 429 Label Bits 115 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the trigger condition Word Start triggers on the start of a word Word Stop triggers at the end of a word Label triggers on the specified label value Label Bits triggers on the label and the other word fields as specified Label Range triggers on a label following in a min max range Parity Error triggers on words with a parity error Word Error triggers on an intra word coding error Gap Error triggers on an inter word gap error Word or Gap Error triggers on either a Word or Gap Error All Errors triggers on any of the above errors All Bits Eye triggers on any bit which will therefore form an eye diagram All0 Bits triggers on any bit with a value of zero All 1 Bits triggers on any bit with a value of one 4 If you select the Label or Label Bits condition use the Label softkey to specify the label value Label values are always displayed in octal 5 If you select the Label Bits condition use the Bits softkey and submenu to specify the bit values SDI XX Data 000 0000 0000 0000 000 Define Bit Data
116. OCK 1 MTES AMAS SOUR CHAN1 UNIT DIV XDEL 3 00000000E 001 YDEL 2 00000000E 00 1 MTES SCAL BIND 0 X1 0 0E 00 XDEL 1 0000E 09 Y1 0 0E 00 Y2 1 00000E 0 0 MTES RMOD FOR RMOD TIME 1E 00 WAV 1000 SIGM 6 0E 00 MTES RMOD FACT STOP 0 PRIN 0 SAVE 0 end_setup How is mask testing done InfiniiVision oscilloscopes start mask testing by creating a database that is 200 x 640 for the waveform viewing area Each location in the array is designated as either a violation or a pass area Each time a data point from a waveform occurs in a violation area a failure is logged If Test All was selected every active analog channel is tested against the mask database for each acquisition Over 2 billion failures can be logged per channel The number of acquisitions tested is also logged and displayed as of Tests The mask file allows greater resolution than the 200 X 640 database Some quantization of data occurs to reduce the mask file data for display on screen 252 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee 16 Digital Voltmeter The Digital Voltmeter DVM analysis feature provides 3 digit voltage and 5 digit frequency measurements using any analog channel DVM measurements are asynchronous from the oscilloscope s acquisition system and are always acquiring To enable the digital voltmeter analysis feature order Option DVM at time
117. OX3PWR power measurement and analysis license is installed and the Power Application is enabled For more information see the DSOX3PWR Power Measurement Application User s Guide at www agilent com find 3000X Series manual or on the Documentation CD Snapshot All The Snapshot All measurement type displays a popup containing a snapshot of all the single waveform measurements Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 219 14 Measurements 1 00V 1 00V 500 05 Agilent Acquisition Channels x Measurements PKPRI easurement Menu Source Settings Clear Meas gt gt You can also configure the Quick Action key to display the Snapshot All popup See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 Voltage Measurements The following figure shows the voltage measurement points Maximum Measurement units for each input channel can be set to Volts or Amps using the channel Probe Units softkey See To specify the channel units on page 69 The units of math waveforms are described in Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 e Peak Peak on page 221 220 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 e Maximum on page 221 e Minimum on page 221 e Amplitude on page 221 e Top on page 221 e Base on page 222 e Overshoot on page 223 e Preshoot on page 224 e Average on page 224 e DC RMS on page 225 e AC RMS on page 225 e Ra
118. Oscilloscopes User s Guide Display Settings 8 To set or clear persistence With persistence the oscilloscope updates the display with new acquisitions but does not immediately erase the results of previous acquisitions All previous acquisitions are displayed with reduced intensity New acquisitions are shown in their normal color with normal intensity Waveform persistence is kept only for the current display area you cannot pan and zoom the persistence display To use persistence 1 Press the Display key Display Menu Persistence ture Intensity 20 2 Press Persistence then turn the Entry knob to select between Off turns off persistence When persistence is off you can press the Capture Waveforms softkey to perform a single shot infinite persistence A single acquisition s data is displayed with reduced intensity and it remains on the display until you clear persistence or clear the display co Persistence infinite presistence Results of previous acquisitions are never erased Use infinite persistence to measure noise and jitter to see the worst case extremes of varying waveforms to look for timing violations or to capture events that occur infrequently Variable Persistence Results of previous acquisitions are erased after a certain amount of time Variable persistence gives you a view of acquired data that is similar to analog oscilloscopes When variable persistence is selected p
119. Oscilloscopes User s Guide statistics measurement 238 statistics using segmented memory 202 status line 46 status User Cal 309 Std Deviation measurement 225 stop acquisition 38 stop condition 12C 379 storage locations navigate 282 subnet mask 297 subtract math function 77 sync pulse waveform generator 265 T template front panel 42 test mask 241 theory sampling 189 threshold analog channel measurements 236 threshold digital channels 112 thumb drive 42 tilt for viewing 28 time measurements 227 time reference indicator 59 time re arm 202 timebase 53 times for saving data 280 timing logic bus chart 98 Tools keys 37 Top measurement 221 totalizer ARINC 429 420 totalizer CAN 357 totalizer FlexRay 373 totalizer UART rs232 430 tracking cursors 207 trademarks 2 Traditional Chinese front panel overlays 43 Traditional Chinese user interface and Quick Help 48 transforms math 78 transient withstand capability 333 Transparent backgrounds 302 TRIG OUT connector 45 304 Trig d trigger indicator 181 Trig d trigger indicator 181 Trigger controls 37 trigger coupling 182 trigger indicator Auto 181 trigger indicator Trig d 181 trigger indicator Trig d 181 trigger level 145 trigger mode auto or normal 180 trigger mode Quick Trigger Mode 311 trigger output 304 trigger output mask test 245 305 trigger type ARINC 429 415 t
120. Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the UART RS232 signals are being decoded 3 In the Search Menu press Search then select from these options Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 431 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 432 Rx Data Finds a data byte that you specify For use when the DUT data words are from 5 to 8 bits in length no 9th alert bit Rx 1 Data For use when the DUT data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Finds only when the 9th alert bit is 1 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx 0 Data For use when the DUT data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Finds only when the 9th alert bit is 0 The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Rx X Data For use when the DUT data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Finds a data byte that you specify regardless of the value of the 9th alert bit The specified data byte applies to the least significant 8 bits excludes the 9th alert bit Similar choices are available for Tx Rx or Tx Parity Error Finds a parity error based on the parity you have set in the Bus Configuration Menu Rx or Tx Any Error Finds any error For more
121. See MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode on page 410 ARINC 429 Serial Decode on page 417 To determine whether these licenses are installed on your oscilloscope see To display oscilloscope information on page 309 To order serial decode licenses go to www agilent com and search for the product number for example DSOX38AUTO or contact your local Agilent Technologies representative see www agilent com find contactus Lister is a powerful tool for investigating protocol failures You can use Lister to view large amounts of packet level serial data in a tabular format including time tags and specific decoded values After pressing the Single key you can press the Scroll Lister softkey and then rotate the Entry knob to select an event and press the Zoom to Selection softkey to jump to the event To use the Lister 1 Set up trigger and decode on the serial data signals to be analyzed 2 Press Serial gt Lister 3 Press Display then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the serial bus signals are being decoded If you Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Serial Decode 7 select All the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time 1 12 Agilent Acquisition 1a 212 6ms e a Channels 4ms 210 8ms Options Before you can select a row or navigate through the Lister data osc
122. Table4 _ Half field holdoff time Standard Time NTSC 8 35 ms PAL 10 ms PAL M 10 ms SECAM 10 ms Generic 8 35 ms EDTV 480p 60 8 35 ms EDTV 567p 50 10 ms HDTV 720p 50 10 ms HDTV 720p 60 8 35 ms HDTV 1080p 24 20 835 ms HDTV 1080p 25 20 ms HDTV 1080p 30 20 ms HDTV 1080p 50 16 67 ms HDTV 1080p 60 8 36 ms HDTV 1080i 50 10 ms HDTV 1080i 60 8 35 ms Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide USB Trigger Triggers 10 Field Agilent Acquisition Channels Mode Field Holdoff Field1 3 0000flds Figure 32 Using Field Holdoff to Synchronize to Color Field 1 or 3 Field 1 mode USB trigger will trigger on a Start of Packet SOP End of Packet EOP signal Reset Complete RC Enter Suspend Suspend or Exit Suspend Exit Sus on the differential USB data lines D and D USB Low Speed and Full Speed are supported by this trigger End of packet trigger on B OOOO Lt SOP SEO portion of EOP 1 Press Default Setup 2 Press the Label key to switch labels on 3 Turn on any analog or digital channels that you will be using for the USB signals 4 Press the Trigger key Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 175 10 Triggers 176 5 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select USB 15 008 Agilent Acquisition Channels Trigger Speed SOP Full Spee
123. The displayed waveform shows the components of the input signal above the Nyquist frequency to be mirrored aliased on the display and reflected off the right edge Channels Cursors 120 500dB fit FFT Ch3 Scale 20dB fset 33 750dBV FFT Resolution 1Hz Function Operator Source 1 Span Center More FFT tit FFT 50 0kHz 25 0kHz i Figure 9 Aliasing Because the frequency span goes from 0 to the Nyquist frequency the best way to prevent aliasing is to make sure that the frequency span is greater than the frequencies of significant energy present in the input signal FFT Spectral Leakage The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats Unless there is an integral number of cycles of the sampled waveform in the record a discontinuity is created at the end of the record This is referred to as leakage In order to minimize spectral leakage windows that approach zero smoothly at the beginning and end of the signal are employed as filters to the FFT The FFT Menu provides four windows Hanning Flat Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 89 4 Math Waveforms Top Rectangular and Blackman Harris For more information on leakage see Agilent Application Note 243 The Fundamentals of Signal Analysis at http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5952 8898E pdf Square Root Square root o calculates the square root of the selected source Where the transform is undefined for a particular
124. Triggering 368 FlexRay Serial Decode 371 FlexRay triggering and serial decode requires Option FLEX or the DSOX38FLEX upgrade Setup for FlexRay Signals FlexRay signal setup consists of first connecting the oscilloscope to a differential FlexRay signal using a differential active probe the Agilent N2792A is recommended specifying the signal source threshold voltage trigger level baud rate and bus type To set up the oscilloscope to capture FlexRay signals 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Serial 3 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired serial bus Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select FlexRay mode 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the FlexRay Signals Menu Baud 10 Mb s a Agilent Technologies a 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode Press Source and select the analog channel that is probing the FlexRay signal Press Threshold then turn the Entry knob to set the threshold voltage level The threshold level should be set below the idle level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode bus 8 Press Baud and select the baud rate of the FlexRay signal being probed Press Bus and select the bus type of the FlexRay signal being probed It is important to specify the correct bus because this setting a
125. Triggering and Serial Decode 418 See Also The base setting is used for data display in both the decode line and in the Lister Label values are always displayed in octal and SSM and SDI values are always displayed in binary 3 Press the Word Format softkey and specify the word decode format Label SDI Data SSM Label 8 bits SDI 2 bits Data 19 bits SSM 2 bits Label Data SSM Label 8 bits Data 21 bits SSM 2 bits Label Data Label 8 bits Data 23 bits 4 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 5 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the ARINC 429 signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the decoded data e Interpreting ARINC 429 Decode on page 419 e ARINC 429 Totalizer on page 420 e Interpreting ARINC 429 Lister Data on page 421 e Searching for ARINC 429 Data in the Lister on page 421 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 Interpreting ARINC 429 Decode 100 057 29 1 00 Agilent Acquisition h 1 006 Channels 0 OOOAS Serial Decode Menu WORDS ERRORS 00004
126. USB mass storage devices are compatible with the oscilloscope Devices However certain devices may be incompatible and may not be able to be read or written to When the USB mass storage device is connected to the oscilloscope s front or rear USB host port a small four color circle icon may be displayed briefly as the USB device is read 300 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 You do not need to eject the USB mass storage device before removing it Simply ensure that any file operation you ve initiated is done and remove the USB drive from the oscilloscope s host port Do not connect USB devices that identify themselves as hardware type CD because these devices are not compatible with the InfiniiVision X Series oscilloscopes If two USB mass storage devices are connected to the oscilloscope the first one is designated usb and the second one is designated usb2 See Also Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 Setting Oscilloscope Preferences The User Preferences Menu under Utility gt Options gt Preferences lets you specify oscilloscope preferences e To choose expand about center or ground on page 301 e To disable enable transparent backgrounds on page 302 e To load the default label library on page 302 e To set up the screen saver on page 302 e To set AutoScale preferences on page 303 To choose expand abou
127. When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select Browser Web Control then select Real Scope Remote Front Panel After a few seconds the Remote Front Panel appears 3 Click keys or knobs that you would normally press on the oscilloscope s front panel Drag on edges of knobs to turn them 318 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 21 XIE Agilent Technologies InfiniiVision MSO X 20248 Med Segre Ow atoe cea Simple Remote Front Panel To operate the oscilloscope using the web interface s Simple Remote Front Panel 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select Browser Web Control then select Simple Remote Front Panel After a few seconds the Remote Front Panel appears 3 Use the Main Menu and the Function Keys to control the oscilloscope To view Quick Help right click on a softkey Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 319 21 320 Web Interface VNC Agilent MSOX2024A InfiniiVision US50210029 Remote Front Panel Main Menu _ File Run Control Setup Horizontal Trigger Measure Waveform Tools Function Keys Get Single ae Force Horizontal uN Hint appears lt x when you roll Ly tavei over with vA mouse Cursors e C8 Intensity va Digital Entry Knob ep Analog Chi G Softkeys left click to v select right click Fast
128. after the control byte Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 379 25 380 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Read SDA TN 101 0xxx rx X AOA SCL T CNAE NA eane Start or Control a R Aok Data TAck Restart byte Trigger point Condition Frame Start Addr7 Read Ack Data or Frame Start Addr7 Write Ack Data The oscilloscope triggers on a read or write frame in 7 bit addressing mode on the 17th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match For triggering purposes a restart is treated as a start condition Read Write SDA 1 _ K_A ne N a a scL 1 _ 1 7 _ 8 _ 9 _ 1 7 48 9 4 ee Aadress R Aek Data i Ack Stop Restart Trigger point Condition Condition 17th clock edge Frame Start Addr7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 or Frame Start Addr7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 The oscilloscope triggers on a read or write frame in 7 bit addressing mode on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match For triggering purposes a restart is treated as a start condition ae ae Write T LA SDA UA X A Vii I ot set _ 1 7 _ 8 _ 9 _ 1 8 9 1 7 t 4 ii l 1 ee J L IL IL IL J L Start Address R W Ack Data Ack Data 2 Ack Stop Condition Trigger point Condition 26th clock edge 10 bit Write The oscilloscope triggers on a 10 bit write frame on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match The
129. al Decode Restart addresses appear in green along with the S character Data values appear in white A indicates Ack low A indicates No Ack high Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Pink vertical bars indicate you need to expand the horizontal scale and run again to see decode e Red dots in the decode line indicate that more data can be displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the data e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in pink e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red Interpreting 12C Lister Data 346 78 101 28 Stop Restart Address Data Missing Ack Agilent Acquisition 06 41 47 49 4C 45 4E 54 10 4D 53 4F Channels Data 41 47 49 4C 45 4E 54 Display Zoom to Options 5 FCT Selection 0 o i In addition to the standard Time column the I2C Lister contains these columns e Restart indicated with an X e Address colored blue for writes yellow for reads e Data data bytes Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 e Missing Ack indicated by an X highlighted in red if an error Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again Searching for 12C Data in t
130. ally the vertical amplitude of the waveform is tracked and measured The time and voltage positions are shown for the markers The vertical Y and horizontal X differences between the markers are shown as AX and AY values Binary Logic levels of displayed waveforms at the current X1 and X2 cursor positions are displayed above the softkeys in binary The display is color coded to match the color of the related channel s waveform Cursors Menu Mode Source Cursors Units Binary X1 D Hex Logic levels of displayed waveforms at the current X1 and X2 cursor positions are displayed above the softkeys in hexadecimal Cursors Menu Mode Source Cursors Hex X1 Manual and Track Waveform modes can be used on waveforms that are displayed on the analog input channels including math functions Binary and Hex modes apply to digital signals of MSO oscilloscope models In Hex and Binary modes a level can be displayed as 1 higher than trigger level 0 lower than trigger level indeterminate state ct or X don t care In Binary mode X is displayed if the channel is turned off In Hex mode the channel is interpreted as 0 if turned off 4 Press Source or X1 Source X2 Source in the Track Waveform mode then select the input source for cursor values 5 Select the cursor s to be adjusted Push the Cursors knob then turn the Cursors knob To finalize your selection either push the Cursors knob again or wait ab
131. alue on an integral number of periods of the displayed signal If less than three edges are present the measurement shows No edges The X cursors show what interval of the waveform is being measured Measurement Thresholds Setting measurement thresholds defines the vertical levels where measurements will be taken on an analog channel or math waveform Changing default thresholds may change measurement results The default lower middle and upper threshold values are 10 50 and 90 of the value between Top and Base Changing these threshold definitions from the default values may change the returned measurement results for Average Delay Duty Cycle Fall Time Frequency Overshoot Period Phase Preshoot Rise Time Width and Width 1 From the Measurement Menu press the Settings softkey then press the Thresholds softkey to set analog channel measurement thresholds You can also open the Measurement Threshold Menu by pressing Analyze gt Features and then selecting Measurement Thresholds 2 Press the Source softkey to select the analog channel or math waveform source for which you want to change measurement thresholds 236 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 Each analog channel and the math waveform can be assigned unique threshold values 3 Press the Type softkey to set the measurement threshold to percentage of Top and Base value or to Absolute absolute value
132. and Low selection 7 Press the Qualifier softkey to toggle between greater than or less than 8 Press the Time softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the time Nth Edge Burst Trigger 158 The Nth Edge Burst trigger lets you trigger on the Nth edge of a burst that occurs after an idle time Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 I lt Idle Time gt 1 Tigger OLII IULUY Nth Edge Burst trigger set up consists of selecting the source the slope of the edge the idle time and the number of the edge 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Nth Edge Burst Agilent isition mal Channels rigger Source Idle Nth Edge 10 0us 3 Press the Source softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the input channel source 4 Press the Slope softkey to specify the slope of the edge 5 Press the Idle softkey then turn the Entry knob to specify the idle time 6 Press the Edge softkey then turn the Entry knob to which edge number to trigger on Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 159 10 Triggers Runt Trigger The Runt trigger looks for pulses that cross one threshold but not another High level Low level Positive runt pulse Negative runt pulse e A positive runt pulse crosses through a lower threshold but not an upper threshold
133. annel 5 Press the Trigger softkey and choose a qualifier Equal triggers on the specified audio channel s data word when it equals the specified word Not equal triggers on any word other than the specified word Less than triggers when the channel s data word is less than the specified value Greater than triggers when the channel s data word is greater than the specified value In Range enter upper and lower values to specify the range in which to trigger Out of Range enter upper and lower values to specify range in which trigger will not occur Increasing value triggers when the data value is increasing over time and the specified value is met or exceeded Set Trigger gt to the data value that must be reached Set Armed lt to the value to which the data must fall before the trigger circuit is re armed ready to trigger again These settings are made in the current menu when Base is Decimal or in the Bits submenu when the Base is Binary The Armed control reduces triggers due to noise This trigger condition is best understood when the digital data transferred over the 12S bus is considered in terms of representing an analog waveform The figure below shows a plot of sample data transmitted over an 2S bus for one channel In this example the oscilloscope will trigger at the 2 points shown since there are two instances in which the data increases from a value below or at the Armed value to
134. ansform of the input source See Also Base 10 Exponential on page 94 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 93 4 Math Waveforms Base 10 Exponential The Base 10 Exponential 10 x function available with the DSOX38ADVMATH advanced math measurements license performs a transform of the input source 200 05 O 0V Agilent Acquisition h 1 1 Channels x Measurements Pk Pk 3 519mV Pk Pk M Operator Source 1 10 Figure 14 Example of Base 10 Exponential See Also Exponential on page 93 Math Filters With the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license you can use math filters to create a waveform that is the result of a high or low pass filter on an analog input channel or on the result of an arithmetic operation e High Pass and Low Pass Filter on page 95 94 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 High Pass and Low Pass Filter The high pass or low pass filter functions available with the DSOX38ADVMATH advanced math measurements license apply the filter to the selected source waveform and display the resut in the math waveform The high pass filter is a single pole high pass filter The low pass filter is a 4th order Bessel Thompson filter Use the Bandwidth softkey to select the filter s 3 dB cutoff frequency The ratio of the input signal s Nyquist frequency and the selected 3 dB cutoff frequency affects
135. are MTES MTES MTES MTES MTES SCAI SCAI SCAI SCAI SCAI Building a Mask File 250 Lis Li G Li Li BIND 0 X1 400 000E 06 XDEL 800 000E 06 Y 1 359 000E 03 Y2 2 35900E 00 The following mask uses all eight mask regions The most difficult part of creating a mask file is normalizing the X and Y values from the time and voltage values This example shows an easy way to convert voltage and time to normalized X and Y values in the mask file Agilent Acquisition ormal Channels BW Limit Invert The following mask file produced the mask shown above MASK_FILE_548XX All Regions Region Number 1 Number of vertices 4 12 50 10 00 MAX 1 750 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 10 00 1 750 12 50 MAX Region Number 2 Number of vertices 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500 Region Number 3 Number of vertices 05 00 1 000 02 50 0 500 02 50 0 500 05 00 1 000 02 50 1 500 02 50 1 500 Region Number 4 Number of vertices 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500 Region Number 5 Number of vertices 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500 Region Number 6 Number of vertices 05 00 1 000 02 50 0 500 02 50 0 500 05 00 1 000 02 50 1 500 02 50 1 500 Region N
136. arity edges A middle threshold crossing must also travel through the lower and upper threshold levels which eliminates runt pulses The X cursors show what portion of the waveform is being measured The Y cursor shows the middle threshold point e To isolate an event for frequency measurement on page 228 To isolate an event for frequency measurement The following figure shows how to use Zoom mode to isolate an event for a frequency measurement You may need to change the measurement window setting so that the measurement is made in the lower Zoom window See Measurement Window with Zoom Display on page 238 If the waveform is clipped it may not be possible to make the measurement Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 50 002 1 Agilent Acquisition I Channels x Measurements Freq 1 9 60kHz Settings Clear Meas w Figure 47 Isolating an event for Frequency measurement Counter The InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes have an integrated hardware frequency counter which counts the number of cycles that occur within a period of time known as the gate time to measure the frequency of a signal The gate time for the Counter measurement is automatically adjusted to be 100 ms or twice the current time window whichever is longer up to 1 second The Counter can measure frequencies up to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope The minimum frequency supported is 1
137. as started press any key or turn any knob To set AutoScale preferences 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt AutoScale 2 In the AutoScale Preferences Menu you can Press the Fast Debug softkey enable disable this type of autoscale When fast debug is enabled autoscale lets you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage ground or an active AC signal Channel coupling is maintained to allow easy viewing of oscillating signals Press the Channels softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the channels to be autoscaled All Channels The next time you press AutoScale all channels that meet the requirements of AutoScale will be displayed Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 303 20 Utility Settings Only Displayed Channels The next time you press AutoScale only the channels that are turned on will be examined for signal activity This is useful if you only want to view specific active channels after pressing AutoScale Press the Acq Mode softkey and turn the Entry knob to select whether the acquisition mode should be preserved during autoscale Normal to make the oscilloscope switch to Normal acquisition mode whenever the AutoScale key is pressed This is the default mode Preserve to make the oscilloscope remain in the acquisition mode you have chosen when the AutoScale key is pressed Setting the Oscillos
138. asurements to be made correctly Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 185 11 Trigger Mode Coupling 186 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee 12 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control Running Stopping and Making Single Acquisitions Run Control 187 Overview of Sampling 189 Selecting the Acquisition Mode 193 Acquiring to Segmented Memory 199 This chapter shows how to use the oscilloscope s acquisition and run controls Running Stopping and Making Single Acquisitions Run Control There are two front panel keys for starting and stopping the oscilloscope s acquisition system Run Stop and Single e When the Run Stop key is green the oscilloscope is running that is acquiring data when trigger conditions are met To stop acquiring data press Run Stop When stopped the last acquired waveform is displayed When the Run Stop key is red data acquisition is stopped Stop is displayed next to the trigger type in the status line at the top of the display To start acquiring data press Run Stop To capture and display a single acquisition whether the oscilloscope is running or stopped press Single The Single run control lets you view single shot events without subsequent waveform data overwriting the display Use Single when you want maximum memory depth for pan and zoom 7 ot ie
139. ate arbitrary waveform option 262 invert graticule colors 276 invert waveform 68 IP address 297 315 Italian front panel overlays 43 Italian user interface and Quick Help 48 J Japanese front panel overlays 43 Japanese user interface and Quick Help 48 K keyboard USB 140 283 292 303 313 keys front panel 35 knobs front panel 35 Korean front panel overlays 43 Korean user interface and Quick Help 48 L Label key 41 436 label list 141 label list loading from text file 140 labels 137 labels auto increment 140 labels default library 141 LAN connection 297 LAN interface remote control 295 LAN port 44 LAN Settings softkey 297 298 LAN VGA module 28 44 LAN VGA module installation 28 landscape mode 292 language user interface and Quick Help 48 length control 279 length softkey 277 278 level trigger 145 LF Reject 182 library labels 139 icenses 339 341 LIN serial decode 363 LIN trigger 361 ine voltage 29 Lister 126 oad file 299 Load from 283 ocalized front panel overlay 42 Location 283 300 ogic presets waveform generator 266 ogic threshold 112 low pass filter math function 95 low frequency noise rejection 182 M magnify math function 96 mask files recall 285 MASK license 340 mask test trigger output 245 305 mask testing 241 mask TRIG OUT signal 305 math filters 94 ath key 39 math operato
140. automatically adjusts for input line voltages in the range 100 to 240 VAC The line cord provided is matched to the country of origin Always use a grounded power cord Do not defeat the power cord ground 3 Press the power switch The power switch is located on the lower left corner of the front panel The oscilloscope will perform a self test and will be operational in a few seconds Connect Probes to the Oscilloscope CAUTION 1 Connect the oscilloscope probe to an oscilloscope channel BNC connector 2 Connect the probe s retractable hook tip to the point of interest on the circuit or device under test Be sure to connect the probe ground lead to a ground point on the circuit A Maximum input voltage at analog inputs CAT 300 Vrms 400 Vpk transient overvoltage 1 6 kVpk 50Q input 5 Vrms Input protection is enabled in 50 Q mode and the 50 Q load will disconnect if greater than 5 Vrms is detected However the inputs could still be damaged depending on the time constant of the signal The 50 Q input protection only functions when the oscilloscope is powered on With 10073C 10 1 probe CAT 500 Vpk CAT II 400 Vpk With N2862A or N2863A 10 1 probe 300 Vrms 30 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 CAUTION A Do not float the oscilloscope chassis Defeating the ground connection and floating the oscilloscope chassis will probably result in inaccurate measurements and may
141. ay 196 clear display Quick Clear Display 311 clear persistence 134 clock 304 CMOS threshold 113 common logarithm math function 92 COMP license 340 compensate passive probes 34 41 Config softkey 297 298 connect probes digital 105 connection toa PC 298 connectors rear panel 44 control remote 295 controls front panel 35 copyright 2 Counter measurement 229 counter ARINC 429 words errors 420 434 counter CAN frame 357 counter FlexRay frame 373 counter UART RS232 frame 430 coupling channel 65 coupling trigger 182 crosstalk problems 83 CSV file format 274 CSV files minimum and maximum values 349 urrent probes 337 ursor measurements 205 ursor units 208 ursors key 40 ursors knob 40 ursors binary 207 ursors hex 207 ursors manual 206 ursors track waveform 207 eangaana AOOe ea D D 39 113 d dt math function 79 damage shipping 25 data sheet 331 DC channel coupling 66 DC offset correction for integrate waveform 81 DC RMS Full Screen measurement 225 DC RMS N Cycles measurement 225 DC signals checking 181 DC waveform generator output 259 dead time re arm 202 decibels FFT vertical units 84 decimating samples 193 decimation for measurement record 349 decimation for screen 349 default configuration 31 default label library 141 default setup 31 286 Default Setup key 38 defaults waveform gene
142. b Interface 316 Browser Web Control 317 Save Recall 323 Get Image 325 Identification Function 326 Instrument Utilities 326 Setting a Password 327 When the Agilent InfiniiVision X Series oscilloscopes have the DSOXLAN LAN VGA option module installed you can access the oscilloscope s built in web server using a Java enabled web browser The oscilloscope s web interface lets you View information about the oscilloscope like its model number serial number host name IP address and VISA address connect string Control the oscilloscope using the Remote Front Panel Send SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instrumentation remote programming commands via the SCPI Commands applet window Save setups screen images waveform data and mask files Recall setup files reference waveform data files or mask files Get screen images and save or print them from the browser Activate the Identification function to identify a particular instrument by causing a message to be displayed or a front panel light to blink View installed options view firmware versions and install firmware upgrade files and view calibration status via the Instrument Utilities page View and modify the oscilloscope s network configuration 7 WE 4 Agilent Technologies 315 21 Web Interface The web interface for InfiniiVision X Series oscilloscopes also provides help for each of its pages Microsoft Internet Explorer is the recommended Web brow
143. b to select Frequency Shift Keying Modulation FSK 2 Press the Hop Freq softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the hop frequency The output frequency shifts between the original carrier frequency and this hop frequency 3 Press the FSK Rate softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the rate at which the output frequency shifts The FSK rate specifies a digital square wave modulating signal The following screen shows an FSK modulation of a 100 kHz sine wave carrier signal Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 271 17 Waveform Generator Agilent Acquisition h Channels Waveform Generator Modulation Menu Modulation Type Hop Freq FSK Rate FSK 20kHz 10kHz To restore waveform generator defaults 1 If the Waveform Generator Menu is not currently displayed on the oscilloscope s softkeys press the Wave Gen key 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the Settings softkey 3 In the Waveform Generator Settings Menu press the Default Wave Gen softkey The waveform generator factory default settings 1 kHz sine wave 500 mVpp 0 V offset High Z output load are restored 272 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide oe 0 ee 18 209 Save Recall Setups Screens Data Saving Setups Screen Images or Data 273 Recalling Setups Masks or Data 284 Recalling Default Setups 286 P
144. ber notes WAVEGEN Waveform Generator Order DSOX3WAVEGEN Other Options Available Table 12 Calibration Option Option Order A6J ANSI Z540 Compliant Calibration Upgrading to an MSO A license can be installed to activate the digital channels of an oscilloscope that was not originally ordered as a mixed signal oscilloscope MSO A mixed signal oscilloscope has analog channels plus 16 time correlated digital timing channels For information about upgrading your oscilloscope through licensing contact your local Agilent Technologies representative or see www agilent com find 3000X Series Software and Firmware Updates From time to time Agilent Technologies releases software and firmware updates for its products To search for firmware updates for your oscilloscope direct your web browser to www agilent com find 3000X Series sw To view the currently installed software and firmware press Help gt About Oscilloscope Once you have downloaded a firmware update file you can place it on a USB storage device and load the file using File Explorer see File Explorer on page 299 or you can use the Instrument Utilities page of the oscilloscope s web interface see Instrument Utilities on page 326 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 341 22 Reference Binary Data bin Format BIN data using 342 segmented memory The binary data format stores waveform data in binary forma
145. cale All Normal Figure 20 Example AutoScale of digital channels MSO models only Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 109 6 Digital Channels Any digital channel with an active signal will be displayed Any digital channels without active signals will be turned off e To undo the effects of AutoScale press the Undo AutoScale softkey before pressing any other key This is useful if you have unintentionally pressed the AutoScale key or do not like the settings AutoScale has selected This will return the oscilloscope to its previous settings See also How AutoScale Works on page 33 To set the instrument to the factory default configuration press the Default Setup key Interpreting the digital waveform display The following figure shows a typical display with digital channels 110 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide F Jf J Digital lt _ channel Sai identifiers Activity indicator Digital Channels 6 Delay Time Trigger Trigger time div mode or type and source run status TOs 20 008 a 2 06V Threshold Agilent level Acquisition Channels _ Activity indicators 2424 4 42D Thresholds Bus D7 DO w w Waveform Turn Turn Threshold size individual groups of menu key channels channels on off on off Turn on Turn off D15 D8 j When any digital channels are turned on an activity indicator is displayed in the status lin
146. cares the oscilloscope will trigger on any RTA Remote Terminal Address 11 Bits triggers if the RTA and the remaining 11 bits match the specified criteria When this option is selected these softkeys become available The RTA softkey lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value The Bit Time softkey lets you select the bit time position Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 409 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode The 01X softkey lets you set the bit time position value as a 1 0 or X don t care Parity Error triggers if the odd parity bit is incorrect for the data in the word Sync Error triggers if an invalid Sync pulse is found Manchester Error triggers if a Manchester encoding error is detected For MIL STD 1553 decode information see MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode on page 410 MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode 410 To set up the oscilloscope to capture MIL STD 1553 signals see Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals on page 407 For MIL STD 1553 triggering setup see MIL STD 1553 Triggering on page 409 To set up MIL STD 1553 serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Lister Signals MIL 1553 a ex E s Auto Setup 2 Use the Base softkey to select between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data The base setting is used for the display of the remote terminal address and the data in both the decode li
147. ce the trigger on the first segment The top row shows the selected number of points per segment BIN files are a more efficient data transfer format than CSV or ASCII XY Use this file format for fastest data transfer Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files If you are running a Minimum or Maximum measurement the minimum and maximum values shown in the measurement display may not appear in the CSV file Explanation When the oscilloscope s sample rate is 4 GSa s a sample will be taken every 250 ps If the horizontal scale is set to 10 us div there will be 100 us of data displayed because there are ten divisions across the screen To find the total number of samples the oscilloscope will take 100 us x 4 GSa s 400K samples The oscilloscope is required to display those 400K samples using 640 pixel columns The oscilloscope will decimate the 400K samples to 640 pixel columns and this decimation keeps track of the min and max values of all the points that are represented by any given column Those min and max values will be displayed in that screen column A similar process is used to reduce the acquired data to produce a record usable for various analysis needs such as measurements and CSV data This analysis record or measurement record is much larger than 640 and may in fact contain up to 65536 points Still once the of acquired points gt 65536 some form of decimation is required The decimator used to produce a CSV recor
148. censed features the oscilloscope can also output demo or training signals on this terminal Ground terminal Use the ground terminal for oscilloscope probes connected to the Demo 1 or Demo 2 terminals Demo 1 terminal With certain licensed features the oscilloscope can output demo or training signals on this terminal Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 41 1 Getting Started 20 USB Host port Digital channel inputs This port is for connecting USB mass storage devices or printers to the oscilloscope Connect a USB compliant mass storage device flash drive disk drive etc to save or recall oscilloscope setup files and reference waveforms or to save data and screen images See Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 To print connect a USB compliant printer For more information about printing see Chapter 19 Print Screens starting on page 289 You can also use the USB port to update the oscilloscope s system software when updates are available You do not need to take special precautions before removing the USB mass storage device from the oscilloscope you do not need to eject it Simply unplug the USB mass storage device from the oscilloscope when the file operation is complete caution Do not connect a host computer to the oscilloscope s USB host port Use the device port A host computer sees the oscilloscope as a device
149. channel or math function is clipped not fully displayed on screen the resulting displayed math function will also be clipped Once the function is displayed the analog channel s may be turned off for better viewing of the math waveform The vertical scaling and offset of each math function can be adjusted for ease of viewing and measurement considerations The math function waveform can be measured using Cursors and or Meas 74 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation To perform a transform function see Math Transforms on page 78 or filter see Math Filters on page 94 on the add subtract or multiply arithmetic operations 1 Press the Function softkey and select g t Internal 2 Use the Operator Source 1 and Source 2 softkeys to set up an arithmetic operation 3 Press the Function softkey and select f t Displayed 4 Use the Operator softkey to select a transform function or filter 5 Press the Source 1 softkey and select g t as the source Note that g t is only available when you select a transform function in the previous step To adjust the math waveform scale and offset See Also 1 Make sure the multiplexed scale and position knobs to the right of the Math key are selected for the math waveform If the arrow to the left of the Math key is not illuminated press the key 2 Use the multip
150. code Setup for UART RS232 Signals 423 UART RS232 Triggering 425 UART RS232 Serial Decode 427 UART RS232 triggering and serial decode requires Option COMP or the DSOX38COMP upgrade Setup for UART RS232 Signals To set up the oscilloscope to capture UART RS232 signals 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Serial 3 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select UART RS232 trigger type 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the UART RS232 Signals Menu UART RS s Agilent Technologies 423 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 424 6 For both the Rx and Tx signals Connect an oscilloscope channel to the signal in the device under test Press the Rx or Ix softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the channel for the signal Press the corresponding Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot The RX and TX labels for the source channels are automatically set 7 Press the Back Up key to return to the Serial Decode Menu 8 Press the Bus Config softkey to open the UART RS232 Bus Configuration Menu Bit Order LSB Set the following parameters Bits Set
151. cognize passive probes such as the N2862A B N2863A B N2889A N2890A 10073C 10074C and 1165A These probes have a pin on their connector that connects to the ring around the oscilloscope s BNC connector Therefore the oscilloscope will automatically set the attenuation factor for recognized Agilent passive probes Passive probes that do not have a pin that connects to the ring around the BNC connector will not be recognized by the oscilloscope and you must set the probe attenuation factor manually See To specify the probe attenuation on page 69 The following passive probes can be used with the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes Any combination of passive probes can be used Table6 Passive Probes Model Description 1165A Passive probe 10 1 600 MHz 1 5 m 10070C D Passive probe 1 1 20 MHz 1 5 m 10073C Passive probe 10 1 500 MHz 1 5 m 10074C Passive probe 10 1 150 MHz 1 5 m 10076A B Passive probe 100 1 4 kV 250 MHz N2771A B Passive probe 1000 1 30 kV 50 MHz N2862A B Passive probe 10 1 150 MHz 1 2 m N2863A B Passive probe 10 1 300 MHz 1 2 m N2889A Passive probe 10 1 1 1 350 MHz 1 2 m N2890A Passive probe 10 1 500 MHz 1 2 m Single Ended Active Probes The following single ended active probes can be used with the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 335 22 Reference Table 7 Acti
152. columns See To save Lister data files on page 281 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 Mask msk This creates a mask file in an Agilent proprietary format that can be read by Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes A mask data file includes some oscilloscope setup information but not all setup information To save all setup information including the mask data file choose Setup scp format instead See To save masks on page 281 Arbitrary Waveform data csv This creates a file of comma separated values for the arbitrary waveform points time and voltage values See To save arbitrary waveforms on page 282 Power Harmonics data csv When the DSOX3PWR power analysis allication is licensed this creates a file of comma separated values for the current harmonics power analysis results See the DSOX3PWR Power Measurement Application User s Guide for more information You can also configure the Quick Action key to save setups screen images or data See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 To save setup files Setup files can be saved to one of 10 internal Agilent Flash locations or to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format then turn the Entry knob to select Setup scp 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate
153. cope s Clock The Clock Menu lets you set the current date and time of day 24 hour format This time date stamp will appear on hardcopy prints and directory information on the USB mass storage device To set the date and time or to view the current date and time 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Clock Clock Menu Year y Minute 2010 3 52 2 Press the Year Month Day Hour or Minute softkey then rotate the Entry knob to set to the desired number The hours are shown in the 24 hour format So 1 00 PM is hour 13 The real time clock only allows selection of valid dates If a day is selected and the month or year is changed so the day is invalid the day is automatically adjusted Setting the Rear Panel TRIG OUT Source 304 You can choose the source of the TRIG OUT connector on the rear panel of the oscilloscope Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Rear Panel 2 In the Rear Panel Menu press Trig Out then turn the Entry knob to select from Triggers Each time the oscilloscope triggers a rising edge occurs on TRIG OUT The rising edge is delayed 30 ns from the oscilloscope s trigger point The output level is 0 5 V into an open circuit and 0 2 5 V into 50 Q See Chapter 10 Triggers starting on page 143 Mask The pass fail status is evaluated periodically When the evaluation of the testing period results in a fail
154. ct the oscilloscope to a LAN it is a good practice to limit access to the oscilloscope by setting a password By default the oscilloscope is not password protected See Setting a Password on page 327 to set a password Any time you modify the oscilloscope s hostname it breaks the connection between the oscilloscope and the LAN You need to re establish communication to the oscilloscope using the new hostname To establish a LAN connection Automatic 1 Press Utility gt 1 0 Configuration Press the LAN Settings softkey N Press the Config softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Automatic and press the softkey again to enable it If your network supports DHCP or AutoIP enabling Automatic lets the oscilloscope use those services to get its LAN configuration settings 4 If your network provides Dynamic DNS you can enable the Dynamic DNS option to let the oscilloscope register its hostname and use the DNS server for name resolution 5 You can enable the Multicast DNS option to let the oscilloscope use Multicast DNS for name resolution on small networks without a conventional DNS server 6 Connect the oscilloscope to the local area network LAN by inserting the LAN cable into the LAN port on the rear panel of the oscilloscope In a few moments the oscilloscope will connect to the network automatically If the oscilloscope does not automatically connect to the network press Utility gt 1 0 gt LAN Reset In a few m
155. ct the serial bus Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the FlexRay signals are being decoded 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Error Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger Errors S FlexRay Error All 4 Press the Errors softkey then select the error type All Errors Header CRC Error cyclic redundancy check error in the header Frame CRC Error cyclic redundancy check error in the frame Because FlexRay errors occur infrequently it may be helpful to set the oscilloscope to press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal This prevents the oscilloscope from Auto triggering while waiting for an error to occur You may need to adjust trigger holdoff to see a particular error when multiple errors exist Triggering on FlexRay Events 1 Press Trigger 370 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 24 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial bus Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the FlexRay signals are being decoded 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Event Frame ID Auto Setup All for Event 4 Press the Event softkey then select the event type Wake up TSS Transmission Start Sequence BSS ByteStart Sequence FES DTS Frame End or Dynamic Trailing Sequence 5 Press Auto Setup for Event
156. cy span to increase the display resolution As frequency span is decreased the number of points shown is reduced and the display is magnified 86 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 While the FFT spectrum is displayed use the Math and Cursors keys to switch between measurement functions and frequency domain controls in FFT Menu FFT Resolution The FFT resolution is the quotient of the sampling rate and the number of FFT points fg N With a fixed number of FFT points up to 65 536 the lower the sampling rate the better the resolution Decreasing the effective sampling rate by selecting a greater time div setting will increase the low frequency resolution of the FFT display and also increase the chance that an alias will be displayed The resolution of the FFT is the effective sample rate divided by the number of points in the FFT The actual resolution of the display will not be this fine as the shape of the window will be the actual limiting factor in the FFTs ability to resolve two closely space frequencies A good way to test the ability of the FFT to resolve two closely spaced frequencies is to examine the sidebands of an amplitude modulated sine wave For the best vertical accuracy on peak measurements e Make sure the probe attenuation is set correctly The probe attenuation is set from the Channel Menu if the operand is a channel e Set the source sensitivity so that the in
157. d 6 Press the Trigger softkey to select where the USB trigger will occur SOP Start of Packet triggers at the Sync bit at the beginning of the packet EOP End of Packet triggers at the end of the SEO portion of the EOP RC Reset Complete triggers when SEO is gt 10 ms Suspend Enter Suspend triggers when the bus is idle gt 3 ms Exit Sus Exit Suspend triggers when exiting an idle state gt 10 ms This is used to see the suspend resume transition 7 Press the Speed softkey to select the speed of the transaction being probed You may select Low Speed 1 5 Mb s or Full Speed 12 Mb s Press the D and D softkeys to select the channel connected to the USB signal D and D lines The D and D labels for the source channels are automatically set Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Serial Trigger Triggers 10 As you press the D or D softkey or rotate the Entry knob the D and D label for the source channel is automatically set and the channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to USB If you have connected the oscilloscope s analog source channels to the D and D signals Adjust the trigger level for each connected analog channel to the middle of the waveform by pressing the D or D softkey then turning the Trigger Level knob If you have connected the oscilloscope s digital source channels to the D and D signals
158. d is configured to provide a best estimate of all the samples that each point in the record represents Therefore the min and max values may not appear in the CSV file Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 349 22 Reference Acknowledgements RealVNC HDF5 CUPS mDNSResponder 350 RealVNC is licensed under the GNU General Public License Copyright C 2002 2005 RealVNC Ltd All Rights Reserved This is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This software is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details This license is located on the Agilent InfiniiVision Oscilloscopes Documentation CD ROM RealVNC source code can be obtained from RealVNC or by contacting Agilent Agilent will charge for the cost of physically performing the source distribution Reference Waveform files use HDF5 HDF5 was developed by The HDF Group and by the National Center for Supercomputing Applications at the University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign Network printing uses the CUPS Common Unix Printing System library The CUPS and CUPS Imaging libraries are developed
159. defined will be displayed for math functions when two source channels are used and they are set to dissimilar units and the combination of units cannot be resolved Math Operators Math operators perform arithmetic operations like add subtract or multiply on analog input channels e Add or Subtract on page 77 e Multiply or Divide on page 77 76 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 Add or Subtract When you select add or subtract the Source 1 and Source 2 values are added or subtracted point by point and the result is displayed You can use subtract to make a differential measurement or to compare two waveforms If your waveforms DC offsets are larger than the dynamic range of the oscilloscope s input channels you will need to use a differential probe instead 500 02 2 Agilent Acquisition rm 5 Channels orm Math Menu f t Ch1 Ch2 Function Operator Source 1 Source 2 fit Figure 5 Example of Subtract Channel 2 from Channel 1 See Also Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 Multiply or Divide When you select the multiply or divide math function the Source 1 and Source 2 values are multiplied or divided point by point and the result is displayed Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 77 Math Waveforms The divide by zero case places holes that is zero values in the output waveform Multiply is useful for see
160. ding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot c Press the slope softkey 4 to select rising edge or falling edge for the selected Clock source Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 This determines which clock edge the oscilloscope will use to latch the serial data When Display Info is enabled the graphic changes to show the current state of the clock signal 7 Press the MOSI softkey to open the SPI Master Out Slave In Menu SPI Master Out Slave In Menu MOSI Data Threshold Display Info TTL 1 4V In the SPI Master Out Slave In Menu a Press the MOSI Data softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the channel that is connected to a SPI serial data line If the channel you selected is off switch it on The MOSI label for the source channel is automatically set b Press the Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the MOSI signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot 8 Optional Press the MISO softkey to open the SPI Master In Slave Out Menu SPI Master In Slave Out Menu MISO Data Threshold Display Info TTL 1 4 In the SPI Master In Slave Out Menu a Press the MISO Data softkey then turn the Entry knob to select th
161. e channel that is connected to a second SPI serial data line If the channel you selected is off switch it on The MISO label for the source channel is automatically set b Press the Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the MISO signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 387 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 9 Press the CS softkey to open the SPI Chip Select Menu Channels Trigger Point al _ _BitN t_X_BitN XK FF FF 4D CF 49 45 FF FF 02 Re URE FE RE Be 03 06 00 00 00 00 00 06 05 FF 02 10 4D 53 4F Frame by Threshold Display Info CS TTL 1 4 In the SPI Chip Select Menu a Press the Frame by softkey to select a framing signal that the oscilloscope will use for determining which clock edge is the first clock edge in the serial stream You can set the oscilloscope to trigger during a high chip select CS a low chip select CS or after a Timeout period during which the clock signal has been idle If the framing signal is set to CS or CS the first clock edge as defined rising or falling seen after the CS or CS signal transitions from low to high or high to low is the first clock in the serial stream Chip Select Press the CS or CS softkey then turn the Entry knob to s
162. e oscilloscope a false data measurement will occur Sharing one probe ground with many probes forces all the current that flows into each probe to return through the same common ground inductance of the probe whose ground return is used The result is increased current di in the above equation and depending on the transition time dt the common mode voltage may increase to a level that causes false data generation Probe 1 lt Zin C iy L GND Probe Vn Common Mode Ground 4 i Itlatlns igtin Probe 2 lt 4 Zin a Probe N lt gt Zin Figure 24 Common Mode Input Voltage Model In addition to the common mode voltage longer ground returns also degrade the pulse fidelity of the probe system Rise time is increased and ringing due to the undamped LC circuit at the input of the probe is also increased Because the digital channels display reconstructed waveforms they do not show ringing and perturbations You will not find ground problems through examination of the waveform display In fact it is likely Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 121 Digital Channels you will discover the problem through random glitches or inconsistent data measurements Use the analog channels to view ringing and perturbations Best Probing Practices Because of the variables L di and dt you may be unsure how much margi
163. e Print Configuration Menu at the bottom press the Print key twice then press the Press to Print softkey You can also configure the Quick Action key to print the display See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 See Also Adding an Annotation on page 312 To set up network printer connections When the DSOXLAN LAN VGA module is installed you can set up network printer connections A network printer is a printer attached to a computer or print server on the network 1 Press the Print key on the front panel 290 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Print Screens 19 2 In the Print Configuration Menu press the Printto softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the network printer you want to configure either 0 or 1 3 Press the Network Setup softkey 4 In the Network Printer Setup Menu press the Modify softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the network parameter you want to enter The setting that must be entered is Printer Address this is the printer or print server s address in one of the following formats IP address of a network enabled printer for example 192 168 1 100 or 192 168 1 100 650 Optionally a non standard port number can be specified following a colon IP address of a print server followed by the path to the printer for example 192 168 1 100 printers printer name or 192 168 1 100 650 printers printer name Path to a Windows ne
164. e at the bottom of the display A digital channel can be always high 5 always low or actively toggling logic states 1 Any channel that is turned off will be grayed out in the activity indicator To change the displayed size of the digital channels 1 Press the Digital key 2 Press the size n JL Ib softkey to select how the digital channels are displayed Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 111 6 Digital Channels The sizing control lets you spread out or compress the digital traces vertically on the display for more convenient viewing To switch a single channel on or off 1 With the Digital Channel Menu displayed rotate the Entry knob to select the desired channel from the popup menu 2 Push the Entry knob or press the softkey that is directly below the popup menu to switch the selected channel on or off To switch all digital channels on or off 1 Press the Digital key to toggle the display of digital channels The Digital Channel Menu is displayed above the softkeys If you want to switch the digital channels off and the Digital Channel Menu is not already displayed you must push the Digital key twice to switch the digital channels off The first push displays the Digital Channel Menu and the second push switches the channels off To switch groups of channels on or off 1 Press the Digital key on the front panel if the Digital Channel Menu is not already displayed 2 Pre
165. e currently displayed segment is saved or all acquired segments are saved See also Saving Data from Segmented Memory on page 202 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed See Also Binary Data bin Format on page 342 e CSV and ASCII XY files on page 348 e Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files on page 349 To save ALB data files Agilent logic analyzer binary ALB format data files can be viewed and analyzed offline on a PC using the Agilent Logic Analyzer application and the Agilent B4610A Data Import Tool See the Agilent Technologies B4610A Data Import Tool for Offline Viewing and Analysis Data Sheet publication number 5989 7834EN ALB data files can be saved to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format then turn the Entry knob to select ALB data alb Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 277 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Press the Settings softkey In the File Settings Menu you have these softkeys and options Setup Info when enabled setup information vertical horizontal trigger acquisition math and display settings is also saved in a separate file with a TXT extension Length sets the number
166. e is lower than the current trigger level or threshold Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 When triggering on a positive pulse the trigger will occur on the high to low transition of the pulse if the qualifying condition is true When triggering on a negative pulse the trigger will occur on the low to high transition of the pulse if the qualifying condition is true 6 Press the qualifier softkey lt gt gt lt to select the time qualifier The Qualifier softkey can set the oscilloscope to trigger on a pulse width that is Less than a time value lt For example for a positive pulse if you set t lt 10 ns H 10 ns gt 10 ns __Trigger m Greater than a time value gt For example for a positive pulse if you set t gt 10 ns K 10 ns 1 10 ns __ Tigger Within a range of time values gt lt For example for a positive pulse if you set t gt 10 ns and t lt 15 ns 10 ns H 15 ns y H 12 ns y 7 Trigger L 7 Select the qualifier time set softkey lt or gt then rotate the Entry knob to set the pulse width qualifier time The qualifiers can be set as follows 2 ns to 10 s for gt or lt qualifier 5 ns to 10 s for 350 MHz bandwidth models 10 ns to 10 s for gt lt qualifier with minimum difference of 5 ns between upper and lower settings Agilent InfiniiVision 3
167. e its setup without the password Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 327 21 Web Interface To set a password 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select the Configure Network tab from the instrument s Welcome page 3 Click the Modify Configuration button Agilent Technologies KORICE S Current Network Configuration Modify Configuration Configuration mode Dynamic DNS ON ON Configure Multicast DNS ON Network 5 ini tab Urien ei Agilent MSO X 2024A InfiniiVision US50210029 al 130 29 70 169 Subnet Mask 255 255 248 0 Default Gateway 130 29 64 1 130 29 64 128 130 29 64 128 a mx2024a 10029 GPIB Control GPIB Address USB Control 2 a D oO pd gt 21 2 o e FE E 2 8 3 z 2 3 z 5 ajo A E A E ole s amp lzZi lie Z re SIs izisizie 3 8 g FE ER FE E G 5 g E ES E Ea G E A a 4 Enter your desired password and click Apply Changes 328 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide To reset the password Web Interface 21 Agilent Technologies KOSICE IS Modify Network Configuration Undo Changes Factory Defaults Configured Value IP Settings may be configured using the following Automatic ON IP Settings to use in non automatic mode IP Addres
168. e specified time may be exceeded If an error occurs the action specified using the On Error softkey will occur The actual test time is displayed above the softkeys Minimum Sigma Choose this option and then use the Sigma softkey to select a minimum sigma The mask test runs until enough waveforms are tested to achieve a minimum test sigma If an error occurs the oscilloscope will perform the action specified by the On Error softkey Note that this is a test sigma the max achievable process sigma assuming no defects for a certain number of tested waveforms as opposed to a process sigma which is tied to the amount of failures per test The sigma value may exceed the selected value when a small sigma value is chosen The actual sigma is displayed Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Mask Testing 15 On Error The On Error setting specifies the action s to take when the input waveform does not conform to the mask This setting supersedes the Run Until setting Stop The oscilloscope will stop when the first error is detected on the first waveform that does not conform to the mask This setting supersedes the Minimum of Tests and Minimum Time settings Save The oscilloscope saves the screen image when an error is detected In the Save Menu press Save Recall gt Save select an image format bmp or png destination on a USB storage device and file name which can be auto i
169. e the digital channels of a Mixed Signal Oscilloscope MSO The digital channels are enabled on MSOX3000 X Series models and DSOX3000 X Series models that have the MSO upgrade license installed To connect the digital probes to the device under test 1 If necessary turn off the power supply to the device under test s Agilent Technologies 105 6 Digital Channels Turning off power to the device under test would only prevent damage that might occur if you accidentally short two lines together while connecting probes You can leave the oscilloscope powered on because no voltage appears at the probes ov 2 Connect the digital probe cable to the DIGITAL Dn DO connector on the front panel of the mixed signal oscilloscope The digital probe cable is keyed so you can connect it only one way You do not need to power off the oscilloscope CAUTION A Probe cable for digital channels Use only the Agilent logic probe and accessory kit supplied with the mixed signal oscilloscope see Accessories Available on page 338 3 Connect the ground lead on each set of channels each pod using a probe grabber The ground lead improves signal fidelity to the oscilloscope ensuring accurate measurements 106 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 Channel Pod Ground Circuit Ground 4 Connect a grabber to one of the probe leads Oth
170. easurement The default Delay settings measure from the rising edge of channel 1 to the rising edge of channel 2 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 231 14 Measurements Phase 232 5 Press the Back Up key to return to the Measurement Menu 6 Press the Add Measurement softkey to make the measurement The example below shows a delay measurement between the rising edge of channel 1 and the rising edge of channel 2 1 00 1 00 Agilent Acquisition Channels x Measurements Freq 1 Pk Pk 1 Delay 14 24 191 0us surement Menu Source Type Add Settings Delay Measurement _ Clear Meas Phase is the calculated phase shift from source 1 to source 2 expressed in degrees Negative phase shift values indicate that the rising edge of source 1 occurred after the rising edge of source 2 Delay Phase Source Period 200 i lt Period gt Source 1 a a ee cae Delay Source 2 NO A No Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 1 Press the Meas key to display the Measurement Menu 2 Press the Source softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the first analog channel source Press the Type softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Delay 4 Press the Settings softkey to select the second analog channel source for the phase measurement The default Phase settings measure from channel 1 to channel 2 5 Press t
171. easurement on page 222 and To isolate an event for frequency measurement on page 228 To change the horizontal scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 1 Push the horizontal scale knob or press Horiz gt Fine to toggle between fine and coarse adjustment of the horizontal scale When Fine is enabled turning the horizontal scale knob changes the time div displayed in the status line at the top of the display in smaller increments The time div remains fully calibrated when Fine is on When Fine is turned off the Horizontal scale knob changes the time div setting in a 1 2 5 step sequence To position the time reference left center right 58 Time reference is the reference point on the display for delay time horizontal position 1 Press Horiz 2 In the Horizontal Menu press Time Ref then select Left the time reference is set to one major division from the left edge of the display Center the time reference is set to the center of the display Right the time reference is set to one major division from the right edge of the display A small hollow triangle V at the top of the display grid marks the position of the time reference When delay time is set to zero the trigger point indicator V overlays the time reference indicator Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Horizontal Controls 2 The time reference position sets the initial position of the trigger event
172. ecall a reference waveform file from a USB storage device into one of the reference waveform locations To save a waveform to a reference waveform location 1 Press the Ref key to turn on reference waveforms a Agilent Technologies 101 5 Reference Waveforms To cleara reference waveform location 2 In the Reference Waveform Menu press the Ref softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the desired reference waveform location 3 Press the Source softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the source waveform 4 Press the Save to R1 R2 softkey to save the waveform to the reference waveform location Reference waveforms are non volatile they remain after power cycling or performing a default setup 1 Press the Ref key to turn on reference waveforms 2 In the Reference Waveform Menu press the Ref softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the desired reference waveform location 3 Press the Clear R1 R2 softkey to clear the reference waveform location Reference waveforms are also cleared by a Factory Default or Secure Erase see Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 To display a reference waveform 102 1 Press the Ref key to turn on reference waveforms 2 In the Reference Waveform Menu press the Ref softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the desired reference waveform location 3 Then press the Ref softkey again to enable disable the reference waveform display
173. ed on to show the portion of the waveform being measured for the most recently added measurement bottom most on the display To view the cursors for a previously added measurement but not the last one add the measurement again By default measurement statistics are displayed See Measurement Statistics on page 238 6 To turn off measurements press the Meas key again Measurements are erased from the display 7 To stop making one or more measurements press the Clear Meas softkey and choose the measurement to clear or press Clear All Clear Measurements Menu Clear Meas 1 Clear Meas 2 Freq 1 Pk Pk 1 After all measurements have been cleared when Meas is pressed again the default measurements will be Frequency and Peak Peak Measurements Summary The automatic measurements provided by the oscilloscope are listed in the following table All measurements are available for analog channel waveforms All measurements except Counter are available for reference waveforms and math waveforms other than FFT A limited set of measurements is available for math FFT waveforms and for digital channel waveforms as described in the following table Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 217 14 Measurements Measurement Valid Valid for Notes for Digital Math Channels FFT Snapshot All on page 219 Amplitude on page 221 Area on page 235 Average on page 224 Yes Full
174. ee To enter file names on page 283 To enter file names To create new file names when saving files to a USB storage device 1 In the Save Menu press the File Name softkey You must have a USB storage device connected to the oscilloscope for this softkey to be active 2 In the File Name Menu use the Spell Enter and Delete Character softkeys to enter the file name Spell press this softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the character at the current position Enter press this softkey to enter characters and move the cursor to the next character position Pushing the Entry knob is the same as pressing the Enter softkey Delete Character press this softkey to delete the character at the current position You can use a connected USB keyboard instead of using the Spell and other character editing softkeys When available the Increment softkey can be used to enable or disable automatically incremented file names Auto increment adds a numeric suffix to your file name and increments the number with each Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 283 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data successive save It will truncate characters as necessary when the file name length is at maximum and more digits are required for the numeric portion of the file name Recalling Setups Masks or Data 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 In the Save Recall Menu press Recall 3 In the Recall Menu press
175. eform 68 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Setting Analog Channel Probe Options 68 To specify the channel units 69 To specify the probe attenuation 69 To specify the probe skew 70 To calibrate a probe 70 4 Math Waveforms To display math waveforms 73 To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation 75 To adjust the math waveform scale and offset 75 Units for Math Waveforms 76 Math Operators 76 Add or Subtract 77 Multiply or Divide 77 Math Transforms 78 Differentiate 79 Integrate 80 FFT Measurement 83 Square Root 90 Ax B 90 Square 91 Absolute Value 92 Common Logarithm 92 Natural Logarithm 93 Exponential 93 Base 10 Exponential 94 Math Filters 94 High Pass and Low Pass Filter 95 Math Visualizations 96 Magnify 96 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 11 Measurement Trend 97 Chart Logic Bus Timing 98 Chart Logic Bus State 99 5 Reference Waveforms To save a waveform to a reference waveform location 101 To display a reference waveform 102 To scale and position reference waveforms 103 To adjust reference waveform skew 103 To display reference waveform information 104 To save recall reference waveform files to from a USB storage device 104 6 Digital Channels To connect the digital probes to the device undertest 105 Probe cable for digital channels 106 Acquiring waveforms using the digital channels 109 To display digital channels using AutoScale 109 Inte
176. el on screen You can e Perform an arithmetic operation like add subtract or multiply on analog input channels e Perform a transform function like differentiate integrate FFT or square root on an analog input channel e Perform a transform function on the result of an arithmetic operation To display math waveforms 1 Press the Math key on the front panel to display the Waveform Math Menu a Agilent Technologies a 4 Math Waveforms eform Math Menu f t Ch1 Ch2 unction Operator Source 1 Source 2 tit 2 If f t is not already shown on the Function softkey press the Function sofkey and select f t Displayed 3 Use the Operator softkey to select an operator or transform For more information on the operators see Math Operators on page 76 Math Transforms on page 78 Math Filters on page 94 Math Visualizations on page 96 4 Use the Source 1 softkey to select the analog channel on which to perform math You can rotate the Entry knob or repetitively press the Source 1 softkey to make your selection If you choose a transform function differentiate integrate FFT or square root the result is displayed 5 If you select an arithmetic operator use the Source 2 softkey to select the second source for the arithmetic operation The result is displayed 6 To re size and re position the math waveform see To adjust the math waveform scale and offset on page 75 TIP Math Operating Hints If the analog
177. elect the channel that is connected to the SPI frame line The label CS or CS for the source channel is automatically set The data pattern and the clock transition must occur during the time when the framing signal is valid The framing signal must be valid for the entire data pattern If the framing signal is set to Timeout the oscilloscope generates it s own internal framing signal after it sees inactivity on the serial clock line 388 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 Clock Timeout Select Clock Timeout in the Frame by softkey then select the Timeout softkey and turn the Entry knob to set the minimum time that the Clock signal must be idle not transitioning before the oscilloscope will search for the Data pattern on which to trigger The Timeout value can be set anywhere from 100 ns to 10 s When you press the Frame by softkey the Display Info graphic changes to show timeout selection or the current state of the chip select signal b Press the Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the chip select signal threshold voltage level The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot When Display Info is enabled information about the selected signal sources and their threshold voltage levels as well as a waveform diagram appears on the
178. elected slope is displayed above the softkeys 100 057 Trig d D TTL Agilent 4 ition al Channels LT TNI ML i O TTT Set all Edges t Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 If all channels in the OR trigger are set to don t care the oscilloscope will not trigger 6 To set all analog and digital channels to the edge selected by the Slope softkey press the Set all Edges softkey Rise Fall Time Trigger The Rise Fall Time trigger looks for a rising or falling transition from one level to another level in greater than or less than a certain amount of time High level l Low level Rising edge time Falling edge time 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Rise Fall Time Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 157 10 Triggers 200 05 Agilent Acquisition Channels gger Source Level Select Rise Fall High Press the Source softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the input channel source Press the Rising Edge or Falling Edge softkey to toggle between edge types Press the Level Select softkey to select High then turn the Trigger Level knob to adjust the high level Press the Level Select softkey to select Low then turn the Trigger Level knob to adjust the low level You can also push the Trigger Level knob to toggle between High
179. els 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Edge then Edge Edge then Edge D7 100us Chi t 2 Trigger Sources Delay Nth Edge B Edge then Edge 100us 2 3 Press the Sources softkey 4 In the Edge then edge Sources Menu Agilent Acquisition Channels 148 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 Edge then Edge D 100us Ch1 t 2 Arm amp Slope A Trigger B a Press the ArmA softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the channel on which the arming edge will occur b Press the Slope A softkey to specify which edge of the Arm A signal will arm the oscilloscope c Press the Trigger B softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the channel on which the trigger edge will occur d Press the Slope B softkey to specify which edge of the Trigger B signal will trigger the oscilloscope Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display 5 Press the O Back Up key to return to the Trigger Menu 6 Press the Delay softkey then turn the Entry knob to enter the delay time between the Arm A edge and the Trigger B edge 7 Press the Nth Edge B softkey then t
180. en recalling reference waveform data files select the To Reference Waveform location Agilent Technologies KOSICE l C templweb_interface scope h5 Browse To Reference Waveform iga v R1 R2 d Click Recall Get Image To save or print the oscilloscope s display from the web interface 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select the Get Image tab from the left side of the Welcome screen After a delay of several seconds the oscilloscope s screen image will be displayed 3 Right click on the image and select Save Picture As or Print Picture 4 Select a storage location for the image file and click Save Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 325 21 Web Interface Identification Function The Identification web interface feature is useful when trying to locate a specific instrument in a rack of equipment 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface Welcome Page is displayed select the Identification on radio button An Identify message is displayed on the oscilloscope you can either select Identification off or press the OK softkey on the oscilloscope to continue Support Products Agilent Site Another web enabled instrument from Agilent Technologies
181. ent Category Definitions 332 Transient Withstand Capability 333 A Maximum input voltage at analog inputs 333 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide A Maximum input voltage at digital channels 333 Environmental Conditions 333 Probes and Accessories 334 Passive Probes 335 Single Ended Active Probes 335 Differential Probes 336 Current Probes 337 Accessories Available 338 Loading Licenses and Displaying License Information 339 Licensed Options Available 339 Other Options Available 341 Upgrading to an MSO 341 Software and Firmware Updates 341 Binary Data bin Format 342 Binary Data in MATLAB 343 Binary Header Format 343 Example Program for Reading Binary Data 345 Examples of Binary Files 346 CSV and ASCII XY files 348 CSV and ASCII XY file structure 349 Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files 349 Acknowledgements 350 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for CAN Signals 351 CAN Triggering 353 CAN Serial Decode 355 Interpreting CAN Decode 356 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 21 CAN Totalizer 357 Interpreting CAN Lister Data 358 Searching for CAN Data in the Lister 359 Setup for LIN Signals 359 LIN Triggering 361 LIN Serial Decode 363 Interpreting LIN Decode 364 Interpreting LIN Lister Data 365 Searching for LIN Data in the Lister 366 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for FlexRay Signals 367 FlexRay Triggering 368 Triggerin
182. ential base 10 exponential low pass filter high pass filter magnify measurement trend chart logic bus timing and chart logic bus state Reference waveform locations 2 for comparing with other channel or math waveforms Many built in measurements and a measurement statistics display Built in license enabled waveform generator with arbitrary sine square ramp pulse DC noise sine cardinal exponential rise exponential fall cardiac and gaussian pulse USB ports make printing saving and sharing data easy Optional LAN VGA module for connecting to a network and displaying the screen on a different monitor Optional GPIB module A Quick Help system is built into the oscilloscope Press and hold any key to display Quick Help Complete instructions for using the quick help system are given in Access the Built In Quick Help on page 47 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide For more information about InfiniiVision oscilloscopes see www agilent com find scope Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide In This Guide This guide shows how to use the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes When unpacking and using the e Chapter 1 Getting Started starting on page 25 oscilloscope for the first time see When displaying waveforms and e Chapter 2 Horizontal Controls starting on page 49 acquired data see e Chapter 3 Vertical Controls sta
183. er 107 108 graphical user interface language 48 graticule intensity 135 graticule type 134 grid intensity 135 grid type 134 ground level 64 Ground terminal 41 Hanning FFT window 84 hardware self test 308 Help key 40 help built in 47 hex bus trigger 155 Hex softkey 155 HF Reject 183 high pass filter math function 95 high frequency noise rejection 183 high resolution mode 193 199 holdoff 184 hop frequency FSK modulation 271 Horiz key 38 49 54 56 196 Horizontal controls 38 53 horizontal Navigate key 38 horizontal position control 38 horizontal position knob 51 horizontal scale fine adjustment 58 horizontal Search key 38 horizontal sweep speed control 38 horizontal time div control 38 horizontal Zoom key 38 host name 297 315 Host name softkey 298 435 Index 1 0 interface settings 295 12C serial decode 382 12C trigger 378 12S serial decode 403 12S trigger 400 identification function web interface 326 idle serial bus 356 364 383 393 404 429 Imped softkey 66 impedance digital probes 117 increment statistics 240 indeterminate state 207 infinite persistence 133 188 195 information area 46 input impedance analog channel input 66 installed licenses 309 installed options 326 instantaneous slope of a waveform 79 Instrument Utilities web page 326 Integrate math function 80 intensity control 131 Intensity key 36 interpol
184. er 1 140 bytes Waveform Data Header 1 12 bytes Voltage Data 1 buffer size Waveform Header 2 140 bytes Waveform Data Header 2 12 bytes Voltage Data 2 buffer size Waveform Header N 140 bytes Waveform Data Header N 12 bytes Voltage Data N buffer size CSV and ASCII XY files Number of Waveforms N Number of Segments Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Index 1 Time Tag 0 0 Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Index 2 Time Tag time between segment 1 and 2 Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Index N Time Tag time between segment 1 and N Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 e CSV and ASCII XY file structure on page 349 e Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files on page 349 348 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 22 CSV and ASCII XY file structure In CSV or ASCII XY format the Length control selects the number of points per segment All segments are contained in the CSV file or in each ASCII XY data file For example If the Length control is set to 1000 points there will be 1000 points rows in the spreadsheet per segment When saving all segments there are three header rows so the data for the first segment starts at row 4 The second segment s data starts at row 1004 The time column shows the time sin
185. er probe leads are omitted from the figure for clarity Grabber 5 Connect the grabber to a node in the circuit you want to test Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 107 6 Digital Channels 6 For high speed signals connect a ground lead to the probe lead connect a grabber to the ground lead and attach the grabber to ground in the device under test Ground Grabber 7 Repeat these steps until you have connected all points of interest Signals Ground 108 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 Acquiring waveforms using the digital channels When you press Run Stop or Single to run the oscilloscope the oscilloscope examines the input voltage at each input probe When the trigger conditions are met the oscilloscope triggers and displays the acquisition For digital channels each time the oscilloscope takes a sample it compares the input voltage to the logic threshold If the voltage is above the threshold the oscilloscope stores a 1 in sample memory otherwise it stores a 0 To display digital channels using AutoScale When signals are connected to the digital channels be sure to connect the ground leads AutoScale quickly configures and displays the digital channels e To configure the instrument quickly press the AutoScale key 100 08 Agilent Acquisition h A enu Undo Fast Debug Channels Acq Mode Autos
186. erator 17 e To add noise to the waveform generator output on page 267 e To restore waveform generator defaults on page 272 To edit arbitrary waveforms 1 When Arbitrary is selected as the generated waveform type see To select generated waveform types and settings on page 257 press the Edit Waveform softkey to open the Edit Waveform Menu 100 08 o 0V Agilent 1 00ms m E Channels 250mV 1 00ms eform Menu te New Edit Existing Interpolate Store Source E S a to Arb When you open the Edit Waveform Menu you see the existing arbitrary waveform definition The voltage and time period you see in the diagram are the bounding parameters they come from the frequency and amplitude settings in the main Waveform Generator Menu 2 Use the softkeys in the Edit Waveform Menu to define the shape of the arbitrary waveform Softkey Description Create New Opens the New Waveform Menu See Creating New Arbitrary Waveforms on page 262 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 261 17 Waveform Generator Softkey Description Edit Existing Opens the Edit Waveform Points Menu See Editing Existing Arbitrary Waveforms on page 263 Interpolate Specifies how lines are drawn between arbitrary waveform points When enabled lines are drawn between points in the waveform editor Voltage levels change linearly between one point and the next When disabled all line segments in
187. erforming a Secure Erase 287 Oscilloscope setups reference waveforms and mask files can be saved to internal oscilloscope memory or to a USB storage device and recalled later You can also recall default or factory default setups Oscilloscope screen images can be saved to a USB storage device in BMP or PNG formats Acquired waveform data can be saved to a USB storage device in comma separated value CSV ASCII XY binary BIN and Agilent logic analyzer binary ALB formats There is also a command to securely erase all the oscilloscope s non volatile internal memory Saving Setups Screen Images or Data 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 In the Save Recall Menu press Save 3 In the Save Trace and Setup Menu press Format then turn the Entry knob to select the type of file you want to save a Agilent Technologies si 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data 274 Setup scp The oscilloscope s horizontal timebase vertical sensitivity trigger mode trigger level measurements cursors and math function settings that tell the oscilloscope how to make a particular measurement See To save setup files on page 275 8 bit Bitmap image bmp The complete screen image in a reduced color 8 bit bitmap format See To save BMP or PNG image files on page 275 24 bit Bitmap image bmp The complete screen image in a 24 bit color bitmap format See To save BMP or PNG image files on page 275 24 bit image
188. ernal USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Recall gt Recall then turn the Entry knob to select Mask msk 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the file to recall See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Press the Press to Recall softkey A message indicating whether the recall was successful is displayed 4 If you would like to clear the display or clear the recalled mask press Clear Display or Clear Mask To recall reference waveform files from a USB storage device 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 In the Save Recall Menu press the Recall softkey 3 In the Recall Menu press the Recall softkey and turn the Entry knob to select Reference Waveform data h5 4 Press the To Ref softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the desired reference waveform location 5 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the file to recall See To navigate storage locations on page 282 6 Press the Press to Recall softkey A message indicating whether the recall was successful is displayed 7 If you would like to clear the display of everything except the reference waveform press Clear Display To recall arbitrary waveforms Arbitrary waveform files can be recalled from one of four internal Agilent Flash locations or from an external USB storage device When recalling arbitrary waveforms from an external USB storage de
189. es Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Generator 17 To add noise to the waveform generator output 1 If the Waveform Generator Menu is not currently displayed on the oscilloscope s softkeys press the Wave Gen key 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the Settings softkey 3 In the Waveform Generator Settings Menu press the Add Noise softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the amount of white noise to add to the waveform generator output Note that adding noise affects edge triggering on the waveform generator source see Edge Trigger on page 146 as well as the waveform generator sync pulse output signal which can be sent to TRIG OUT see Setting the Rear Panel TRIG OUT Source on page 304 This is because the trigger comparator is located after the noise source To add modulation to the waveform generator output Modulation is where an original carrier signal is modified according to the amplitude of a second modulating signal The modulation type AM FM or FSK specifies how the carrier signal is modified To enable and set up modulation for the waveform generator output 1 If the Waveform Generator Menu is not currently displayed on the oscilloscope s softkeys press the Wave Gen key 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the Settings softkey 3 In the Waveform Generator Settings Menu press the Modulation softkey 4 In the Waveform Generator Modulation Menu Waveform Generator Modulation Menu Modulat
190. et properly for accurate measurement results If you connect a probe that is not automatically identified by the oscilloscope you can manually set the attenuation factor as follows 1 Press the channel key 2 Press the Probe softkey until you have selected how you want to specify the attenuation factor choosing either Ratio or Decibels Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 69 3 70 Vertical Controls 3 Turn the Entry knob a to set the attenuation factor for the connected probe When measuring voltage values the attenuation factor can be set from 0 1 1 to 1000 1 in a 1 2 5 sequence When measuring current values with a current probe the attenuation factor can be set from 10 V A to 0 001 V A When specifying the attenuation factor in decibels you can select values from 20 dB to 60 dB If Amps is chosen as the units and a manual attenuation factor is chosen then the units as well as the attenuation factor are displayed above the Probe softkey Channel 1 Probe Menu 0 005 4 200 1 Units Probe Skew Amps O 005V 4 0 0s To specify the probe skew When measuring time intervals in the nanoseconds ns range small differences in cable length can affect the measurement Use Skew to remove cable delay errors between any two channels 1 Probe the same point with both probes 2 Press one of the probes associated channel key 3 In the Channel Menu press Probe 4 In the Channel Probe Me
191. ettings softkey 3 In the Waveform Generator Settings Menu press the Out Load softkey and turn the Entry knob to select 50Q High Z The output impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms However the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load If the actual load impedance is different than the selected value the displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect To use waveform generator logic presets 266 With logic level presets you can easily set the output voltage to TTL CMOS 5 0V CMOS 3 3V CMOS 2 5V or ECL compatible Low and High levels 1 If the Waveform Generator Menu is not currently displayed on the oscilloscope s softkeys press the Wave Gen key 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the Settings softkey 3 In the Waveform Generator Settings Menu press the Logic Presets softkey 4 In the Waveform Generator Logic Level Presets Menu press one of the softkeys to set the generated signal s Low and High voltages to logic compatible levels Softkey logic levels Low level High level 50 ohm High level high Z expected output load expected output load TTL OV 2 5 V TTL compatible 5V CMOS 5 0V OV Not Available 5V CMOS 3 3V OV 2 5 V CMOS 3 3 V compatible CMOS 2 5V OV 2 5V 2 5V ECL 1 7 V 0 8 V ECL compatible 0 9 V Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Seri
192. expand the horizontal scale and run again to see decode e Red dots in the decode line indicate that there is data that is not being displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the information 356 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 e Aliased bus values undersampled or indeterminate are drawn in pink e Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red with a label e Flagged error frames are drawn in red with an ERR label CAN Totalizer The CAN totalizer provides a direct measure of bus quality and efficiency The CAN totalizer measures total CAN frames flagged error frames overload frames and bus utilization OVLD OOOOL Mode Signals Reset CAN Lister Serial 1 CAN ad Counters gt The totalizer is always running counting frames and calculating percentages and is displayed whenever CAN decode is displayed The totalizer counts even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data Pressing the Run Stop key does not affect the totalizer When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset CAN Counters softkey Types of Frames Active error frames are CAN frames in which a CAN node recognizes an error condition during a data or remote frame and issues an active error flag e A partial frame occurs when the oscilloscope detects any err
193. fers 1 Waveform Data Header 1 12 bytes Voltage Data 1 buffer size Waveform Header 2 140 bytes Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Waveform Data Header 2 12 bytes Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Voltage Data 2 buffer size Waveform Header N 140 bytes Number of Waveform Buffers 1 Waveform Data Header N 12 bytes Buffer Type 1 floating point Bytes per Point 4 Voltage Data N buffer size 346 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Single Acquisition All Pods Logic Channels Segmented Memory Acquisition on One Analog Channel Reference 22 The following picture shows a binary file of a single acquisition with all pods for the logic channels saved Pile Header Number of Waveforms 2 12 bytes Waveform Header 1 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Waveform Data Header 1 12 bytes Pod 1 Timing Data buffer size Waveform Header 2 Number of Waveform Buffers 1 140 bytes Buffer Type 6 unsigned char Bytes per Point 1 Waveform Data Header 2 12 bytes Buffer Type 6 unsigned char Bytes per Point 1 Pod 2 Timing Data buffer size The following picture shows a binary file of a segmented memory acquisition on one analog channel Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 347 22 Reference File Header 12 bytes Waveform Head
194. ffects CRC error detection 10 Press Auto Setup to perform the following actions Sets the selected source channel s impedance to 50 Ohms assuming a differential active probe that requires a 50 ohm termination is being used Sets the selected source channel s probe attenuation to 10 1 Sets the trigger level on the selected source channel to 300 mV Turns on trigger Noise Reject Turns on Serial Decode Sets the trigger type to FlexRay FlexRay Triggering 368 To set up the oscilloscope to capture a FlexRay signal see Setup for FlexRay Signals on page 367 After you have set up the oscilloscope to capture a FlexRay signal you can then set up triggers on frames see page 369 errors see page 370 or events see page 370 To display FlexRay serial decode see FlexRay Serial Decode on page 371 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode 24 Triggering on FlexRay Frames 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial bus Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the FlexRay signals are being decoded Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger Frames S FlexRay Frame ae 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Frame 4 Press the Frames softkey to open the FlexRay Frame Trigger Menu FlexRay Frame Trigger Menu Cyc Ct Rep Cyc Ct Bas Frame Type Frame ID 7 1 Syne 1
195. finiiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 2 Horizontal Controls To adjust the horizontal time div scale 50 To adjust the horizontal delay position 51 Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions 52 To change the horizontal time mode Normal XY or Roll 53 To display the zoomed time base 56 To change the horizontal scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 58 To position the time reference left center right 58 Searching for Events 59 Navigating the Time Base 60 The horizontal controls include e The horizontal scale and position knobs e The Horiz key for accessing the Horizontal Menu e The zoom key for quickly enabling disabling the split screen zoom display The Search key for finding events on analog channels or in serial decode e The Navigate keys for navigating time search events or segmented memory acquisitions The following figure shows the Horizontal Menu which appears after pressing the Horiz key hE Agilent Technologies a 2 Horizontal Controls Trigger Time Delay Time Trigger Trigger level point reference time div source or threshold NS 100 05 Agilent Acquisition Sample rate XY or Roll ILIU IUI mode x Il IUU Time Mode Time Ref Normal Center Normal Zoomed Fine Time time mode time base control reference Figure 2 Horizontal Menu The Hori
196. for a waveform based on measurement threshold settings as the waveform progresses across the screen For every cycle a measurement is made and the value is displayed on the screen for the cycle Figure 17 end Ch1 200kh2 Function Operator Source 1 tit Meas Trend Example of Measurement Trend NEE Agilent Acquisition Channels Cursors Thresholds w Use the Type softkey to select the measurement whose trend you want to look at You can display trend values for these measurements Average RMS AC Ratio Period Frequency Width Width Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 97 4 Math Waveforms Duty Cycle e Rise Time e Fall Time Use the Thresholds softkey to access the Measurement Threshold Menu See Measurement Thresholds on page 236 If a measurement cannot be made for part of a waveform the trend function output is a hole that is no value until a measurement can be made Chart Logic Bus Timing The Chart Logic Bus Timing function available with the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license displays bus data values as an analog waveform like a D A conversion When the bus value is transitioning the function output is the bus s last stable state 100 08 gt a ip Agilen Acquisition Channels Cursors Function oparator Source 1 Units D Offset Units tit Bus Timing Bus1 1 0mY 128mY Volts Figure 18 Example of Chart Logic Bus Timing
197. g on FlexRay Frames 369 Triggering on FlexRay Errors 370 Triggering on FlexRay Events 370 FlexRay Serial Decode 371 Interpreting FlexRay Decode 372 FlexRay Totalizer 373 Interpreting FlexRay Lister Data 374 Searching for FlexRay Datainthe Lister 374 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for 12C Signals 377 I2C Triggering 378 I2C Serial Decode 382 Interpreting 12C Decode 383 Interpreting 12C Lister Data 384 Searching for 12C Data in the Lister 385 Setup for SPI Signals 386 22 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide SPI Triggering 389 SPI Serial Decode 391 Interpreting SPI Decode 393 Interpreting SPI Lister Data 394 Searching for SPI Data in the Lister 394 26 12S Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for 12S Signals 397 12S Triggering 400 I2S Serial Decode 403 Interpreting 12S Decode 404 Interpreting 12S Lister Data 405 Searching for 12S Data in the Lister 405 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals 407 MIL STD 1553 Triggering 409 MIL STD 1553 Serial Decode 410 Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Decode 411 Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Lister Data 412 Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister 413 Setup for ARINC 429 Signals 414 ARINC 429 Triggering 415 ARINC 429 Serial Decode 417 Interpreting ARINC 429 Decode 419 ARINC 429 Totalizer 420 Interpreting ARINC 429 Lister Data 421 Searching for ARINC 429 Data inthe Lister 421 Agilent InfiniiVis
198. g the oscilloscope s controls You can create a list of up to 75 labels and load it into the oscilloscope Labels are added to the beginning of the list If more than 75 labels are loaded only the first 75 are stored To load labels from a text file into the oscilloscope Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Labels 9 1 Use a text editor to create each label Each label can be up to ten characters in length Separate each label with a line feed 2 Name the file labellist txt and save it on a USB mass storage device such as a thumb drive 3 Load the list into the oscilloscope using the File Explorer press Utility gt File Explorer Label List Management When you press the Library softkey you will see a list of the last 75 labels used The list does not save duplicate labels Labels can end in any number of trailing digits As long as the base string is the same as an existing label in the library the new label will not be put in the library For example if label AO is in the library and you make a new label called A12345 the new label is not added to the library When you save a new user defined label the new label will replace the oldest label in the list Oldest is defined as the longest time since the label was last assigned to a channel Any time you assign any label to a channel that label will move to the newest in the list Thus after you use the label list for a while your labels will pred
199. ge slope and voltage level on a waveform You can define the trigger source and slope in this menu The trigger type source and level are displayed in the upper right corner of the display 1 On the front panel in the Trigger section press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey and use the Entry knob to select Edge 3 Select the trigger source Analog channel 1 to the number of channels Digital channel on mixed signal oscilloscopes DO to the number of digital channels minus one External triggers on the rear panel EXT TRIG IN signal Line triggers at the 50 level of the rising or falling edge of the AC power source signal WaveGen triggers at the 50 level of the rising edge of the waveform generator output signal Not available when the DC Noise or Cardiac waveforms are selected You can choose a channel that is turned off not displayed as the source for the edge trigger The selected trigger source is indicated in the upper right corner of the display next to the slope symbol 1 through 4 analog channels DO through Dn digital channels E External trigger input L Line trigger W Waveform generator 4 Press the Slope softkey and select rising edge falling edge alternating edges or either edge depending on the selected source The selected slope is displayed in the upper right corner of the display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscope
200. ge 431 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 129 7 Serial Decode 130 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo o e e 8 7 e Display Settings m To adjust waveform intensity 131 To set or clear persistence 133 To clear the display 134 To select the grid type 134 To adjust the grid intensity 135 To freeze the display 135 To adjust waveform intensity You can adjust the intensity of displayed waveforms to account for various signal characteristics such as fast time div settings and low trigger rates Increasing the intensity lets you see the maximum amount of noise and infrequently occurring events Reducing the intensity can expose more detail in complex signals as shown in the following figures 1 Press the Intensity key to illuminate it This key is located just below the Entry knob 2 Turn the Entry knob to adjust the waveform instensity Waveform intensity adjustment affects analog channel waveforms only not math waveforms referencewaveforms digital waveforms etc ie Agilent Technologies 8 Display Settings Agilent Acquisiti Channels 10 0 1 3 Figure 25 Amplitude Modulation Shown at 100 Intensity Agilent Acquisition Channels 10 0 1 10 0 1 Edge Figure 26 Amplitude Modulation Shown at 40 Intensity 132 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series
201. ge Trigger on page 146 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 59 2 Horizontal Controls For setting up Pulse Width searches see Pulse Width Trigger on page 149 For setting up Rise Fall Time searches see Rise Fall Time Trigger on page 157 For setting up Runt searches see Runt Trigger on page 160 For setting up Serial searches see Chapter 10 Triggers starting on page 143 and Searching Lister Data on page 128 Remember that searches use the measurement threshold settings instead of trigger levels Use the Thresholds softkey in the Search Menu to access the Measurement Threshold Menu See Measurement Thresholds on page 236 To copy search setups Except for Serial event search setups you can copy search setups to trigger setups and vice versa 1 2 Press Search In the Search Menu press Search then turn the Entry knob to select the search type Press Copy In the Search Copy Menu Press Copy to Trigger to copy the setup for the selected search type to the same trigger type For example if the current search type is Pulse Width pressing Copy to Trigger copies the search settings to the Pulse Width trigger settings and selects the Pulse Width trigger Press Copy from Trigger to copy the trigger setup for the selected search type to the search setup To undo a copy press Undo Copy The softkeys in the Search Copy Menu may not be available when one of the sett
202. ger 160 Setup and Hold Trigger 162 Video Trigger 163 To set up Generic video triggers 168 To trigger ona specific line of video 168 To trigger on all sync pulses 170 To trigger on a specific field of the video signal 170 To trigger on all fields of the video signal 171 To trigger on odd or even fields 172 USB Trigger 175 Serial Trigger 177 Trigger Mode Coupling To select the Auto or Normal trigger mode 180 To select the trigger coupling 182 To enable or disable trigger noise rejection 183 To enable or disable trigger HF Reject 183 To set the trigger holdoff 184 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide External Trigger Input 184 Maximum voltage at oscilloscope external trigger input 185 12 Acquisition Control Running Stopping and Making Single Acquisitions Run Control 187 Overview of Sampling 189 Sampling Theory 189 Aliasing 189 Oscilloscope Bandwidth and Sample Rate 190 Oscilloscope Rise Time 191 Oscilloscope Bandwidth Required 192 Memory Depth and Sample Rate 193 Selecting the Acquisition Mode 193 Normal Acquisition Mode 194 Peak Detect Acquisition Mode 194 Averaging Acquisition Mode 197 High Resolution Acquisition Mode 199 Acquiring to Segmented Memory 199 Navigating Segments 201 Measurements Statistics and Infinite Persistence with Segmented Memory 201 Segmented Memory Re Arm Time 202 Saving Data from Segmented Memory 202 13 Cursors To make cursor measurements 206 Cursor E
203. gger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the UART RS232 signals are being decoded Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger Setup S UART AS232 s 3 Press the Trigger Setup softkey to open the UART RS232 Trigger Setup Menu 32 Trigger Setup Menu Trigger Data is Data ipairic Y 4 Press the Base softkey to select Hex or ASCII as the base displayed on the Data softkey in the UART RS232 Trigger Setup Menu Note that the setting of this softkey does not affect the selected base of the decode display 5 Press the Trigger softkey and set up the desired trigger condition Rx Start Bit The oscilloscope triggers when a start bit occurs on Rx Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 425 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 426 Rx Stop Bit Triggers when a stop bit occurs on Rx The trigger will occur on the first stop bit This is done automatically whether the device under test uses 1 1 5 or 2 stop bits You do not need to specify the number of stop bits used by the device Under test Rx Data Triggers on a data byte that you specify For use when the device under test data words are from 5 to 8 bits in length no 9th alert bit Rx 1 Data For use when the device under test data words are 9 bits in length including the alert bit the 9th bit Triggers only when the 9th alert bit is
204. gnals Ps C nter IC Sound or Integrated Interchip Sound signals setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial clock word select and serial data lines and then specifying the input signal threshold voltage levels To set up the oscilloscope to capture I2S signals 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Serial 3 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select 12S trigger type 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the PS Signals Menu a Agilent Technologies oe 26 398 12S Triggering and Serial Decode Threshold Threshold SDATA Threshold 1 12V TTL 1 4V TTL 1 4 1A For the SCLK serial clock WS word select and SDATA serial data signals a Connect an oscilloscope channel to the signal in the device under test b Press the SCLK WS or SDATA softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the channel for the signal c Press the corresponding Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the signal threshold voltage level Set the threshold levels for the SCLK WS and SDATA signals to the middle of the signals The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot The SCLK WS and SDATA labels for the source channels are automatically set Press the
205. he Back Up key to return to the Measurement Menu 6 Press the Add Measurement softkey to make the measurement The example below shows a phase measurement between the channel 1 and the math d dt function on channel 1 1 00 7 1 00 7 500 08 Agilent Acquisition Channels Measurements Freq 1 Pk Pk 1 Measurement Menu Source Add Settings Clear Meas Measurement E a gt X at Min Y X at Min Y is the X axis value usually time at the first displayed occurrence of the waveform Minimum starting from the left side of the display For periodic signals the position of the minimum may vary throughout the waveform The X cursor shows where the current X at Min Y value is being measured Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 233 14 Measurements X at Max Y X at Max Y is the X axis value usually time at the first displayed occurrence of the waveform Maximum starting from the left side of the display For periodic signals the position of the maximum may vary throughout the waveform The X cursor shows where the current X at Max Y value is being measured See Also To measure the peak of an FFT on page 234 To measure the peak of an FFT 1 Select FFT as the Operator in the Waveform Math Menu 2 Choose Math f t as the source in the Measurement Menu 3 Choose Maximum and X at Max Y measurements Maximum units are in dB and X at Max Y units are in Hertz for FFT Count Measurements
206. he display 2 To un freeze the display press Quick Action again Manual cursors can be used on the frozen display Many activities such as adjusting the trigger level adjusting vertical or horizontal settings or saving data will un freeze the display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 135 8 Display Settings 136 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Labels e o i To turn the label display on or off 137 e To assign a predefined label to a channel 138 To define anew label 139 To load a list of labels from a text file you create 140 To reset the label library to the factory default 141 You can define labels and assign them to each analog input channel or you can turn labels off to increase the waveform display area Labels can also be applied to digital channels on MSO models To turn the label display on or off 1 Press the Label key on the front panel This turns on labels for the displayed analog and digital channels Labels are displayed at the left edge of the displayed traces The figure below shows an example of displayed labels a Agilent Technologies 137 9 Labels Apply New Character Label 2 To turn the labels off press the Label key again To assign a predefined label to a channel 1 Press the Label key 2 05V Agilent on Channels Library ACK
207. he Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of I2C data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With I2C selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the I2C signal is being decoded 3 Press Search then select from these options Missing Acknowledge finds SDA data is high during any Ack SCL clock bit Address with no Ack finds when the acknowledge of the selected address field is false The R W bit is ignored Restart finds when another start condition occurs before a stop condition EEPROM Data Read finds EEPROM control byte value 1010xxx on the SDA line followed by a Read bit and an Ack bit It then looks for the data value and qualifier set by the Data is softkey and the Data softkeys Frame Start Address7 Read Ack Data finds a read frame on the 17th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match Frame Start Address7 Write Ack Data finds a write frame on the 17th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match Frame Start Address7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 finds a read frame on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match Frame Start Address7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 finds a write frame on the 26th clock edge if all bits in the pattern match
208. he Probe Comp signal see Input a Waveform on page 31 2 Press Default Setup to recall the default oscilloscope setup see Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup on page 31 3 Press Auto Scale to automatically configure the oscilloscope for the Probe Comp signal see Use Auto Scale on page 32 4 Press the channel key to which the probe is connected 1 2 etc 5 In the Channel Menu press Probe 6 In the Channel Probe Menu press Probe Check then follow the instructions on screen If necessary use a nonmetallic tool supplied with the probe to adjust the trimmer capacitor on the probe for the flattest pulse possible On the N2862 63 90 probes the trimmer capacitor is the yellow adjustment on the probe tip On other probes the trimmer capacitor is located on the probe BNC connector 34 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started Perfectly compensated Over compensated Under compensated 7 Connect probes to all other oscilloscope channels channel 2 of a 2 channel oscilloscope or channels 2 3 and 4 of a 4 channel oscilloscope 8 Repeat the procedure for each channel Learn the Front Panel Controls and Connectors On the front panel key refers to any key button you can press Softkey specifically refers to the six keys that are directly below the 1 display The legend for these keys is directly above them on the dis
209. he Save softkey 3 In the Save Menu press the Format softkey and turn the Entry knob to select Reference Waveform data h5 4 Press the Source softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the source waveform 5 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 6 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed To save masks Mask files can be saved to one of four internal Agilent Flash locations or to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format then turn the Entry knob to select Mask msk Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 281 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed Mask files have the extension MSK Masks are also saved as part of setup files See To save setup files on page 275 See Also Chapter 15 Mask Testing starting on page 241 To save arbitrary waveforms Arbitrary waveform files can be saved to one of four internal Agilent Flash locations or to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt For
210. he noise in the trigger path and on the displayed waveform First stabilize the displayed waveform by removing the noise from the trigger path Second reduce the noise on the displayed waveform 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope and obtain a stable display 2 Remove the noise from the trigger path by turning on high frequency rejection To enable or disable trigger HF Reject on page 183 low frequency rejection To select the trigger coupling on page 182 or To enable or disable trigger noise rejection on page 183 3 Use Averaging Acquisition Mode on page 197 to reduce noise on the displayed waveform a Agilent Technologies 148 11 Trigger Mode Coupling To select the Auto or Normal trigger mode 180 Triggering and the Pre and Post Trigger Buffers When the oscilloscope is running the trigger mode tells the oscilloscope what to do when triggers are not occurring In the Auto trigger mode the default setting if the specified trigger conditions are not found triggers are forced and acquisitions are made so that signal activity is displayed on the oscilloscope In the Normal trigger mode triggers and acquisitions only occur when the specified trigger conditions are found To select the trigger mode 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 In the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu press the Mode softkey then select either Auto or Normal See the following When to Use Auto Trigger Mode on page 181 and When
211. he pattern set for the other channels is true If no edge is specified the oscilloscope will trigger on the last edge that makes the pattern true Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 Specifying an Edge in a Pattern You are allowed to specify only one rising or falling edge term in the pattern If you define an edge term then select a different channel in the pattern and define another edge term the previous edge definition is changed to a don t care Hex Bus Pattern Trigger You can specify a bus value on which to trigger To do this first define the bus See To display digital channels as a bus on page 114 for details You can trigger on a bus value whether you are displaying the bus or not To trigger on a bus value 1 Press the Pattern key on the front panel 2 Press the Channel softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select Bus1 or Bus2 3 Press the Digit softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select a digit of the selected bus 4 Press the Hex softkey and rotate the Entry knob to select a value for the digit If a digit is made up of less than four bits then the value of the digit will be limited to the value that can be created by the selected bits 5 You can use the Setall Digits softkey to set all digits to a particular value When a hex bus digit contains one or more don t care X bits and one or more bit with a value or 0 or 1 the sign will be displayed for the digi
212. hout stopping running acquisitions or un freezes the display if currently frozen For more information see To freeze the display on page 135 Quick Trigger Mode toggles the trigger mode between Auto and Normal see To select the Auto or Normal trigger mode on page 180 Quick Clear Display clears the display see To clear the display on page 134 Once the Quick Action key is configured you simply press it to perform the selected action Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 311 20 Utility Settings Adding an Annotation You can add an annotation to the upper left corner of the oscilloscope s display The annotation is useful for documentation purposes to add notes before capturing screens To add an annotation 1 On the oscilloscope s front panel press Utility 2 In the Utility Menu press Annotation 3 In the Annotation Menu press Annotation to enable the annotation 4 Press Edit 5 In the Edit Annotation Menu 1 500 500 027 Trig d 1 70 Agilent Acquisition Channels Edit Annotation Menu Spell Delete Character Use the Spell and Delete Character softkeys to enter the annotation text Spell press this softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the character at the current position press this softkey to enter characters and move the cursor to the next character position Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide U
213. hreshold and the crossing of the upper threshold for a positive going edge The X cursor shows the edge being measured For maximum measurement accuracy set the horizontal time div as fast as possible while leaving the complete rising edge of the waveform on the display The Y cursors show the lower and upper threshold points Fall Time The fall time of a signal is the time difference between the crossing of the upper threshold and the crossing of the lower threshold for a negative going edge The X cursor shows the edge being measured For maximum measurement accuracy set the horizontal time div as fast as possible while leaving the complete falling edge of the waveform on the display The Y cursors show the lower and upper threshold points Delay Delay measures the time difference from the selected edge on source 1 and the selected edge on source 2 closest to the trigger reference point at the middle threshold points on the waveforms Negative delay values indicate that the selected edge of source 1 occurred after the selected edge of source 2 Source 1 f ONO Y AS y Delay Source 2 NOON KX 1 Press the Meas key to display the Measurement Menu 2 Press the Source softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the first analog channel source 3 Press the Type softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Delay 4 Press the Settings softkey to select the second analog channel source and slope for the delay m
214. ical resolution is dependent on the time per division setting sweep speed of the oscilloscope The slower the time div setting the greater the number of samples that are averaged together for each display point High Resolution mode can be used on both single shot and repetitive signals and it does not slow waveform update because the computation is done in the MegaZoom custom ASIC High Resolution mode limits the oscilloscope s real time bandwidth because it effectively acts like a low pass filter Displayed Sample Rate sr per Displayed Sample Rate sr Bits of channel 2 Gsa s max interleaved 4 Gsa s max resolution 500 MSa s lt sr lt 2 Gsa s 1 GSa s lt sr lt 4 Gsa s 8 100 MSa s lt sr lt 500 MSa s 200 MSa s lt sr lt 1 GSa s 9 20 MSa s lt sr lt 100 MSa s 40 MSa s lt sr lt 200 MSa s 10 5 MSa s lt sr lt 20 MSa s 10 MSa s lt sr lt 40 MSa s 11 sr lt 5 MSa s sr lt 10 MSa s 12 Acquiring to Segmented Memory You can purchase the oscilloscope with the segmented memory option factory installed Option SGM or you can install a license to enable it order model number DSOX3SGM Segmented Memory Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 199 12 Acquisition Control When capturing multiple infrequent trigger events it is advantageous to divide the oscilloscope s memory into segments This lets you capture signal activity without capturing long pe
215. ich all others will be compared 1 Configure the oscilloscope to display the golden waveform 2 Press the Analyze key 3 Press Features then select Mask Test 4 Press Features again to enable mask testing a Agilent Technologies ii 15 Mask Testing 242 Failures Channel 1 O Automask w Press Automask In the Automask Menu press the Source softkey and ensure the desired analog channel is selected Automask Menu Source Units Create Divisions 0 10 0 10 Mask Adjust the mask s horizontal tolerance Y and vertical tolerance X These are adjustable in graticule divisions or in absolute units volts or seconds selectable using the Units softkey Press the Create Mask softkey The mask is created and testing begins Whenever the Create Mask softkey is pressed the old mask is erased and a new mask is created Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Mask Testing 15 7 750 Channels 9 To clear the mask and switch off mask testing press the Back Up key to return to the Mask Test Menu then press the Clear Mask softkey If infinite persistence display mode see To set or clear persistence on page 133 is on when mask test is enabled it stays on If infinite persistence is off when mask test is enabled it is switched on when mask test is switched on then infinite persistence is switched off when mask test is switched off Troubleshooting If you press Create Ma
216. ide Getting Started 1 10 Auto Scale key 11 Additional waveform controls When you press the AutoScale key the oscilloscope will quickly determine which channels have activity and it will turn these channels on and scale them to display the input signals See Use Auto Scale on page 32 The additional waveform controls consist of Math key provides access to math add subtract etc waveform functions See Chapter 4 Math Waveforms starting on page 73 Ref key provides access to reference waveform functions Reference waveforms are saved waveforms that can be displayed and compared against other analog channel or math waveforms See Chapter 5 Reference Waveforms starting on page 101 Digital key Press this key to turn the digital channels on or off the arrow to the left will illuminate When the arrow to the left of the Digital key is illuminated the upper multiplexed knob selects and highlights in red individual digital channels and the lower multiplexed knob positions the selected digital channel If a trace is repositioned over an existing trace the indicator at the left edge of the trace will change from Dnn designation where nn is a one or two digit channel number from 0 to 15 to D The indicates that two channels are overlaid You can rotate the upper knob to select an overlaid channel then rotate the lower knob to position it just as you
217. ies Oscilloscopes User s Guide 45 1 Getting Started Analog channel Trigger point sensitivity time reference Status line 5 Trigger level Analog channels and ground _ levels N Digital channels Measurement i statistics Menu line M Softkeys Delay Time Run Stop Trigger Trigger time div status type _ source N a F 7 __ Trigger level or Fee digital threshold Acquisition __ Information area Channels Cursors defining measurement Pk Pk 1 500mv N j Ampl 2 Measurements Clear Meas Statistics gt gt Figure 1 Interpreting the oscilloscope display Status line Display area Information area The top line of the display contains vertical horizontal and trigger setup information The display area contains the waveform acquisitions channel identifiers and analog trigger and ground level indicators Each analog channel s information appears in a different color Signal detail is displayed using 256 levels of intensity For more information about viewing signal detail see To adjust waveform intensity on page 131 For more information about display modes see Chapter 8 Display Settings starting on page 131 The information area normally contains acquisition analog channel automatic measurement and cursor results Menu line This line normally contains menu name or other information associated with the selec
218. ifferential probe 25 MHz 700 V 1 MOhm termination 10 1 or 100 1 switchable N2792A Differential probe 200 MHz 10 1 50 Ohm termination N2793A Differential probe 800 MHz 10 1 15 V 50 Ohm termination N2891A 70 MHz 7 kV high voltage differential probe See AutoProbe Interface on page 334 Current Probes The following current probes can be used with the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes Table9 Current Probes Model Description Quantity Supported 1146A Current probe 100 kHz 100 A AC DC 1147A Current probe 50 MHz 15 A AC DC with AutoProbe interface 2 N2774A Obsolete replaced by N2782A with N2775A power supply N2780A Current probe 2 MHz 500 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2781A Current probe 10 MHz 150 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2782A Current probe 50 MHz 30 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2783A Current probe 100 MHz 30 A AC DC use with N2779A power supply N2893A Current probe 100 MHz 15 A AC DC with AutoProbe interface 2 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 22 337 22 Reference Table9 Current Probes continued Model Description Quantity Supported See AutoProbe Interface on page 334 Accessories Available In addition to passive proves Passive Probes on page 335 single ended active probes Single Ended Active Probes on page 335 differential pr
219. ignal This also automatically sets the channel label for the source channel CAN_H The actual CAN_H differential bus 352 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 Differential H L The CAN differential bus signals connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe Connect the probe s positive lead to the dominant high CAN signal CAN_H and connect the negative lead to the dominant low CAN signal CAN_L Dominant low signals Rx The Receive signal from the CAN bus transceiver Tx The Transmit signal from the CAN bus transceiver CAN_L The actual CAN_L differential bus signal Differential L H The CAN differential bus signals connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe Connect the probe s positive lead to the dominant low CAN signal CAN_L and connect the negative lead to the dominant high CAN signal CAN_H CAN Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture a CAN signal see Setup for CAN Signals on page 351 The Controller Area Network CAN trigger allows triggering on CAN version 2 0A and 2 0B signals A CAN message frame in CAN_L signal type is shown below Bus Arbitration Control Data CRC ACK Intermission Idle Field Field Field Field Field SOF edge After setting up the oscilloscope to capture a CAN signal 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger soft
220. iiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes which have a maximum sample rate of 4 GSa s a sample is taken every 250 ps sample period See Also Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture on page 195 e Using Peak Detect Mode to Find a Glitch on page 196 194 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture A glitch is a rapid change in the waveform that is usually narrow as compared to the waveform Peak detect mode can be used to more easily view glitches or narrow pulses In peak detect mode narrow glitches and sharp edges are displayed more brightly than when in Normal acquire mode making them easier to see To characterize the glitch use the cursors or the automatic measurement capabilities of the oscilloscope Agilent l isition Channels Acquire Menu Acq Mode Segmented Normal gt Figure 36 Sine With Glitch Normal Mode Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 195 12 Acquisition Control Agilent Acquisition Peak D 62 Channels Segmented q Peak Detect v Figure 37 Sine With Glitch Peak Detect Mode Using Peak Detect Mode to Find a Glitch 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope and obtain a stable display 2 To find the glitch press the Acquire key then press the Acq Mode softkey until Peak Detect is selected 3 Press the Display key then press the oo Persistence infinite persistence softkey I
221. ilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Binary Data in MATLAB Reference 22 Binary data from an InfiniiVision oscilloscope can be imported to The MathWorks MATLAB You can download the appropriate MATLAB functions from the Agilent Technologies web site at www agilent com find 3000X Series examples Agilent provides the m files which need to be copied into the work directory for MATLAB The default work directory is C MATLAB7 work Binary Header Format FileHeader There is only one file header in a binary file The file header consists of the following information Cookie Two byte characters AG that indicate the file is in the Agilent Binary Data file format Version Two bytes that represent the file version File Size A 32 bit integer that is the number of bytes that are in the file Number of Waveforms A 32 bit integer that is the number of waveforms that are stored in the file Waveform Header It is possible to store more than one waveform in the file and each waveform stored will have a waveform header When using segmented memory each segment is treated as a separate waveform The waveform header contains information about the type of waveform data that is stored following the waveform data header Header Size A 32 bit integer that is the number of bytes in the header Waveform Type A 32 bit integer that is the type of waveform stored in
222. illoscope acquisitions must be stopped 4 Press the Single key in the Run Control group on the front panel to stop the acquisition Pressing Single instead of Stop fills the maximum memory depth When zoomed out and viewing a large number of packets the Lister may not be able to display information for all packets However when you press the Single key the Lister will contain all on screen serial decode information 5 Press the Scroll Lister softkey and use the Entry knob to scroll through the data Time tags in the Time column indicate the event time relative to the trigger point The time tags of events that are shown in the waveform display area are displayed with a dark background 6 Press the Zoom to Selection softkey or push the Entry knob to center the waveform display at the time associated with the selected Lister row and automatically set the horizontal scale setting Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 127 7 Serial Decode 7 Press the Undo Zoom softkey to return to the horizontal scale and delay settings before the last Zoom to Selection 8 Press the Options softkey to open the Lister Options Menu In this menu you can Enable or disable the Track Time option When enabled as you select different Lister rows using the Entry knob while acquisitions are stopped the horizontal delay changes to the Time of the selected row Also changing the horizontal delay will scroll the Lister
223. ing power relationships when one of the channels is proportional to the current 500 05 Agilent Acquisition Narma Channels Waveform Math Menu f t Ch1 Ch2 Function Operator Source 1 Source 2 tit m Figure 6 Example of Multiply Channel 1 by Channel 2 See Also Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 Math Transforms 78 Math transforms perform a transform function like differentiate integrate FFT or square root on an analog input channel or on the result of an arithmetic operation e Differentiate on page 79 e Integrate on page 80 e FFT Measurement on page 83 e Square Root on page 90 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 With the DSOX3ADVMATH advanced math measurements license these additional transforms are available e Ax B on page 90 e Square on page 91 e Absolute Value on page 92 e Common Logarithm on page 92 e Natural Logarithm on page 93 e Exponential on page 93 e Base 10 Exponential on page 94 Differentiate d dt differentiate calculates the discrete time derivative of the selected source You can use differentiate to measure the instantaneous slope of a waveform For example the slew rate of an operational amplifier may be measured using the differentiate function Because differentiation is very sensitive to noise it is helpful to set acquisition mode to Averaging see Selecting the Acquisition Mode on
224. ing the specified ID and data Press the Bits softkey to set the ID length ID value number of data bytes and data value Error Frame Finds CAN active error frames All Errors Finds any form error or active error Overload Frame Finds CAN overload frames For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Setup for LIN Signals LIN Local Interconnect Network signal setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a serial LIN signal specifying the signal source threshold voltage level baud rate sample point and other LIN signal parameters To set up the oscilloscope to capture LIN signals 1 Press Label to turn on labels Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 359 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 2 Press Serial 3 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select LIN trigger type 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the LIN Signals Menu Threshold Baud Rate Sample Point Standard Syne Break 1 12 al 60 0 LIN 1 3 gt 13 6 Press the Source softkey to select the channel connected to the LIN signal line The label for the LIN source channel is automatically set 7 Press the Threshold softkey then tu
225. ings cannot be copied or there is no trigger type that corresponds to the search type Navigating the Time Base 60 You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Horizontal Controls 2 e Captured data see To navigate time on page 61 e Search events see To navigate search events on page 61 e Segments when segmented memory acquisitions are turned on see To navigate segments on page 62 To navigate time When acquisitions are stopped you can use the navigation controls to play through the captured data 1 Press Navigate 2 In the Navigate Menu press Navigate then select Time 3 Press the Q O navigation keys to play backward stop or play forward in time You can press the or keys multiple times to speed up the playback There are three speed levels To navigate search events When acquisitions are stopped you can use the navigation controls to go to found search events set using the Search key and menu see Searching for Events on page 59 1 Press Navigate 2 In the Navigate Menu press Navigate then select Search 3 Press the IS back and forward keys to go to the previous or next search event When searching Serial decode e You can press the stop key to set or clear a mark e The Auto zoom softkey specifies whether the waveform display is automatically zoomed to fit the marked row as you na
226. ion 1 describe points along a line that line is the bottom edge of the top portion of the mask Similarly the vertices in Region 2 describe the line that forms the top of the bottom part of the mask The vertices in a mask file are normalized There are four parameters that define how values are normalized e X1 e AX e YI e Y2 These four parameters are defined in the Oscilloscope Setup portion of the mask file The Y values normally voltage are normalized in the file using the following equation Ynorm Y YD AY where AY Y2 Y1 To convert the normalized Y values in the mask file to voltage Y Cm Du where AY Y2 Y1 The X values normally time are normalized in the file using the following equation Xnorm X X1 AX To convert the normalized X values to time X Xnorm AX X1 The keywords setup and end_setup appearing alone on a line define the beginning and end of the oscilloscope setup region of the mask file The oscilloscope setup information contains remote programming language commands that the oscilloscope executes when the mask file is loaded Any legal remote programming command can be entered in this section Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 249 15 Mask Testing The mask scaling controls how the normalized vectors are interpreted This in turn controls how the mask is drawn on the display The remote programming commands that control mask scaling
227. ion 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 169 10 Triggers To trigger on all sync pulses To quickly find maximum video levels you could trigger on all sync pulses When All Lines is selected as the Video trigger mode the oscilloscope will trigger on all horizontal sync pulses 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Video 3 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 4 Press the Mode softkey and select All Lines 20 005 Vid Lines Agilent Channels Video Trigger Menu Standard Mode Field Holdoff NTSC All Lines O Oflds Figure 28 Triggering on All Lines To trigger on a specific field of the video signal To examine the components of a video signal trigger on either Field 1 or Field 2 available for interleaved standards When a specific field is selected the oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge of the first serration pulse in the vertical sync interval in the specified field 1 or 2 170 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Video 3 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 4 Press the Mode softkey and select Field1 or Field2 200 05 Vid Field Agilent Acqu
228. ion 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 23 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for UART RS232 Signals 423 UART RS232 Triggering 425 UART RS232 Serial Decode 427 Interpreting UART RS232 Decode 429 UART RS232 Totalizer 430 Interpreting UART RS232 Lister Data 431 Searching for UART RS232 Datainthe Lister 431 Index Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo o e e 1 o9 Getting Started Inspect the Package Contents 25 Tilt the Oscilloscope for Easy Viewing 28 Power On the Oscilloscope 29 Connect Probes to the Oscilloscope 30 Input a Waveform 31 Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup 31 Use Auto Scale 32 Compensate Passive Probes 34 Learn the Front Panel Controls and Connectors 35 Learn the Rear Panel Connectors 44 Learn the Oscilloscope Display 45 Access the Built In Quick Help 47 This chapter describes the steps you take when using the oscilloscope for the first time Inspect the Package Contents e Inspect the shipping container for damage If your shipping container appears to be damaged keep the shipping container or cushioning material until you have inspected the contents of the shipment for completeness and have checked the oscilloscope mechanically and electrically e Verify that you received the following items and any optional accessories you may have ordered e Agilent Technologies a3
229. ion Waveform AM Freq AM Depth Symmetry v Ramp 10kHz 50 100 Press the Modulation softkey to enable or disable modulated waveform generator output You can enable modulation for all waveform generator function types except pulse DC and noise Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 267 17 Waveform Generator Press the Type softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the modulation type Amplitude Modulation AM the amplitude of the original carrier signal is modified according to the amplitude of the modulating signal See To set up Amplitude Modulation AM on page 268 Frequency Modulation FM the frequency of the original carrier signal is modified according to the amplitude of the modulating signal See To set up Frequency Modulation FM on page 269 Frequency Shift Keying Modulation FSK the output frequency shifts between the original carrier frequency and a hop frequency at the specified FSK rate The FSK rate specifies a digital square wave modulating signal See To set up Frequency Shift Keying Modulation FSK on page 271 To set up Amplitude Modulation AM In the Waveform Generator Modulation Menu under Wave Gen gt Settings gt Modulation 1 Press the Type softkey and turn the Entry knob to select Amplitude Modulation AM 2 Press the Waveform softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the shape of the modulating signal Sine Square Ramp Sine Cardinal E
230. is the same as Minimum The Y cursor shows the value being measured 222 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 Overshoot Overshoot is distortion that follows a major edge transition expressed as a percentage of Amplitude The X cursors show which edge is being measured edge closest to the trigger reference point local Maximum D Top P Rising edge overshoot Amplitude 100 Base D local Minimum x 100 Falling edge overshoot Amplitude Overshoot local Minimum Overshoot Agilent Acquisition Channels Basurements Pk Pk 1 Over 1 Measurement Menu Source Add Settings Clear Meas Measurement al v Figure 46 Automatic Overshoot measurement Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 223 14 Measurements 224 Preshoot Average Preshoot is distortion that precedes a major edge transition expressed as a percentage of Amplitude The X cursors show which edge is being measured edge closest to the trigger reference point local Maximum D Top 7 Rising edge preshoot Amplitude 100 _ Base D local Minimum Falling edge preshoot Amplitude x 100 s Preshoot local Maximum N TNS aa Preshoot local Minimum Average is the sum of the levels of the waveform samples divided by the number of samples Xi Average j Where x value at ith point being measured n number of points in measurement interval
231. isition h Channels Field Holdoff Field1 O Oflds Figure 29 Triggering on Field 1 To trigger on all fields of the video signal To quickly and easily view transitions between fields or to find the amplitude differences between the fields use the All Fields trigger mode 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Video 3 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 4 Press the Mode softkey and select All Fields Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 171 10 Triggers 172 200 05 o Vid All Fld Agilent Channels Video Trigger Menu Standard Mode Field Holdoff NTSC All Fields O Oflds Figure 30 Triggering on All Fields To trigger on odd or even fields To check the envelope of your video signals or to measure worst case distortion trigger on the odd or even fields When Field 1 is selected the oscilloscope triggers on color fields 1 or 3 When Field 2 is selected the oscilloscope triggers on color fields 2 or 4 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Video 3 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard 4 Press the Mode softkey and select Field1 or Field2 The trigger circuits look for the position of the start of Vertical Sync
232. isition system acquire one record while processing the previous acquisition dramatically improving the number of waveforms per second processed by the oscilloscope When running a high waveform update rate provides the best representation of your input signal To acquire data with the longest possible record length press the Single key For more information on settings that affect record length see Length Control on page 279 188 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 Overview of Sampling To understand the oscilloscope s sampling and acquisition modes it is helpful to understand sampling theory aliasing oscilloscope bandwidth and sample rate oscilloscope rise time oscilloscope bandwidth required and how memory depth affects sample rate Sampling Theory The Nyquist sampling theorem states that for a limited bandwidth band limited signal with maximum frequency fmax the equally spaced sampling frequency fg must be greater than twice the maximum frequency fmax in order to have the signal be uniquely reconstructed without aliasing fmax fs 2 Nyquist frequency fy folding frequency Aliasing Aliasing occurs when signals are under sampled fg lt 2fyax Aliasing is the signal distortion caused by low frequencies falsely reconstructed from an insufficient number of sample points Figure 33 Aliasing Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes U
233. ith SPI selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the SPI signals are being decoded 3 Press Search then select from these options Master Out Slave In MOSI Data for searching MOSI data Master In Slave Out MISO Data for searching MISO data Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 4 Press the Bits softkey to open the SPI Bits Search Menu 5 In the SPI Bits Search Menu use the Words softkey to specify the number of words in the data value then use the remaining softkeys to enter the hex digit values For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 395 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 396 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo e e 26 7 e I2S Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for 12S Signals 397 I2S Triggering 400 I2S Serial Decode 403 I2S triggering and serial decode requires Option AUDIO or the DSOX3AUDIO upgrade Only one 12S serial bus can be decoded at a time Setup for 12S Si
234. ith the word SYNC within red angle brackets e Manchester encoding errors are displayed with the word MANCH within blue angle brackets blue instead of red because a valid Sync pulse started the word Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Lister Data ATA Word Type Data 148 0us 108 0us Lister Menu Display Zoom to Options S MIL 1553 Selection D i In addition to the standard Time column the MIL STD 1553 Lister contains these columns e RTA displays the Remote Terminal Address for Command Status words nothing for Data words e Word Type Cmd Status for Command Status words Data for Data words For Command Status words the background color is green to match the decode text color e Data the 11 bits after the RTA for Command Status words or the 16 bits of a Data word e Errors Sync Parity or Manchester errors as appropriate The background color is red to indicate an error 412 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of MIL STD 1553 data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With MIL STD 1553
235. ity is not adjustable More details about using the Intensity control to view signal detail are on To adjust waveform intensity on page 131 36 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 4 Entry knob The Entry knob is used to select items from menus and to change values The function of the Entry knob changes based upon the current menu and softkey selections Note that the curved arrow symbol a above the entry knob illuminates whenever the entry knob can be used to select a value Also note that when the Entry knob 4 symbol appears on a softkey you can use the Entry knob to select values Often rotating the Entry knob is enough to make a selection Sometimes you can push the Entry knob to enable or disable a selection Pushing the Entry knob also makes popup menus disappear 5 Tools keys The Tools keys consist of Utility key Press this key to access the Utility Menu which lets you configure the oscilloscope s I O settings use the file explorer set preferences access the service menu and choose other options See Chapter 20 Utility Settings starting on page 295 Quick Action key Press this key to perform the selected quick action measure all snapshot print save recall freeze display and more See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 Analyze key Press this key to access analysis features like trigger leve
236. key then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the CAN signal is being decoded Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 353 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 354 Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger S CAN All Errors 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the trigger condition SOF Start of Frame The oscilloscope triggers at the start of a frame Remote Frame ID RTR The oscilloscope triggers on remote frames with the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID Data Frame ID RTR The oscilloscope will trigger on data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID Remote or Data Frame ID The oscilloscope will trigger on remote or data frames matching the specified ID Press the Bits softkey to select the ID Data Frame ID and Data The oscilloscope will trigger on data frames matching the specified ID and data Press the Bits softkey to select the ID and set up the number of data bytes and values Error Frame The oscilloscope will trigger on CAN active error frames All Errors The oscilloscope will trigger when any form error or active error is encountered Acknowledge Error The oscilloscope will trigger when the acknowledge bit is recessive high Overload Frame The oscilloscope will trigger on CAN overload frames If you select a condition tha
237. keys and the Press to Print softkey are ghosted not available until a printer is connected To print the oscilloscope s display 1 Connect a printer You can Connect a USB printer to either the USB port on the front panel or the rectangular USB host port on the rear panel For the most up to date listing of printers that are compatible with the InfiniiVision oscilloscopes please visit www agilent com find InfiniiVision printers Set up a network printer connection See To set up network printer connections on page 290 2 Press the Print key on the front panel 3 In the Print Configuration Menu press the Printto softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the desired printer a Agilent Technologies eiii 19 Print Screens 4 Press the Options softkey to select the print options Print Configuration Metra Print to Options Palette Network Setup Press to NETPRTO Invert Grat Color ae Print See To specify the print options on page 292 5 Press the Palette softkey to select the print palette See To specify the palette option on page 293 6 Press the Press to Print softkey You can stop printing by pressing the Cancel Print softkey The oscilloscope will print the last menu visited before you pressed the Print key Therefore if you have measurements Amplitude Frequency etc showing on the display before you press Print the measurements will be shown on the printout To print the display showing th
238. l grids in IRE units labeled on the left from 40 to 100 IRE The 0 35 V and 0 7 V levels from the mV grid are also shown and labeled at the right When the IRE grid is selected cursor values are also shown in IRE units Cursor values via the remote interface are not in IRE units The mV and IRE grid values are accurate and match Y cursor values when the vertical scaling is 140 mV division and the vertical offset is 245 mV To select the grid type Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Display Settings 8 1 Press Display 2 Press the Grid softkey then turn the Entry knob a to select the grid type To adjust the grid intensity To adjust the display grid graticule intensity 1 Press Display 2 Press the Intensity softkey then turn the Entry knob a to change the intensity of the displayed grid The intensity level is shown in the Intensity softkey and is adjustable from 0 to 100 Each major vertical division in the grid corresponds to the vertical sensitivity shown in the status line at the top of the display Each major horizontal division in the grid corresponds to the time div shown in the status line at the top of the display To freeze the display To freeze the display without stopping running acquisitions you must configure the Quick Action key See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 1 Once the Quick Action key has been configured press it to freeze t
239. l setting measurement threshold setting Video trigger automatic set up and display mask testing see Chapter 15 Mask Testing starting on page 241 or the DSOX3PWR power measurement and analysis application Wave Gen key Press this key to access waveform generator functions See Chapter 17 Waveform Generator starting on page 257 6 Trigger controls These controls determine how the oscilloscope triggers to capture data See Chapter 10 Triggers starting on page 143 and Chapter 11 Trigger Mode Coupling starting on page 179 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 37 1 Getting Started 7 Horizontal controls The Horizontal controls consist of Horizontal scale knob Turn the knob in the Horizontal section that is marked N Ay to adjust the time div sweep speed setting The symbols under the knob indicate that this control has the effect of spreading out or zooming in on the waveform using the horizontal scale Horizontal position knob Turn the knob marked lt p to pan through the waveform data horizontally You can see the captured waveform before the trigger turn the knob clockwise or after the trigger turn the knob counterclockwise If you pan through the waveform when the oscilloscope is stopped not in Run mode then you are looking at the waveform data from the last acquisition taken Horiz key Press this key to open
240. lect the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the PC signals are being decoded Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger Data is S PC EEPROM 4 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the trigger condition Start Condition The oscilloscope triggers when SDA data transitions from high to low while the SCL clock is high For triggering purposes including frame triggers a restart is treated as a start condition Stop Condition The oscilloscope triggers when data SDA transitions from low to high while the clock SCL is high SDA N T Yo ey ney ie 1 i I 1 SCL 1 7 8 9 1 7 _ 8 ONG ES L J L L JL J L J sa ee Start Address R Ack Data Ack Stop Condition Condition Missing Acknowledge The oscilloscope triggers when SDA data is high during any Ack SCL clock bit Address with no Ack The oscilloscope triggers when the acknowledge of the selected address field is false The R W bit is ignored Restart The oscilloscope triggers when another start condition occurs before a stop condition EEPROM Data Read The trigger looks for EEPROM control byte value 1010xxx on the SDA line followed by a Read bit and an Ack bit It then looks for the data value and qualifier set by the Data softkey and the Datais softkey When this event occurs the oscilloscope will trigger on the clock edge for the Ack bit after the data byte This data byte does not need to occur directly
241. led waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e When using 5 8 bit formats the decoded data is displayed in white in binary hex or ASCII e When using the 9 bit format all data words are displayed in green including the 9th bit The 9th bit is displayed on the left e When a data word value is selected for framing it is displayed in light blue When using 9 bit data words the 9th bit will also be displayed in light blue e Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Pink vertical bars indicate you need to expand the horizontal scale and run again to see decode e When the horizontal scale setting does not permit the display of all available decoded data red dots will appear in the decoded bus to mark the location of hidden data Expand the horizontal scale to allow the data to display e An unknown undefined bus is shown in red Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 429 28 UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 430 e A parity error will cause the associated data word to be shown in red which includes the 5 8 data bits and the optional 9th bit UART RS232 Totalizer The UART RS232 totalizer consists of counters that provide a direct measure of bus quality and efficiency The totalizer appears on screen whenever UART RS232 Decode is ON in the Serial Decode Men
242. lent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 321 21 322 Web Interface Agilent Technologies KOZIE Remote Programming If you press the SCPI Commands button below you can send remote programming commands directly to your For more information about the commands see the Programming Commands Quick Reference Command IDN x r Successfully connected to Agilent MS0X20244 InfiniiVision US50210029 gt IDN lt AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES MS0 X 20244 U550210029 01 20 2011050300 Remote Programming with Agilent 10 Libraries While the SCPI Commands applet window lets you enter and remote programming commands remote programming for automated test and data acquisition is typically done using the Agilent IO Libraries which are separate from the instrument s web interface The Agilent IO Libraries let a controller PC communicate with Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscopes via their USB LAN when the LAN VGA option module is installed or GPIB when the GPIB option module is installed interfaces The Agilent IO Libraries Suite connectivity software to enables communication over these interfaces You can download the Agilent IO Libraries Suite from www agilent com find iolib Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Web Interface 21 Information about controlling the oscilloscope through remote commands is contained in the Pr
243. lexed scale and position knobs just to the right of the Math key to re size and re position the math waveform Math Scale and Offset are Set Automatically Any time the currently displayed math function definition is changed the function is automatically scaled for optimum vertical scale and offset If you manually set scale and offset for a function select a new function then select the original function the original function will be automatically rescaled e Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 75 4 Math Waveforms Units for Math Waveforms Units for each input channel can be set to Volts or Amps using the Units softkey in the channel s Probe Menu Units for math function waveforms are Math function Units add or subtract VorA multiply V A2 or W Volt Amp d dt V s or A s V second or A second fat Vs or As V seconds or A seconds FFT dB decibels See also FFT Units on page 88 square root vl 2 A1 2 or W12 Volt Amp When the FFT source is channel 1 2 3 or 4 FFT units will be displayed in dBV when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 1 MQ FFT units will be displayed in dBm when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 50Q FFT units will be displayed as dB for all other FFT sources or when a source channel s units has been set to Amps A scale unit of U un
244. libration e Every two years or after 4000 hours of operation e If the ambient temperature is gt 10 C from the calibration temperature e If you want to maximize the measurement accuracy The amount of use environmental conditions and experience with other instruments help determine if you need shorter User Cal intervals User Cal performs an internal self alignment routine to optimize the signal path in the oscilloscope The routine uses internally generated signals to optimize circuits that affect channel sensitivity offset and trigger parameters Performing User Cal will invalidate your Certificate of Calibration If NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology traceability is required perform the Performance Verification procedure in the Agilent Infinii Vision 2000 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes Service Guide using traceable sources To perform user calibration 1 Disconnect all inputs from the front and rear panels including the digital channels cable on an MSO and allow the oscilloscope to warm up before performing this procedure 2 Press the rear panel CAL button to disable calibration protection Connect short 12 inch maximum equal length cables to each analog channel s BNC connector on the front of the oscilloscope You will need two equal length cables for a 2 channel oscilloscope or four equal length cables for a 4 channel oscilloscope Use 50W RG58AU or equivalent BNC cables when performing User Cal
245. loscope bandwidth required 1 Determine the fastest edge speeds You can usually obtain rise time information from published specifications for devices used in your designs 2 Compute the maximum practical frequency component From Dr Howard W Johnson s book High Speed Digital Design A Handbook of Black Magic all fast edges have an infinite spectrum of frequency components However there is an inflection or knee in the frequency spectrum of fast edges where frequency components higher than fknee are insignificant in determining the shape of the signal finee 0 5 signal rise time based on 10 90 thresholds finee 0 4 signal rise time based on 20 80 thresholds 3 Use a multiplication factor for the required accuracy to determine the oscilloscope bandwidth required Required accuracy Oscilloscope bandwidth required 20 few 1 0 x fknee 10 few 1 3 x fknee 3 few 1 9 x fknee Choosing an Oscilloscope with the Right Bandwidth for your Application Agilent Application Note 1588 http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5989 5733EN pdf Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 Memory Depth and Sample Rate The number of points of oscilloscope memory is fixed and there is a maximum sample rate associated with oscilloscope s analog to digital converter however the actual sample rate is determined by the time of the acquisiti
246. ly appears when the acquisition is stopped and the optional segmented memory feature is on After an acquisition has completed and the oscilloscope is stopped you can press the Analyze Segments softkey to accumulate measurement statistics for the acquired segments You can also turn on infinite persistence in the Display Menu and press the Analyze Segments softkey to create an infinite persistence display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eve e ee 15 a amp Mask Testing J e o To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask 241 e Mask Test Setup Options 243 Mask Statistics 246 To manually modify a mask file 247 Building a Mask File 250 One way to verify a waveform s compliance to a particular set of parameters is to use mask testing A mask defines a region of the oscilloscope s display in which the waveform must remain in order to comply with chosen parameters Compliance to the mask is verified point by point across the display Mask test operates on displayed analog channels it does not operate on channels that are not displayed To enable mask test order Option LMT at time of oscilloscope purchase or order DSOX3MASK as a stand alone item after oscilloscope purchase To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask A golden waveform meets all chosen parameters and it is the waveform to wh
247. m generator output 267 module installed 309 module slot 44 MSO 4 MSO feature upgrade 341 MSO license 340 Multicast DNS 297 multiplexed position knob 39 multiplexed scale knob 39 Multiply math function 77 natural logarithm math function 93 navigate files 299 Navigate key 38 navigating the time base 60 negative pulse width measurement trend 97 network configuration parameters 315 network printer connection 290 network connecting to 297 new label 139 noise rejection 183 noise waveform generator output 259 noise adding to waveform generator output 267 noise high frequency 183 noise low frequency 182 noisy signals 179 non volatile memory secure erase 287 normal acquire mode 194 normal mode 193 194 Normal trigger mode 180 notices 2 Nth edge burst trigger 158 Nth edge burst triggering 158 number of negative pulses measurements 235 number of positive pulses measurements 234 Nyquist frequency 88 Nyquist sampling theory 189 0 offset DC correction for integrate waveform 81 operators math 76 options print 292 OR trigger 155 oscilloscope bandwidth 190 oscilloscope bandwidth required 192 oscilloscope rise time 191 oscilloscope sample rate 191 output load expected waveform generator 265 output trigger 304 overlay localized 42 Overshoot measurement 218 223 overvoltage category 333 P palette 276 pan and zoom 50 pa
248. m responds to changes and how much you want to reduce the displayed noise on the signal To use the Averaging mode 1 Press the Acquire key then press the Acq Mode softkey until the Averaging mode is selected 2 Press the Avgs softkey and turn the Entry knob to set the number of averages that best eliminates the noise from the displayed waveform The number of acquisitions being averaged is displayed in the Avgs softkey Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 197 12 Acquisition Control 1469 Agilent Acquisition No 25 0h Channels DC 10 0 1 DC 10 0 1 cq Mode Segmented Normal g Figure 38 Random noise on the displayed waveform 14 Agilent Acquisition 1 Channels DC 10 0 1 DC 10 0 1 Acquir Acq Mode D Avgs Segmented Averaging 128 _ Figure 39 128 Averages used to reduce random noise 198 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 See Also Chapter 11 Trigger Mode Coupling starting on page 179 High Resolution Acquisition Mode In High Resolution mode at slower time div settings extra samples are averaged in order to reduce random noise produce a smoother trace on the screen and effectively increase vertical resolution High Resolution mode averages sequential sample points within the same acquisition An extra bit of vertical resolution is produced for every factor of 4 averages The number of extra bits of vert
249. mat then turn the Entry knob to select Arbitrary Waveform data csv 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed See Also To edit arbitrary waveforms on page 261 To navigate storage locations When saving or recalling files the softkey in the second position of the Save Menu or Recall Menu along with the Entry knob are used to navigate to storage locations The storage locations can be internal oscilloscope storage locations for setup files or mask files or they can be external storage locations on a connected USB storage device The softkey in the second position can have these labels 282 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 e Press to go when you can push the Entry knob to navigate to a new folder or storage location e Location when you have navigated to the current folder location and are not saving files e Save to when you can save to the selected location Load from when you can recall from the selected file When saving files e The proposed file name is shown in the Save to file line above the softkeys e To overwrite an existing file browse to that file and select it To create a new file name s
250. measurements to be made Press the Mode softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the digital voltmeter DVM mode AC RMS displays the root mean square value of the acquired data with the DC component removed DC displays the DC value of the acquired data DC RMS displays the root mean square value of the acquired data Frequency displays the frequency counter measurement Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Voltmeter 16 6 Press Transparent to toggle between a transparent and shaded background for the DVM display 7 If the selected source channel is not used in oscilloscope triggering press Auto Range to disable or enable automatic adjustment of the DVM channel s vertical scale vertical ground level position and trigger threshold voltage level used for the counter frequency measurement When enabled Auto Range overrides attempted adjustments of the channel s vertical scale and position knobs When disabled you can use the channel s vertical scale and position knobs normally Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 255 16 Digital Voltmeter 256 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eve e ee 17 Oe Waveform Generator To select generated waveform types and settings 257 To edit arbitrary waveforms 261 To output the waveform generator sync
251. ments Freq 1 Pk Pk 1 Pk Pk Phase 12 nent stic Display On Transparent Relative The following statistics are shown Name of the measurement current measured value mean minimum measured value maximum measured value standard deviation and the number of times the measurement has been made count Statistics are based on the total number of captured waveforms count The standard deviation shown in Statistics is calculated using the same formula used for calculating the standard deviation measurement The formula is shown in the section titled AC RMS on page 225 The source channel of the measurement is shown in parenthesis after the measurement name For example Freq 1 indicates a frequency measurement on channel 1 You can switch the statistics Display On or Display Off Statistics continue to accumulate even when the statistics display is off When you navigate away from the Measurements Menu the statistics display will no longer be displayed but statistical data collection will continue Return to the Measurements Menu to see the data again Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 239 14 Measurements 240 To reset the statistics measurements press the Reset Statistics softkey This resets all statistics and begins recording statistical data again Each time a new measurement for example frequency period or amplitude is added the statistics are reset and accumulation
252. n be Data lt gt or Threshold depending on the selected trigger qualifier If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the 12S signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal 402 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12S Triggering and Serial Decode 26 To display 12S serial decode see 12S Serial Decode on page 403 12S Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture I2S signals see Setup for I2S Signals on page 397 For 12S triggering setup see 12S Triggering on page 400 To set up I2S serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Serial Decode Menu Serial Mode Signals Bus Contig Base re E s Decimal Serial 1 2 Press the Base softkey to select the number base in which to display decoded data 3 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 4 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the 12S signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the acquired data See Also Interpreting I2S Decode on page
253. n is available in your measurement setup The following are guidelines for good probing practices The ground lead from each digital channel group D15 D8 and D7 D0 should be attached to the ground of the device under test if any channel within the group is being used for data capture When capturing data in a noisy environment every third digital channel probe s ground should be used in addition to the channel group s ground High speed timing measurements rise time lt 3 ns should make use of each digital channel probe s own ground When designing a high speed digital system you should consider designing dedicated test ports that interface directly to the instrument s probe system This will ease measurement setup and ensure a repeatable method for obtaining test data The 01650 61607 16 channel logic probe cable and the 01650 63203 termination adapter are designed to make it easy to connect to industry standard 20 pin board connectors The cable is a 2 m logic analyzer probe cable and the termination adapter provides the proper RC networks in a very convenient package These parts as well as the 1251 8106 20 pin low profile straight board connector can be ordered from Agilent Technologies To replace digital probe leads 122 If you need to remove a probe lead from the cable insert a paper clip or other small pointed object into the side of the cable assembly and push to release the latch while pulling out the probe lead
254. n show Auto flashing the trigger condition is not found after the pre trigger buffer has filled and forced triggers and acquisitions are occurring e Auto not flashing the trigger condition is found or the pre trigger buffer is being filled In the Normal trigger mode the trigger indicator can show Trig d flashing the trigger condition is not found after the pre trigger buffer has filled and no acquisitions are occurring Trig d not flashing trigger condition is found or pre trigger buffer is being filled When the oscilloscope is not running the trigger indicator area shows Stop Whento Use Auto The Auto trigger mode is appropriate when Trigger Mode Checking DC signals or signals with unknown levels or activity e When trigger conditions occur often enough that forced triggers are unnecessary When to Use The Normal trigger mode is appropriate when Normal Trigger Mod e You only want to acquire specific events specified by the trigger ode settings e Triggering on an infrequent signal from a serial bus for example I2C SPI CAN LIN etc or another signal that arrives in bursts The Normal trigger mode lets you stabilize the display by preventing the oscilloscope from auto triggering e Making single shot acquisitions with the Single key Often with single shot acquisitions you must initiate some action in the device under test and you don t want the oscill
255. nc Break softkey and select the minimum number of clocks that define a sync break in your LIN signal LIN Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture a LIN signal see Setup for LIN Signals on page 359 LIN triggering can trigger on the rising edge at the Sync Break exit of the LIN single wire bus signal that marks the beginning of the message frame the Frame ID or the Frame ID and Data A LIN signal message frame is shown below Sync Sync Identifier Data Checksum Break Field Break Fields Field Sync Break Exit 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the CAN signal is being decoded Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 361 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger S LIN ID amp Data 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the trigger condition Sync Sync Break The oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge at the Sync Break exit of the LIN single wire bus signal that marks the beginning the message frame ID Frame ID The oscilloscope triggers when a frame with an ID equal to the selected value is detected Use the Entry knob to select the value for the Frame ID ID amp Data Frame ID and Data The oscilloscope triggers when a frame with an ID and data equal to the selected values i
256. ncrementing If errors occur too frequently and the oscilloscope spends all its time saving images press the Stop key to stop acquisitions Print The oscilloscope prints the screen image when an error is detected This option is only available when a printer is connected as described in To print the oscilloscope s display on page 289 Measure Measurements and measurement statistics if your oscilloscope supports them run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation Measurements are not affected by passing waveforms This mode is not available when the acquisition mode is set to Averaging Note that you can choose to Print or Save but you cannot select both at the same time All other actions may be selected at the same time For example you can select both Stop and Measure to cause the oscilloscope to measure and stop on the first error You can also output a signal on the rear panel TRIG OUT BNC connector when there is a mask test failure See Setting the Rear Panel TRIG OUT Source on page 304 Source Lock When you turn on Source Lock using the Source Lock softkey the mask is redrawn to match the source whenever you move the waveform For example if you change the horizontal timebase or the vertical gain the mask is redrawn with the new settings When you turn off Source Lock the mask is not redrawn when horizontal or vertical settings are changed Source If you change the Source channel the mask is no
257. nd 5 digit frequency measurements using any analog channel EDK Educator s Kit Order DSOXEDK Provides training signals on the oscilloscope s Demo terminals and a lab guide tutorial for education environments EMBD Embedded Serial Triggering and Analysis 12C SPI Order DSOX3EMBD FLEX FlexRay Triggering and Analysis Order DSOX3FLEX MASK Mask Limit Test Order DSOX3MASK Lets you create a mask and test waveforms to determine whether they comply to the mask mem4M Memory Upgrade Order DSOX3MEMUP It shows the total memory depth 4 Mpts interleaved MSO Mixed Signal Oscilloscope MSO Upgrade a DSO to an Order DSOX3MSO for 500 MHz and lower MSO bandwidth models or DSOXPERFMSO for Adds 16 digital channels You do not have to install any 1 GHz bandwidth models hardware The digital probe cable kit is supplied with the MSO license PWR Power Measurement and Analysis Order DSOX3PWR You can find the DSOX3PWR Power Measurement Application User s Guide at www agilent com find 3000X Series man ual or on the Documentation CD SGM Segmented Memory Order DSOX3SGM Lets you capture infrequent or burst signals with great resolution by eliminating the capture of your signal s inactivity VID Extended Video Triggering and Analysis Order DSOX3VID 340 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 22 Table 11 Licensed Options Available continued License Description After purchase model num
258. nd Firmware Updates 341 Binary Data bin Format 342 CSV and ASCII XY files 348 Acknowledgements 350 Specifications and Characteristics Please see the InfiniiVision oscilloscope data sheets for complete up to date specifications and characteristics To download a data sheet please visit www agilent com find 3000X Series Then select the Library tab followed by Specifications Or go to the Agilent home page at www agilent com and search for 3000 X Series oscilloscopes data sheet To order a data sheet by phone please contact your local Agilent office The complete list is available at Www agilent com find contactus Measurement Category e Oscilloscope Measurement Category on page 332 e Measurement Category Definitions on page 332 e Transient Withstand Capability on page 333 l eg e Agilent Technologies 331 22 Reference Oscilloscope Measurement Category The InfiniiVision oscilloscopes are intended to be used for measurements in Measurement Category I Use this instrument only for measurements within its specified measurement category Measurement Category Definitions 332 Measurement category I is for measurements performed on circuits not directly connected to MAINS Examples are measurements on circuits not derived from MAINS and specially protected internal MAINS derived circuits In the latter case transient stresses are variable for that reason the transient withstand capabilit
259. ne and in the Lister 3 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 4 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the decoded data See Also Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Decode on page 411 e Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Lister Data on page 412 e Searching for MIL STD 1553 Data in the Lister on page 413 Interpreting MIL STD 1553 Decode To display serial decode information you must press Run or Single after switching on serial decode 20 005 10 005 Agilent Acquisition h Channels D 0000 Signals Lister MIL 1553 iiini ex The MIL STD 1553 decode display is color coded as follows e Command and Status decoded data is colored green with the Remote Terminal Address 5 bits of data being displayed first then the text C S followed by the value of the remaining 11 bits of a Command Status word e Data word decoded data is colored white preceded by the text D e Command Status or Data words with a Parity error have the decode text displayed in red instead of green or white Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 411 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode e SYNC errors are displayed w
260. need to expand the horizontal scale to allow space for the data to be shown or use the cursors to display the values see Using cursors to read bus values on page 115 The Base softkey lets you choose to display the bus values in hex or binary The buses are shown at the bottom of the display 114 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 Agilent ition Channels 1101 111 1110 0100 1110 0110 1110 0100 110 E6 Des 434 2420 Select Deselect Base D15 D8 D7 DO Binary Bus values can be shown in hex or binary Using cursors to To read the digital bus value at any point using the cursors read bus values 4 Turn on Cursors by pressing the Cursors key on the front panel 2 Press the cursor Mode softkey and change the mode to Hex or Binary 3 Press the Source softkey and select Bus1 or Bus2 4 Use the Entry knob and the X1 and X2 softkeys to position the cursors where you want to read the bus values Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 115 6 Digital Channels X1 cursor X2 cursor v Bus values Hugs Al Az Set cursors Select Bus1 Bus values mode to or Bus2 source at cursors shown here Binary or Hex Bus values are The bus values are also displayed when using the Pattern trigger function displayed when Press the Pattern key on the front panel to display the Pattern Trigger using Pattern Menu and the bus
261. nel Vertical position knobs Use these knobs to change a channel s vertical position on the display There is one Vertical Position control for each analog channel Label key Press this key to access the Label Menu which lets you enter labels to identify each trace on the oscilloscope display See Chapter 9 Labels starting on page 137 For more information see Chapter 3 Vertical Controls starting on page 63 Analog channel inputs Attach oscilloscope probes or BNC cables to these BNC connectors With the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes you can set the input impedance of the analog channels to either 50 Q or 1 MQ See To specify channel input impedance on page 66 The InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes also provide the AutoProbe interface The AutoProbe interface uses a series of contacts directly below the channel s BNC connector to transfer information between the oscilloscope and the probe When you connect a compatible probe to the oscilloscope the AutoProbe interface determines the type of probe and sets the oscilloscope s parameters units offset attenuation coupling and impedance accordingly Demo 2 Ground and Demo 1 terminals Demo 2 terminal This terminal outputs the Probe Comp signal which helps you match a probe s input capacitance to the oscilloscope channel to which it is connected See Compensate Passive Probes on page 34 With certain li
262. nfinite persistence updates the display with new acquisitions but does not erase previous acquisitions New sample points are shown at normal intensity while previous acquisitions are displayed at reduced intensity Waveform persistence is not kept beyond the display area boundary Press the Clear Display softkey to erase previously acquired points The display will accumulate points until Persistence is turned off 4 Characterize the glitch with Zoom mode a Press the zoom key or press the Horiz key and then the Zoom softkey b To obtain a better resolution of the glitch expand the time base 196 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 Use the horizontal position knob 4 to pan through the waveform to set the expanded portion of the normal window around the glitch Averaging Acquisition Mode The Averaging mode lets you average multiple acquisitions together to reduce noise and increase vertical resolution at all time div settings Averaging requires a stable trigger The number of averages can be set from 2 to 65536 in power of 2 increments A higher number of averages reduces noise more and increases vertical resolution Avgs Bits of resolution 2 8 4 9 16 10 64 11 gt 256 12 The higher the number of averages the slower the displayed waveform responds to waveform changes You must compromise between how quickly the wavefor
263. ng edge slope 40 ns holdoff time Display Persistence off 20 grid intensity Other Acquire mode normal Run Stop to Run cursors and measurements off Labels All custom labels that you have created in the Label Library are preserved not erased but all channel labels will be set to their original names In the Save Recall Menu there are also options for restoring the complete factory settings see Recalling Default Setups on page 286 or performing a secure erase see Performing a Secure Erase on page 287 Use Auto Scale Use Auto Scale to automatically configure the oscilloscope to best display the input signals 1 Press Auto Scale You should see a waveform on the oscilloscope s display similar to this 32 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 200 08 1 34V Agilent n Channels Fast Debug Channels Acq Mode Autoscale All Normal 2 If you want to return to the oscilloscope settings that existed before press Undo AutoScale 3 If you want to enable fast debug autoscaling change the channels autoscaled or preserve the acquisition mode during autoscale press Fast Debug Channels or Acq Mode These are the same softkeys that appear in the AutoScale Preferences Menu See To set AutoScale preferences on page 303 If you see the waveform but the square wave is not shaped correctly as shown above perform the procedure Compensate Pas
264. ng the Mode Coupling key then the Mode softkey Also the threshold voltage level must be set appropriately for each source channel The threshold level for each serial signal can be set in the Signals Menu Press the Serial key then the Signals softkey Serial Decode Options Agilent s hardware accelerated serial decode options can be installed when the oscilloscope is manufactured or added later The following serial decode licenses are available e With the DSOX3AUTO license you can decode CAN Controller Area Network and LIN Local Interconnect Network serial buses See CAN Serial Decode on page 355 LIN Serial Decode on page 363 e With the DSOX3FLEX license you can decode FlexRay serial buses See FlexRay Serial Decode on page 371 K sg Agilent Technologies 125 7 Serial Decode Lister 126 e With the DSOX3EMBD license you can decode I2C Cnter IC and SPI Serial Peripheral Interface serial buses See I2C Serial Decode on page 382 SPI Serial Decode on page 391 e With the DSOX38AUDIO license you can decode 12S Cnter IC Sound or Integrated Interchip Sound serial buses See I2S Serial Decode on page 403 e With the DSOX38COMP license you can decode many UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter protocols including RS232 Recommended Standard 232 See UART RS232 Serial Decode on page 427 e With the DSOX38AERO license you can decode MIL STD 1553 and ARINC 429 serial buses
265. niiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 9 If you select a line mode press the Line softkey then rotate the Entry knob to select the line number on which you want to trigger The following table lists the line or count numbers per field for each video standard Video standard Field 1 Field 2 Alt Field NTSC 1 to 263 1 to 262 1 to 262 PAL 1 to 313 314 to 625 1 to 312 PAL M 1 to 263 264 to 525 1 to 262 SECAM 1 to 313 314 to 625 1 to 312 The following table lists the line numbers for each EDTV HDTV video standard available with the DSOX3VID extended video triggering license EDTV 480p 60 1 to 525 EDTV 567p 50 1 to 625 HDTV 720p 50 720p 60 1 to 750 HDTV 1080p 24 1080p 25 1080p 30 1 to 1125 1080p 50 1080p 60 HDTV 1080i 50 1080i 60 1 to 1125 Video Triggering The following are exercises to familiarize you with video triggering These Examples exercises use the NTSC video standard e To trigger on a specific line of video on page 168 e To trigger on all sync pulses on page 170 e To trigger on a specific field of the video signal on page 170 e To trigger on all fields of the video signal on page 171 e To trigger on odd or even fields on page 172 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 167 10 Triggers To set up Generic video triggers When Generic available with the DSOX3VID extended video triggering
266. ns or to a USB storage device and you can recall them later See To save arbitrary waveforms on page 282 and To recall arbitrary waveforms on page 285 The source waveform is decimated into 8192 maximum or fewer arbitrary waveform points If the source waveform frequency and or voltage exceed the capabilities of the waveform generator the arbitrary waveform will be limited to the capabilities of the waveform generator For example a 20 MHz waveform captured as the arbitrary waveform becomes a 12 MHz waveform To output the waveform generator sync pulse 1 If the Waveform Generator Menu is not currently displayed on the oscilloscope s softkeys press the Wave Gen key 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the Settings softkey 3 In the Waveform Generator Settings Menu press the Trig Out softkey and turn the Entry knob to select Waveform Generator Sync Pulse Waveform Type Sync Signal Characteristics All waveforms except DC Noise and Cardiac The Sync signal is a TTL positive pulse that occurs when the waveform rises above zero volts or the DC offset value DC Noise and Cardiac N A To specify the expected output load 1 If the Waveform Generator Menu is not currently displayed on the oscilloscope s softkeys press the Wave Gen key Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 265 17 Waveform Generator 2 In the Waveform Generator Menu press the S
267. nsity 131 waveform printing 289 waveform reference point 301 waveform saving exporting 273 WAVEGEN license 341 web interface 315 web interface accessing 316 white noise adding to waveform generator output 267 Width measurement 230 Width measurement 230 Window FFT 84 X X at Max Y measurement 234 X at Max Y on FFT 219 X at Min Y measurement 233 X at Min Y on FFT 219 XY mode 53 54 Z Z axis blanking 56 zoom and pan 50 440 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide
268. nt InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Auto Setup Triggers Field Holdoff 10 O Oflds 6 In the Video Trigger Menu press the Standard softkey to set the video standard The oscilloscope supports triggering on the following television TV and video standards Standard Type Sync Pulse NTSC Interlaced Bi level PAL Interlaced Bi level PAL M Interlaced Bi level SECAM Interlaced Bi level With the DSOX3VID extended video triggering license the oscilloscope additionally supports these standards Standard Type Sync Pulse Generic Interlaced Progressive Bi level Tri level EDTV 480p 60 Progressive Bi level EDTV 567p 50 Progressive Bi level HDTV 720p 50 Progressive Tri level HDTV 720p 60 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 24 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 25 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 30 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 50 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080p 60 Progressive Tri level HDTV 1080i 50 Interlaced Tri level HDTV 1080i 60 Interlaced Tri level Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 165 10 Triggers 166 The Generic selection lets you trigger on custom bi level and tri level sync video standards See To set up Generic video triggers on page 168 Press the Auto Setup softkey to automatically set up the oscilloscope for the selected Source and Standard Source channel vertical
269. nt setting 1 Push the channel s vertical scale knob or press the channel key and then the Fine softkey in the Channel Menu to toggle between fine and coarse adjustment of the vertical scale When Fine adjustment is selected you can change the channel s vertical sensitivity in smaller increments The channel sensitivity remains fully calibrated when Fine is on Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 67 3 Vertical Controls The vertical scale value is displayed in the status line at the top of the display When Fine is turned off turning the volts division knob changes the channel sensitivity in a 1 2 5 step sequence To invert a waveform 1 Press the desired channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the Invert softkey to invert the selected channel When Invert is selected the voltage values of the displayed waveform are inverted Invert affects how a channel is displayed However when using basic triggers the oscilloscope attempts to maintain the same trigger point by changing trigger settings Inverting a channel also changes the result of any math function selected in the Waveform Math Menu or any measurement Setting Analog Channel Probe Options 68 1 Press the probe s associated channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press the Probe softkey to display the Channel Probe Menu This menu lets you select additional probe parameters such as attenuation factor and units of measurement for
270. nu press Skew then select the desired skew value Each analog channel can be adjusted 100 ns in 10 ps increments for a total of 200 ns difference The skew setting is not affected by pressing Default Setup or Auto Scale To calibrate a probe The Calibrate Probe softkey guides you through the process of calibrating probes Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Vertical Controls 3 For certain active probes such as InfiniiMax probes the oscilloscope can accurately calibrate its analog channels for the probe When you connect a probe that can be calibrated the Calibrate Probe softkey in the Channel Probe Menu becomes active To calibrate one of these probes 1 First plug your probe into one of the oscilloscope channels This could be for example an InfiniiMax probe amplifier probe head with attenuators attached 2 Connect the probe to the left side Demo 2 Probe Comp terminal and the probe ground to the ground terminal When calibrating a differential probe connect the positive lead to the Probe Comp terminal and the negative lead to the ground terminal You may need to connect an alligator clip to the ground lug to allow a differential probe to span between the Probe Comp test point and ground A good ground connection ensures the most accurate probe calibration 3 Press the Channel on off key to turn the channel on if the channel is off 4 In the Channel Menu press the Probe softke
271. o Video triggering requires greater than 1 2 division of sync amplitude with any analog channel as the trigger source Turning the trigger Level knob in Video trigger does not change the trigger level because the trigger level is automatically set to the sync pulse tips 168 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 One example of triggering on a specific line of video is looking at the vertical interval test signals VITS which are typically in line 18 Another example is closed captioning which is typically in line 21 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Video 3 Press the Settings softkey then press the Standard softkey to select the appropriate TV standard NTSC 4 Press the Mode softkey and select the TV field of the line you want to trigger on You can choose Line Field1 Line Field2 or Line Alternate 5 Press the Line softkey and select the number of the line you want to examine Alternate Triggering If Line Alternate is selected the oscilloscope will alternately trigger on the selected line number in Field 1 and Field 2 This is a quick way to compare the Field 1 VITS and Field 2 VITS or to check for the correct insertion of the half line at the end of Field 1 Line F1 Agilent ition Channels Mode Field Holdoff Line Fld1 O Oflds Figure 27 Example Triggering on Line 136 Agilent InfiniiVis
272. o include the R W bit as part of the address value or choose 7 bit address size to exclude the R W bit from the address value 3 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 4 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data 382 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode 25 If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the 12C signals may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is Auto Triggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Zoom window for easier navigation of the acquired data See Also Interpreting I2C Decode on page 383 e Interpreting I2C Lister Data on page 384 e Searching for I2C Data in the Lister on page 385 Interpreting 12C Decode TTL Agilent Acquisition h Channels 06A 41A 47A 49A 4CA 45 an AA Signals Addr Size Lister E S 7 Bit v e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus e In the decoded hexadecimal data Address values appear at the start of a frame Write addresses appear in light blue along with the W character Read addresses appear in yellow along with the R character Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 383 25 384 12C SPI Triggering and Seri
273. oarse fine adjustment setting 67 To invert a waveform 68 Setting Analog Channel Probe Options 68 The vertical controls include e The vertical scale and position knobs for each analog channel e The channel keys for turning a channel on or off and accessing the channel s softkey menu The following figure shows the Channel 1 Menu that appears after pressing the 1 channel key a Agilent Technologies 3 To turn waveforms on or off channel or math 64 Vertical Controls Channel Nolts div Channel 1 ground level Channel 2 ground ___ level Channel 1 Menu Coupling oc Imped 1M Ohm BW Limit Trigger source _ 100 05 Trigger level or threshold Agilent Acquisition N 1 0 Channels The ground level of the signal for each displayed analog channel is identified by the position of the P icon at the far left side of the display 1 Press an analog channel key turn the channel on or off and to display the channel s menu When a channel is on its key is illuminated Turning channels off You must be viewing the menu for a channel before you can turn it off For example if channel 1 and channel 2 are turned on and the menu for channel 2 is being displayed to turn channel 1 off press 1 to display the channel 1 menu then press 1 again to turn channel 1 off Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Vertical Controls 3 To adjust
274. ob is turned 2 21V Agilent Acquisition Normal lt window Channels Signal anomaly expanded in zoom window Zoom A window Horizontal Menu Time Mode Time Ref Normal Center Select Zoom The area of the normal display that is expanded is outlined with a box and the rest of the normal display is ghosted The box shows the portion of the normal sweep that is expanded in the lower half To change the time div for the Zoom window turn the horizontal scale sweep speed knob As you turn the knob the zoomed window time div is highlighted in the status line above the waveform display area The Horizontal scale sweep speed knob controls the size of the box The Horizontal position delay time knob sets the left to right position of the zoom window The delay value which is the time displayed relative to the trigger point is momentarily displayed in the upper right portion of the display when the delay time lt knob is turned Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 57 2 Horizontal Controls Negative delay values indicate you re looking at a portion of the waveform before the trigger event and positive values indicate you re looking at the waveform after the trigger event To change the time div of the normal window turn off Zoom then turn the horizontal scale sweep speed knob For information about using zoom mode for measurements refer to To isolate a pulse for Top m
275. obes Differential Probes on page 336 and current probes Current Probes on page 337 the following accessories are available for the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes Table 10 Accessories Available for InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes Model Part Description DSOXLAN LAN VGA connection module DSOXGPIB GPIB connection module N6456A Rack mount kit N6457A Soft carrying case and front panel cover N2786A 2 leg probe positioner N2787A 3D probe positioner 1180CZ Testmobile N6459A Hardcopy user s guide various Front panel overlays see Front Panel Overlays for Different Languages on page 42 N6450 60001 16 channel logic probe and accessory kit standard with MSO models and with MSO upgrade 01650 61607 Logic cable and terminator 40 pin to 40 pin MSO cable You can find these items at www agilent com or at www parts agilent com 338 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 22 For information on more probes and accessories see www agilent com for e Probes and Accessories Selection Guide 5989 6162EN e 5000 6000 and 7000 Series InfiniiVision Oscilloscope Probes and Accessories Data Sheet 5968 8153EN Loading Licenses and Displaying License Information License files are loaded from a USB storage device using the File Explorer see File Explorer
276. ogrammer s Guide which is included on the documentation CD supplied with this oscilloscope You can also access this document on the Agilent web site For more information about connecting to the oscilloscope refer to the Agilent Technologies USB LAN GPIB Interfaces Connectivity Guide For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide direct your Web browser to www agilent com and search for Connectivity Guide You can save setup files screen images waveform data files or mask files to your PC via the oscilloscope s web interface see Saving Files via the Web Interface on page 323 You can recall setup files reference waveform data files or mask files from your PC via the oscilloscope s web interface see Recalling Files via the Web Interface on page 324 Saving Files via the Web Interface To save setup files screen images waveform data Lister data or mask files to your PC via the oscilloscope s web interface 1 Access the oscilloscope s web interface see Accessing the Web Interface on page 316 2 When the oscilloscope s web interface is displayed select the Save Recall tab from the left side of the Welcome screen 3 Click the Save link 4 On the Save page a Enter the name of the file you are saving to b Select the format Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 323 21 Web Interface Agilent Technologies 1x eyefe y A Welcome Save fra l E
277. oments the oscilloscope will connect to the network Manual 1 Get the oscilloscope s network parameters host name IP address Configuration subnet mask gateway IP DNS IP etc from your network administrator 2 Press Utility gt 1 0 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 297 20 Utility Settings 298 3 Press the LAN Settings softkey 4 Press the Config softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Automatic and press the softkey again to disable it If Automatic is not enabled the oscilloscope s LAN configuration must be set up manually using the Addresses and Host name softkeys Configure the oscilloscope s LAN interface a Press the Addresses softkey b Use the Modify softkey and the other softkeys and the Entry knob to enter the IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP and DNS IP values When you are done go back up in the menu hierarchy c Press the Hostname softkey Use the softkeys and the Entry knob to enter the Host name When you are done go back up in the menu hierarchy d Press the Apply softkey Connect the oscilloscope to the local area network LAN by inserting the LAN cable into the LAN port on the rear panel of the oscilloscope Stand alone Point to Point Connection to a PC The following procedure describes how to establish a point to point stand alone connection to the oscilloscope This is useful if you want to control the oscilloscope using a laptop computer
278. ominate making it easier to customize the instrument display for your needs When you reset the label library list see next topic all of your custom labels will be deleted and the label list will be returned to its factory configuration To reset the label library to the factory default Pressing the Default Library softkey will remove all user defined labels from the library and set the labels back to the factory default Once deleted these user defined labels cannot be recovered 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences 2 Press the Default Library softkey This will delete all user defined labels from the library and set the labels in the library back to the factory default However this does not default the labels currently assigned to the channels those labels that appear in the waveform area Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 141 9 Labels NOTE Defaulting labels without erasing the default library Pressing Default Setup sets all channel labels back to the default labels but does not erase the list of user defined labels in the library 142 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee 10 Triggers Adjusting the Trigger Level 145 Forcing a Trigger 145 Edge Trigger 146 Edge then Edge Trigger 148 Pulse Width Trigger 149 Pattern Trigger 152 OR Trigger 155 Rise Fall Time Trigger 157
279. on external trigger 185 obe compensation 41 obe head 71 obe units 69 obe AutoProbe interface 41 obe calibrate 70 obes 334 338 339 obes connecting to oscilloscope 30 obes current 337 obes differential 336 obes digital 105 obes passive 335 obes passive compensating 34 obes single ended active 335 ogrammer s guide 323 pulse polarity 150 pulse waveform generator output 259 pulse width trigger 149 PWR license 340 Q qualifier pulse width 151 Quick Action key 37 311 Quick Clear Display 311 Quick Freeze Display 311 Quick Help 47 Quick Help language 48 Quick Measure All 311 437 Index Quick Print 311 Quick Recall 311 Quick Save 311 Quick Trigger Mode 311 ramp waveform generator output 259 random noise 179 ratio measurement 227 ratio measurement trend 97 ratio X cursor units 208 ratio Y cursor units 208 raw acquisition record 280 Real Scope Remote Front Panel 318 rear panel connectors 44 re arm time 202 recall 311 recall files via web interface 324 recall mask files 285 recall setups 284 recall Quick Recall 311 Rectangular FFT window 84 Ref key 39 101 reference point waveform 301 reference waveforms 101 remote control 295 Remote Front Panel 321 remote programming Agilent 10 Libraries 322 remote programming web interface 321 replacement parts 122 required oscilloscope bandwidth 192 reset network pass
280. on measurement interval variation is an RMS measurement across the full screen with the DC component removed It shows the standard deviation of the displayed voltage values The standard deviation of a measurement is the amount that a measurement varies from the mean value The Mean value of a measurement is the statistical average of the measurement Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 225 14 Measurements 226 The following figure graphically shows the mean and standard deviation Standard deviation is represented by the Greek letter sigma o For a Gaussian distribution two sigma 10 from the mean is where 68 3 percent of the measurement results reside Six sigma 30 from is where 99 7 percent of the measurement results reside mean 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 68 3 95 4 99 7 The mean is calculated as follows pa X Wy where e x the mean e N the number of measurements taken e x the ith measurement result The standard deviation is calculated as follows Cs a N where e o the standard deviation e N the number of measurements taken Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 e x the ith measurement result e x the mean Ratio The Ratio measurement displays the ratio of the AC RMS voltages of two sources expressed in dB Press the Settings softkey to select the
281. on which is set according to the oscilloscope s horizontal time div scale sample rate number of samples time of acquisition For example when storing 50 us of data in 50 000 points of memory the actual sample rate is 1 GSa s Likewise when storing 50 ms of data in 50 000 points of memory the actual sample rate is 1 MSa s The actual sample rate is displayed in the right side information area The oscilloscope achieves the actual sample rate by throwing away decimating unneeded samples Selecting the Acquisition Mode When selecting the oscilloscope acquisition mode keep in mind that samples are normally decimated at slower time div settings At slower time div settings the effective sample rate drops and the effective sample period increases because the acquisition time increases and the oscilloscope s digitizer is sampling faster than is required to fill memory For example suppose an oscilloscope s digitizer has a sample period of 1 ns maximum sample rate of 1 GSa s and a 1 M memory depth At that rate memory is filled in 1 ms If the acquisition time is 100 ms 10 ms div only 1 of every 100 samples is needed to fill memory To select the acquisition mode 1 Press the Acquire key on the front panel 2 In the Acquire Menu press the Acq Mode softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the acquisition mode The InfiniiVision oscilloscopes have the following acquisition modes Agilent InfiniiVision 3
282. on page 299 License information is displayed with other oscilloscope information see To display oscilloscope information on page 309 For more information about the licenses and other oscilloscope options available see e Licensed Options Available on page 339 e Other Options Available on page 341 e Upgrading to an MSO on page 341 Licensed Options Available The following licensed options can be easily installed without returning the oscilloscope to a Service Center See data sheets for details Table 11 Licensed Options Available License Description After purchase model number notes ADVMATH Advanced Math Measurements Order DSOX3ADVMATH AERO MIL STD 1553 and ARINC 429 Serial Triggering and Order DSOX3AERO Analysis AUDIO Audio Serial Triggering and Analysis 12S Order DSOX3AUDIO AUTO Automotive Serial Triggering and Analysis CAN LIN Order DSOX3AUTO Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 339 22 Reference Table 11 Licensed Options Available continued License Description After purchase model number notes COMP Computer Serial Triggering and Analysis Order DSOX3COMP RS232 422 485 UART Provides trigger and decode capability for many UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter protocols including RS232 Recommended Standard 232 DVM Digital Voltmeter Order DSOXDVM Provides provides 3 digit voltage a
283. ontains the following sections Mask File Identifier Mask Title Mask Violation Regions Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 247 15 Mask Testing e Oscilloscope Setup Information Mask File The Mask File Identifier is MASK FILE_548XxX Identifier Mask Title The Mask Title is a string of ASCII characters Example autoMask CH1 OCT 03 09 40 26 2008 When a mask file contains the keyword autoMask in the title the edge of the mask is passing by definition Otherwise the edge of the mask is defined as a failure Mask Violation Regions 50 008 Trig d 2 00V Agilent on Region 1 Channels Region 2 Up to 8 regions can be defined for a mask They can be numbered 1 8 They can appear in any order in the msk file The numbering of the regions must go from top to bottom left to right An Automask file contains two special regions the region glued to the top of the display and the region that is glued to the bottom The top region is indicated by y values of MAX for the first and last points The bottom region is indicated by y values of MIN for the first and last points The top region must be the lowest numbered region in the file The bottom region must be the highest numbered region in the file 248 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Oscilloscope Setup Information Mask Testing 15 Region number 1 is the top mask region The vertices in Reg
284. ook for a trigger condition only after the idle time has past Press the Idle softkey and rotate the Entry knob to set an idle time Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 28 If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the UART RS232 signals may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal To display UART RS232 serial decode see UART RS232 Serial Decode on page 427 UART RS232 Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture UART RS232 signals see Setup for UART RS232 Signals on page 423 For UART RS232 triggering setup see UART RS232 Triggering on page 425 To set up UART RS232 serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Mode gnals us Co i etting z Lister Serial 1 UART AS232 w 2 Press Settings 3 In the UART RS232 Settings Menu press the Base softkey to select the base hex binary or ASCII in which decoded words are displayed Framing Reset UART off Counters When displaying words in ASCII the 7 bit ASCII format is used Valid ASCII characters are between 0x00 and Ox7F To display in ASCII you must select at least 7 bits in the Bus Configuration If ASCII is selected and the data exceeds Ox7F the data is displayed in hex Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 427
285. oom window for easier navigation of the decoded data See Also Interpreting CAN Decode on page 356 e CAN Totalizer on page 357 e Interpreting CAN Lister Data on page 358 e Searching for CAN Data in the Lister on page 359 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 355 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Interpreting CAN Decode 100 0 amp Stop CAN 963 Agilent Acquisition Missing Acknowledge red l E 1 Active Error Frame red _ CRC blue Channels Data white Ss Data Length Code blue _ lt Frame ID yellow _ VLD 000000000 0 0 UTIL 24 1 Serial Mode Signals Reset CA Lister Serial 1 CAN ad Counters gt e Frame ID appears in hex digits in yellow Frames of 11 or 29 bits are automatically detected e Remote frame RMT appears in green e Data length code DLC appears in blue for data frames and green for remote frames e Data bytes appear in hex digits in white for data frames e Cyclic redundancy check CRC appears in hex digits in blue when valid or in red to indicate that the oscilloscope s hardware decode calculated a CRC that is different from the incoming CRC data stream e Angled waveforms show an active bus inside a packet frame e Mid level blue lines show an idle bus Decoded text is truncated at the end of the associated frame when there is insufficient space within frame boundaries e Pink vertical bars indicate you need to
286. ope Setup on page 31 Some user settings are not changed when recalling the default setup Factory Default recalls the oscilloscope s factory default settings You must confirm the recall because there are no user settings that are left unchanged Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 Performing a Secure Erase 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 In the Save Recall Menu press Default Erase 3 In the Default menu press Secure Erase This performs a secure erase of all non volatile memory in compliance with National Industrial Security Program Operation Manual NISPOM Chapter 8 requirements You must confirm the secure erase and the oscilloscope will reboot when finished Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 287 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data 288 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo o e ee 19 o9 Print Screens To print the oscilloscope s display 289 To set up network printer connections 290 To specify the print options 292 To specify the palette option 293 You can print the complete display including the status line and softkeys to a USB printer or a network printer when the DSOXLAN LAN VGA module is installed The Print Configuration Menu is displayed when you press the Print key The print option soft
287. ope has been repaired Successfully passing Hardware Self Test does not guarantee 100 of the oscilloscope s functionality Hardware Self Test is designed to provide an 80 confidence level that the oscilloscope is operating properly Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 To perform front panel self test Pressing Utility gt Service gt Front Panel Self Test lets you test the front panel keys and knobs as well as the oscilloscope display Follow the on screen instructions To display oscilloscope information Press Help gt About Oscilloscope to display information about your oscilloscope e Model number e Serial number e Bandwidth e Module installed e Software version e Installed licenses See also Loading Licenses and Displaying License Information on page 339 To display the user calibration status Pressing Utility gt Service gt User Cal Status displays the summary results of the previous User Cal and the status of probe calibrations for probes that can be calibrated Note that passive probes do not need to be calibrated but InfiniiMax probes can be calibrated For more information about calibrating probes see To calibrate a probe on page 70 Results User Cal date Change in temperature since last User Cal Failure Comments Probe Cal Status To clean the oscilloscope Remove power from the instrument 2 Clean the external surfaces of the o
288. ope will trigger after the start address read write acknowledge and data events occur If don t care is selected OxXX or OxXXX for the address the address will be ignored The trigger will always occur on the 17th clock for 7 bit addressing or 26th clock for 10 bit addressing b Press the Data value softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the 8 bit data pattern on which to trigger You can select a data value in the range of 0x00 to OxFF hexadecimal The oscilloscope will trigger after the start address read write acknowledge and data events occur Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 381 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode If don t care OxXX is selected for data the data will be ignored The trigger will always occur on the 17th clock for 7 bit addressing or 26th clock for 10 bit addressing c If you have selected a three byte trigger press the Data2 value softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the 8 bit data pattern on which to trigger To display 12C serial decode see 12C Serial Decode on page 382 12C Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture I2C signals see Setup for I2C Signals on page 377 For 12C triggering setup see 12C Triggering on page 378 To set up I2C serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Serial Decode Me Signals Addr Size Lister ad 7 Bit atl 2 Choose 7 bit or 8 bit address size Use 8 bit address size t
289. or condition during a frame that is not followed by an active error flag Partial frames are not counted Counters The FRAMES counter gives the total number of completed remote data overload and active error frames e The OVLD counter gives the total number of completed overload frames and their percentage of the total number of frames e The ERR counter gives the total number of completed active error frames and their percentage of the total number of frames e The UTIL bus load indicator measures the percentage of time the bus is active The calculation is done on 330 ms periods approximately every 400 ms Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 357 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Example If a data frame contains an active error flag both the FRAMES counter and the ERR counter will be incremented If a data frame contains an error that is not an active error it is considered a partial frame and no counters are incremented Interpreting CAN Lister Data 3 9592 35 648 CAC Errors 00 01 02 03 04 Agilent 3 975ms O296A95D 2 143ms O7F 118 4us O7F 1 859ms_ OBD gt OBD 5 858ms 000 7 950ms 000 0296A95D O0296A95D Acquisition Normal 22 42 9A AG 9E x Channels OVO BS 00 Co EF 1 00 02 04 06 08 Zoom to Options Selection gt In addition to the standard Time column the CAN Lister contains these columns
290. or a stand alone computer 1 2 3 Press Utility gt 1 0 Press the LAN Settings softkey Press the Config softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Automatic and press the softkey again to enable it If your network supports DHCP or AutoIP enabling Automatic lets the oscilloscope use those services to get its LAN configuration settings Connect your PC to the oscilloscope using a cross over LAN cable such as Agilent part number 5061 0701 available on the web at www parts agilent com Cycle power on the oscilloscope Wait until the LAN connection is configured Press Utility gt 1 0 and wait until the LAN status shows configured Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 This may take a few minutes Now the instrument is connected and the instrument s web interface or remote control via LAN may be used File Explorer The File Explorer lets you navigate the oscilloscope s internal file system and the file systems of connected USB storage devices From the internal file system you can load oscilloscope setup files or mask files From a connected USB storage device you can load setup files mask files license files firmware update cab files label files etc Also you can delete files on a connected USB storage device The USB port on the front panel and the USB port on the rear panel labeled HOST are USB Series A receptacles These are the receptacles
291. or for adjusting analog filters To display a FFT waveform 1 Press the Math key press the Function softkey and select f t press the Operator softkey and select FFT f t FFT Ch1 Scale 20dB ffset 6 j FFT Resolution 763H2 Function Operator Source 1 Spa Center More FFT tit FFT 500kHz gt Source 1 selects the source for the FFT See To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation on page 75 for information about using g t as the source Span sets the overall width of the FFT spectrum that you see on the display left to right Divide span by 10 to calculate the number of Hertz per division It is possible to set Span above the maximum available frequency in which case the displayed spectrum will not take up the whole screen Press the Span softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the desired frequency span of the display Center sets the FFT spectrum frequency represented at the center vertical grid line of the display It is possible to set the Center to values below half the span or above the maximum available frequency in which case the displayed spectrum will not take up the whole screen Press the Center softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the desired center frequency of the display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 83 4 84 Math Waveforms Scale lets you set your own vertical scale factors for FFT expressed in dB div decibels division
292. ormation from where it was acquired Remember that you can only make automatic measurements on displayed data Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Horizontal Controls 2 To change the horizontal time mode Normal XY or Roll 1 Press Horiz 2 In the Horizontal Menu press Time Mode then select Normal the normal viewing mode for the oscilloscope In the Normal time mode signal events occurring before the trigger are plotted to the left of the trigger point W and signal events after the trigger plotted to the right of the trigger point XY XY mode changes the display from a volts versus time display to a volts versus volts display The time base is turned off Channel 1 amplitude is plotted on the X axis and Channel 2 amplitude is plotted on the Y axis You can use XY mode to compare frequency and phase relationships between two signals XY mode can also be used with transducers to display strain versus displacement flow versus pressure volts versus current or voltage versus frequency Use the cursors to make measurements on XY mode waveforms For more information about using XY mode for measurements refer to XY Time Mode on page 54 Roll causes the waveform to move slowly across the screen from right to left It only operates on time base settings of 50 ms div and slower If the current time base setting is faster than the 50 ms div limit it will be set to 50 ms div when Roll
293. ors Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee 13 6 Cursors To make cursor measurements 206 Cursor Examples 209 Cursors are horizontal and vertical markers that indicate X axis values and Y axis values on a selected waveform source You can use cursors to make custom voltage time phase or ratio measurements on oscilloscope signals Cursor information is displayed in the right side information area Cursors are not always limited to the visible display If you set a cursor then pan and zoom the waveform until the cursor is off screen its value will not be changed It will still be there when you return to its original location X cursors are vertical dashed lines that adjust horizontally and can be used to measure time s frequency 1 s phase and ratio The X1 cursor is the short dashed vertical line and the X2 cursor is the long dashed vertical line When used with the FFT math function as a source the X cursors indicate frequency In XY horizontal mode the X cursors display channel 1 values Volts or Amps The X1 and X2 cursor values for the selected waveform source are displayed in the softkey menu area The difference between X1 and X2 AX and 1 AX are displayed in the Cursors box in the right side information area a Agilent Technologies 205 13 Cursors Y Cursors Y cursors are horizontal dashed lines that adjust vertically and can be used to measure Volts o
294. oscilloscope can be configured to turn on a display screen saver when the oscilloscope has been idle for a specified length of time 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt Screen Saver to display the Screen Saver Menu Screen Saver Menu Saver Wait Logo 180min Preview 2 Press the Saver softkey to select the screen saver type The screen saver can be set to Off to display any of the images shown in the list or can display a user defined text string If User is selected press the Spell softkey to select the first character of the text string Use the Entry knob to choose a character Then press the Enter softkey to advance to the next character and repeat the process 302 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 You can use a connected USB keyboard instead of using the Spell and other character editing softkeys The resultant string is displayed in the Text line above the softkeys Text AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES Saver Wait User 180min Preview 3 Press the Wait softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the number of minutes to wait before the selected screen saver activates When you turn the Entry knob the number of minutes is displayed on the Wait softkey The default time is 180 minutes 3 hours 4 Press the Preview softkey to preview the screen saver you have selected with the Saver softkey 5 To view the normal display after the screen saver h
295. oscilloscope to capture MIL STD 1553 signals 1 Press Label to turn on labels 2 Press Serial Agilent Technologies 407 27 MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 408 Press the Serial softkey turn the Entry knob to select the desired slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 and press the softkey again to enable decode 4 Press the Mode softkey then select MIL STD 1553 decode mode 5 Press the Signals softkey to open the MIL STD 1553 Signals Menu MIL STD 1553 Signals Menu High Threshold Low Threshold 250m 250mV Press the Source softkey to select the channel connected to the MIL STD 1553 signal line The label for the MIL STD 1553 source channel is automatically set 7 Press the Back Up key to return to the Serial Decode Menu Press the Auto Setup softkey which performs these actions Sets the probe attenuation factor of the input Source channel to 10 1 Sets upper and lower thresholds to a voltage value equal to 1 3 division based on the current V div setting Turns off trigger noise reject Turns on Serial Decode Sets the trigger type to MIL 1553 If the upper and lower thresholds are not set correctly by Auto Setup press the Signals softkey to return to the MIL STD 1553 Signals Menu Then Press the High Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the high trigger threshold voltage level Press the Low Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the low trigger thre
296. oscope 29 Connect Probes to the Oscilloscope 30 A Maximum input voltage at analog inputs 30 Do not float the oscilloscope chassis 31 Inputa Waveform 31 Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup 31 Use Auto Scale 32 Compensate Passive Probes 34 Learn the Front Panel Controls and Connectors 35 Front Panel Overlays for Different Languages 42 Learn the Rear Panel Connectors 44 Learn the Oscilloscope Display 45 Access the Built In Quick Help 47 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 3 10 2 Horizontal Controls To adjust the horizontal time div scale 50 To adjust the horizontal delay position 51 Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions 52 To change the horizontal time mode Normal XY or Roll 53 XY Time Mode 54 To display the zoomed time base 56 To change the horizontal scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 58 To position the time reference left center right 58 Searching for Events 59 To set up searches 59 To copy search setups 60 Navigating the Time Base 60 To navigate time 61 To navigate search events 61 To navigate segments 62 3 Vertical Controls To turn waveforms on or off channel or math 64 To adjust the vertical scale 65 To adjust the vertical position 65 To specify channel coupling 65 To specify channel input impedance 66 To specify bandwidth limiting 67 To change the vertical scale knob s coarse fine adjustment setting 67 To invert a wav
297. oscope to auto trigger before that happens Before initiating the action in the circuit wait for the trigger condition indicator Trig d to flash this tells you the pre trigger buffer is filled See Also Forcing a Trigger on page 145 e To set the trigger holdoff on page 184 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 181 11 Trigger Mode Coupling e To position the time reference left center right on page 58 To select the trigger coupling 182 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 In the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu press the Coupling softkey then turn the Entry knob to select DC coupling allows DC and AC signals into the trigger path AC coupling places a 10 Hz high pass filter in the trigger path removing any DC offset voltage from the trigger waveform The high pass filter in the External Trigger input path is 50 Hz for all models Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your waveform has a large DC offset LF low frequency Reject coupling adds a high pass filter with the 3 dB point at 50 kHz in series with the trigger waveform 0 dB 3 dB down point Pass Band DC 50 kHz Low frequency reject removes any unwanted low frequency components from a trigger waveform such as power line frequencies etc that can interfere with proper triggering Use LF Reject coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your waveform has low frequency noise
298. oscope waits after a trigger before re arming the trigger circuitry Use the holdoff to trigger on repetitive waveforms that have multiple edges or other events between waveform repetitions You can also use holdoff to trigger on the first edge of a burst when you know the minimum time between bursts For example to get a stable trigger on the repetitive pulse burst shown below set the holdoff time to be gt 200 ns but lt 600 ns Holdoff Oscilloscope triggers here I gt gt gt gt gt ra p gt 200 ns 600 ns To set the trigger holdoff 1 Press the Mode Coupling key 2 In the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu press the Holdoff softkey then turn the Entry knob to increase or decrease the trigger holdoff time The correct holdoff setting is typically slightly less than one repetition of the waveform Set the holdoff to this time to generate a unique trigger point for a repetitive waveform Changing the time base settings does not affect the trigger holdoff time With Agilent s MegaZoom technology you can press Stop then pan and zoom through the data to find where the waveform repeats Measure this time using cursors then set the holdoff External Trigger Input 184 The external trigger input can be used as a source in several of the trigger types The external trigger BNC input is on the rear panel and is labeled EXT TRIG IN Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Se
299. out five seconds for the popup menu to disappear Or Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 207 13 Cursors 208 Press the Cursors softkey then turn the Entry knob The X1 X2 linked and Y1 Y2 linked selections let you adjust both cursors at the same time while the delta value remains the same This can be useful for example for checking pulse width variations in a pulse train The currently selected cursor s display brighter than the other cursors To change the cursor units press the Units softkey In the Cursor Units Menu Use X Cursors Y Units As 360 Base You can press the X Units softkey to select Seconds s Hz 1 s Phase when selected use the Use X Cursors softkey to set the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees Ratio when selected use the Use X Cursors softkey to set the current X1 location as 0 and the current X2 location as 100 You can press the Y Units softkey to select Base the same units used for the source waveform Ratio when selected use the Use Y Cursors softkey to set the current Y1 location as 0 and the current Y2 location as 100 For phase or ratio units once the 0 and 360 degree or 0 and 100 locations are set adjusting cursors will display measurements relative to the set locations 7 Adjust the selected cursor s by turning the Cursors knob Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series
300. pand the horizontal scale and run again to see decode Red dots in the decode line indicate that there is data that is not being displayed Scroll or expand the horizontal scale to view the information Unknown bus values undefined or error conditions are drawn in red If there is an error in the synch field SYNC will appear in red Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 e If the header exceeds the length specified in the standard THM will appear red e If the total frame count exceeds the length specified in the standard TFM will appear red LIN 1 3 only e For LIN 1 3 a wakeup signal is indicated by WAKE in blue If the wakeup signal is not followed by a valid wakeup delimiter a wakeup error is detected and displayed as WUP in red Interpreting LIN Lister Data 30 572 370 487 Stop 1 11 D Data Checksum Errors z 13 31ms 21 21 Agilent 2 759ms 12 01 7 798ms_ 30 A6 AA 90 AO A3 24 6C 18 35ms_ 21 90 A7 77 gt 12 00 08 39 46ms_ 30 53 55 48 DO 51 12 36 50 02ms 21 48 53 BB A Channels 60 57ms_ 12 00 BF 24 E8 28 89 1B Acquisition Lister Menu Display Zoom to Options S LIN Selection Se In addition to the standard Time column the LIN Lister contains these columns e ID frame ID e Data LIN 1 3 only data bytes e Checksum LIN 1 3 only e Data and Checksum LIN 2 0 only e Erro
301. play Their functions change as you navigate through the oscilloscope s menus For the following figure refer to the numbered descriptions in the table that follows Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 35 1 Getting Started 5 Tools keys 4 Entry knob 3 Intensity key 6 Trigger controls 7 Horizontal controls i 9 Default Setup key 7 10 Auto Scale key 11 Additional waveform controls 8 Run Control keys 12 Measure controls 2 Softkeys 1 Power switch 13 Waveform keys gt 14 File keys 15 Help key 21 Waveform 20 Digital 19 USB 18 Demo 2 Ground 17 Analog 16 Vertical controls generator channel Host and Demo 1 channel output inputs port terminals inputs 1 Power switch Press once to switch power on press again to switch power off See Power On the Oscilloscope on page 29 2 Softkeys The functions of these keys change based upon the menus shown on the display directly above the keys The O Back Up key moves up in the softkey menu hierarchy At the top of the hierarchy the Back Up key turns the menus off and oscilloscope information is shown instead 3 Intensity key Press the key to illuminate it When illuminated turn the Entry knob to adjust waveform intensity You can vary the intensity control to bring out signal detail much like an analog oscilloscope Digital channel waveform intens
302. point hollow inverted triangle V These reference points are indicated along the top of the display grid Figure 2 shows the trigger point with the delay time set to 200 us The delay time number tells you how far the time reference point is located from the trigger point When delay time is set to zero the delay time indicator overlays the time reference indicator All events displayed left of the trigger point happened before the trigger occurred These events are called pre trigger information and they show events that led up to the trigger point Everything to the right of the trigger point is called post trigger information The amount of delay range pre trigger and post trigger information available depends on the time div selected and memory depth The horizontal position knob works in the Normal time mode while acquisitions are running or when they are stopped When running adjusting the horizontal scale knob changes the sample rate When Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 51 2 Horizontal Controls stopped adjusting the horizontal scale knob lets you zoom into acquired data See Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions on page 52 Note that the horizontal position knob has a different purpose in the Zoom display See To display the zoomed time base on page 56 Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions 52 When the oscilloscope is stopped use the horizontal
303. present frequency components near DC FFT Aliasing When using FFTs it is important to be aware of frequency aliasing This requires that the operator have some knowledge as to what the frequency domain should contain and also consider the sampling rate frequency span and oscilloscope vertical bandwidth when making FFT measurements The FFT resolution the quotient of the sampling rate and the number of FFT points is displayed directly above the softkeys when the FFT Menu is displayed Nyquist Frequency and Aliasing in the Frequency Domain The Nyquist frequency is the highest frequency that any real time digitizing oscilloscope can acquire without aliasing This frequency is half of the sample rate Frequencies above the Nyquist frequency will be under sampled which causes aliasing The Nyquist frequency is also called the folding frequency because aliased frequency components fold back from that frequency when viewing the frequency domain Aliasing happens when there are frequency components in the signal higher than half the sample rate Because the FFT spectrum is limited by this frequency any higher components are displayed at a lower aliased frequency Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Math Waveforms 4 The following figure illustrates aliasing This is the spectrum of a 990 Hz square wave which has many harmonics The sample rate is set to 100 kSa s and the oscilloscope displays the spectrum
304. put signal is near full screen but not clipped e Use the Flat Top window e Set the FFT sensitivity to a sensitive range such as 2 dB division For best frequency accuracy on peaks e Use the Hanning window e Use Cursors to place an X cursor on the frequency of interest e Adjust frequency span for better cursor placement e Return to the Cursors Menu to fine tune the X cursor For more information on the use of FFTs please refer to Agilent Application Note 243 The Fundamentals of Signal Analysis at http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5952 8898E pdf Additional information can be obtained from Chapter 4 of the book Spectrum and Network Measurements by Robert A Witte Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 87 4 88 Math Waveforms FFT Units 0 dBV is the amplitude of a 1 Vrms sinusoid When the FFT source is channel 1 or channel 2 or channel 3 or 4 on 4 channel models FFT units will be displayed in dBV when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 1 MQ FFT units will be displayed in dBm when channel units is set to Volts and channel impedance is set to 50Q FFT units will be displayed as dB for all other FFT sources or when a source channel s units has been set to Amps FFT DC Value The FFT computation produces a DC value that is incorrect It does not take the offset at center screen into account The DC value is not corrected in order to accurately re
305. r Amps dependent on the channel Probe Units setting or they can measure ratios When math functions are used as a source the measurement units correspond to that math function The Y1 cursor is the short dashed horizontal line and the Y2 cursor is the long dashed horizontal line The Y cursors adjust vertically and typically indicate values relative to the waveform s ground point except math FFT where the values are relative to O dB In XY horizontal mode the Y cursors display channel 2 values Volts or Amps When active the Y1 and Y2 cursor values for the selected waveform source are displayed in the softkey menu area The difference between Y1 and Y2 AY is displayed in the Cursors box in the right side information area To make cursor measurements 206 1 Connect a signal to the oscilloscope and obtain a stable display 2 Press the Cursors key The Cursors box in the right side information area appears indicating that cursors are on Press the Cursors key again when you want to turn cursors off 3 In the Cursors Menu press Mode then select the desired mode Manual AX 1 AX and AY values are displayed AX is the difference between the X1 and X2 cursors and AY is the difference between the Yl and Y2 cursors Cursors Menu ode Source Cursors Units x1 ea Manual Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Cursors 13 Track Waveform As you move a marker horizont
306. rator 272 delay knob 51 Delay measurement 218 231 delay time indicator 59 delayed sweep 56 delete character 283 delete file 299 Demo 1 terminal 41 Demo 2 terminal 41 depth AM modulation 269 deviation FM modulation 270 DHCP 297 298 ifferential probes 336 ifferentiate math function 79 igit softkey 155 gital bus mode 114 gital channel controls 39 gital channel inputs 42 gital channel menu 112 gital channels 112 gital channels AutoScale 109 gital channels enabling 341 gital channels logic threshold 112 gital channels probing 117 gital channels size 111 gital display interpreting 110 igital key 39 gital probes 105 117 igital probes impedance 117 gital voltmeter DVM 253 isplay key 40 splay multiple acquisitions 188 splay area 46 splay interpreting 45 splay persistence 133 splay signal detail 131 splay softkey labels 47 splay status line 46 displayed channels AutoScale 303 distortion problems 83 Divide math function 77 DNS IP 297 Duty cycle measurement 230 duty cycle measurement trend 98 DVM digital voltmeter 253 DVM license 340 Dynamic DNS 297 E ECL threshold 113 edge speeds 192 edge then edge triggering 148 edge triggering 146 EDK license 340 EEPROM data read 12C trigger 379 either edge trigger 147 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide EMBD license 340 energy of a pulse
307. ress the Back Up key to return to the ARINC 429 Signals Menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 10 Press the Signal Type softkey and specify the signal type of the ARINC 429 signal Line A non inverted Line B inverted Differential A B 11 Press the Auto Setup softkey to automatically set these options for decoding and triggering on ARINC 429 signals High Trigger Threshold 3 0 V Low Trigger Threshold 3 0 V Noise Reject Off Probe Attenuation 10 0 Vertical Scale 4 V div Serial Decode On Base Hex Word Format Label SDI Data SSM Trigger currently active serial bus Trigger Mode Word Start 12 If the high and low thresholds are not set correctly by Auto Setup Press the High Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the high trigger threshold voltage level Press the Low Threshold softkey then turn the Entry knob to set the low trigger threshold voltage level The threshold voltage levels are used in decoding and will become the trigger levels when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot ARINC 429 Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture a ARINC 429 signal see Setup for ARINC 429 Signals on page 414 After setting up the oscilloscope to capture a ARINC 429 signal 1 Press Trigger Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 415 27 MIL STD 1553 ARI
308. ress the Time softkey and use the Entry knob to specify the amount of time that previous acquisitions are to be displayed The display will begin accumulating multiple acquisitions Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 133 Display Settings 3 To erase the results of previous acquisitions from the display press the Clear Persistence softkey The oscilloscope will start to accumulate acquisitions again To return the oscilloscope to the normal display mode turn off persistence then press the Clear Persistence softkey Turning off persistence does not clear the display The display is cleared if you press the Clear Display softkey or if you press the AutoScale key which also turns off persistence For another method of seeing worst case extremes of varying waveforms see Glitch or Narrow Pulse Capture on page 195 To clear the display 1 Press Display gt Clear Display You can also configure the Quick Action key to clear the display See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 To select the grid type 134 When the Video trigger type is selected see Video Trigger on page 163 and the vertical scaling of at least one displayed channel is 140 mV div the Grid softkey lets you select from these grid types Full the normal oscilloscope grid mV shows vertical grids labeled on the left from 0 3 V to 0 8 V IRE Institute of Radio Engineers shows vertica
309. ries Oscilloscopes User s Guide Trigger Mode Coupling 11 CAUTION A Maximum voltage at oscilloscope external trigger input CAT 300 Vrms 400 Vpk transient overvoltage 1 6 kVpk 1 M ohm input For steady state sinusoidal waveforms derate at 20 dB decade above 57 kHz to a minimum of 5 Vpk With N2863A 10 1 probe CAT I 600 V CAT II 300 V DC peak AC With 10073C or 10074C 10 1 probe CAT I 500 Vpk CAT II 400 Vpk The external trigger input impedance is 1M Ohm This lets you use passive probes for general purpose measurements The higher impedance minimizes the loading effect of the oscilloscope on the device under test To set the EXT TRIG IN units and probe attenuation 1 Press the Mode Coupling key in the Trigger section of the front panel Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu Mode Coupling Noise Rej HF Reject Holdoff External Auto DE 40 000ns a 2 In the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu press the External softkey External Trigger Menu 1 00 1 3 In the External Trigger Menu press the Units softkey to select between Volts for a voltage probe Amps for a current probe Measurement results channel sensitivity and the trigger level will reflect the measurement units you have selected 4 Press the Probe softkey then turn the entry knob to specify the probe attenuation The attenuation factor can be set from 0 1 1 to 1000 1 in a 1 2 5 sequence The probe attenuation factor must be set properly for me
310. rigger type CAN 353 trigger type edge 146 trigger type edge then edge 148 trigger type FlexRay 368 trigger type glitch 149 trigger type hex bus 155 trigger type 12C 378 trigger type 12S 400 trigger type LIN 361 trigger type MIL STD 1553 409 trigger type Nth edge burst 158 trigger type OR 155 trigger type pattern 152 trigger type pulse width 149 trigger type rise fall time 157 trigger type RS232 425 trigger type runt 160 trigger type setup and hold 162 trigger type slope 146 trigger type SPI 389 trigger type UART 425 trigger type USB 175 trigger type video 163 trigger types 143 trigger definition 144 trigger external 184 trigger forcing a 145 trigger general information 144 trigger holdoff 184 trigger mode coupling 179 trigger source 146 triggers TRIG OUT signal 305 TTL threshold 113 turn channel on 41 U UART totalizer 430 UART trigger 425 UART RS232 frame counter 430 UART RS232 license 340 UART RS232 serial decode 427 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index under sampled signals 189 units cursor 208 units external trigger probe 185 units math 75 76 units probe 69 updating software and firmware 341 upgrade files 327 upgrade options 339 upgrading the oscilloscope 341 upload new firmware 315 usb 301 USB device port 45 USB device port remote control 295 USB host port
311. rint Screens 294 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 20 Utility Settings 1 0 Interface Settings 295 Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection 296 File Explorer 299 Setting Oscilloscope Preferences 301 Setting the Oscilloscope s Clock 304 Setting the Rear Panel TRIG OUT Source 304 Performing Service Tasks 305 Configuring the Quick Action Key 311 Adding an Annotation 312 This chapter explains oscilloscope utility functions 1 0 Interface Settings The oscilloscope can be accessed and or controlled remotely via these I O interfaces e USB device port on the rear panel square shaped USB port e LAN interface when a LAN VGA module is installed in the rear panel module slot e GPIB interface when a GPIB module is installed in the rear panel module slot To configure the I O interfaces 1 On the oscilloscope s front panel press Utility 2 In the Utility Menu press 1 0 s Agilent Technologies 295 20 Utility Settings See Also 3 In the I O Menu press Configure LAN When a DSOXLAN LAN VGA module is installed you can use the LAN Settings and LAN Reset softkeys to configure the LAN interface See Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection on page 296 GPIB When a DSOXGPIB GPIB module is installed you can use the Address softkey to configure the GPIB address There are no configuration se
312. riods of signal inactivity Each segment is complete with all analog channel digital channel on MSO models and serial decode data When using segmented memory use the Analyze Segments feature see Measurements Statistics and Infinite Persistence with Segmented Memory on page 201 to show infinite persistence across all acquired segments See also To set or clear persistence on page 133 for details To acquireto 1 Set up a trigger condition See Chapter 10 Triggers starting on page segmented 143 for details memory N Press the Acquire key in the Waveform section of the front panel Press the Segmented softkey 4 In the Segmented Memory Menu press the Segmented softkey to enable segmented memory acquisitions 5 Press the of Segs softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the number of segments into which you would like to divide the oscilloscope s memory Memory can be divided into as few as two segments and as many as 1000 segments depending on the oscilloscope model 6 Press the Run or Single key The oscilloscope runs and fills a memory segment for each trigger event When the oscilloscope is busy acquiring multiple segments the progress is displayed in the upper right area of the display The oscilloscope continues to trigger until memory is filled then the oscilloscope stops If the signal you are measuring has more than about 1 s of inactivity consider selecting the Normal trigger mode to pre
313. rm keys The Acquire key lets you select Normal Peak Detect Averaging or High Resolution acquisition modes see Selecting the Acquisition Mode on page 193 and use segmented memory see Acquiring to Segmented Memory on page 199 The Display key lets you access the menu where you can enable persistence see To set or clear persistence on page 133 clear the display and adjust the display grid graticule intensity see To adjust the grid intensity on page 135 File keys Press the Save Recall key to save or recall a waveform or setup See Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 The Print key opens the Print Configuration Menu so you can print the displayed waveforms See Chapter 19 Print Screens starting on page 289 Help key Opens the Help Menu where you can display overview help topics and select the Language See also Access the Built In Quick Help on page 47 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Vertical controls The Vertical controls consist of e Analog channel on off keys Use these keys to switch a channel on or off or to access a channel s menu in the softkeys There is one channel on off key for each analog channel e Vertical scale knob There are knobs marked Ny N for each channel Use these knobs to change the vertical sensitivity gain of each analog chan
314. rmed on displayed data you affect the resolution of functions and measurements iE Agilent Technologies ai 14 Measurements To make automatic measurements 216 1 Press the Meas key to display the Measurement Menu Settings Clear Meas Statistics al gt 2 Press the Source softkey to select the channel running math function or reference waveform to be measured Only channels math functions or reference waveforms that are displayed are available for measurements If a portion of the waveform required for a measurement is not displayed or does not display enough resolution to make the measurement the result will display No Edges Clipped Low Signal lt value or gt value or a similar message to indicate that the measurement may not be reliable Press the Type softkey then rotate the Entry knob to select a measurement to be made Agilent Acquisition al Channels Measurements eriod gt TL Frequency ement Menu Source Type Add Settings Clear Meas Statistics Freq Measurement E a Ezg ES Pk PK 1 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 For more information on the types of measurements see Measurements Summary on page 217 4 The Settings softkey will be available to make additional measurement settings on some measurements 5 Press the Add Measurement softkey or push the Entry knob to display the measurement Cursors are turn
315. rn the Entry knob to set the LIN signal threshold voltage level to the middle of the LIN signal The threshold voltage level is used in decoding and it will become the trigger level when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot 8 Press the Baud Rate softkey to open the LIN Baud Rate Menu 9 Press the Baud softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the baud rate that matches match your LIN bus signal The default baud rate is 19 2 kb s If none of the pre defined selections match your LIN bus signal select User Defined then press the User Baud softkey and turn the Entry knob to enter the baud rate You can set the LIN baud rate from 2 4 kb s to 625 kb s in increments of 100 b s 10 Press the Back Up key to return to the LIN Signals Menu 11 Press the Sample Point softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the sample point at which the oscilloscope will sample the bit value 360 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 One Bit 12 Press the Standard softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the LIN standard you are measuring LIN 1 3 or LIN 2 0 For LIN 1 2 signals use the LIN 1 3 setting The LIN 1 3 setting assumes the signal follows the Table of Valid ID Values as shown in section A 2 of the LIN Specification dated December 12 2002 If your signal does not comply with the table use the LIN 2 0 setting 13 Press the Sy
316. rpreting the digital waveform display 110 To change the displayed size of the digital channels 111 To switch a single channel onoroff 112 To switch all digital channels on or off 112 To switch groups of channels on or off 112 To change the logic threshold for digital channels 112 To reposition a digital channel 113 To display digital channels as abus 114 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital channel signal fidelity Probe impedance and grounding 117 Input Impedance 118 Probe Grounding 120 Best Probing Practices 122 To replace digital probe leads 122 7 Serial Decode Serial Decode Options 125 Lister 126 Searching Lister Data 128 8 Display Settings To adjust waveform intensity 131 To set or clear persistence 133 To clear the display 134 To select the grid type 134 To adjust the grid intensity 135 To freeze the display 135 9 Labels To turn the label display on or off 137 To assign a predefined label to a channel 138 To define anew label 139 To load a list of labels from a text file you create 140 To reset the label library to the factory default 141 10 Triggers Adjusting the Trigger Level 145 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 13 14 Forcing a Trigger 145 Edge Trigger 146 Edge then Edge Trigger 148 Pulse Width Trigger 149 Pattern Trigger 152 Hex Bus Pattern Trigger 155 ORTrigger 155 Rise Fall Time Trigger 157 Nth Edge Burst Trigger 158 Runt Trig
317. rs NORDS 0000707471 ERRORS 00 Signals Word Format Lister L SDI D The totalizer is always running counting words and errors and is displayed whenever ARINC 429 decode is displayed The totalizer counts even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data Pressing the Run Stop key does not affect the totalizer When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset ARINC 429 Counters softkey in the decode Settings menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 Interpreting ARINC 429 Lister Data 1 00 1 745ms Agilent 1 381ms 23698 1 018ms 00041 Acquistion e 00002 10 00046 23698 00041 Channels 00002 Lister Menu Display Scroll Zoom to Options S ARINC 429 Lister Selection Zoom Te In addition to the standard Time column the ARINC 429 Lister contains these columns e Label the 5 bit label value in octal format e SDI the bit values if included in the word decode format e Data the data value in binary or hex depending on the base setting e SSM the bit values Gf included in the word decode format e Errors highlighted in red Errors can be Parity Word or Gap Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again
318. rs highlighted in red Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 365 23 CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode Searching for LIN Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of LIN data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With LIN selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the Search Menu press the Search softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the LIN signal is being decoded 3 Press Search then select from these options ID Finds frames with the specified ID Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID ID amp Data Finds frames with the specified ID and data Press the Frame ID softkey to select the ID Press the Bits softkey to enter the data value Errors Finds all errors For more information on searching data see Searching Lister Data on page 128 For more information on using the Navigate key and controls see Navigating the Time Base on page 60 366 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes A User s Guide u ee 24 FlexRay Triggering and Serial Decode Setup for FlexRay Signals 367 FlexRay
319. rs 76 math transforms 78 math visualizations 96 math 1 2 77 m m ath 1 2 77 ath addition 77 ath differentiate 79 ath divide 77 ath FFT 83 ath functions 73 ath integrate 80 ath multiply 77 ath offset 75 ath scale 75 ath subtract 77 ath transforms or filters on arithmetic operations 75 math units 75 76 math using waveform math 73 MATLAB binary data 343 Maximum measurement 221 maximum sample rate 193 Meas key 40 215 Measure controls 40 measure Quick Measure All 311 measurement category definitions 332 measurement definitions 217 measurement record 280 measurement statistics 238 measurement thresholds 236 measurement trend math function 97 measurement window with zoom display 238 easurements 217 easurements automatic 215 easurements delay 218 easurements overshoot 218 easurements phase 219 easurements preshoot 219 easurements time 227 easurements voltage 220 egaZoom IV 4 mem4M 340 memory depth and sample rate 193 memory segmented 199 menu line 46 MIL STD 1553 serial decode 410 MIL STD 1553 trigger 409 Minimum measurement 221 missing acknowledge condition 12C trigger 379 Mode Coupling key trigger 179 model number 309 315 Modify softkey 298 m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m z Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide modulation wavefor
320. rting on page 63 e Chapter 4 Math Waveforms starting on page 73 Chapter 5 Reference Waveforms starting on page 101 e Chapter 6 Digital Channels starting on page 105 Chapter 7 Serial Decode starting on page 125 e Chapter 8 Display Settings starting on page 131 e Chapter 9 Labels starting on page 137 When setting up triggers or changing Chapter 10 Triggers starting on page 143 how data is acquired see e Chapter 11 Trigger Mode Coupling starting on page 179 e Chapter 12 Acquisition Control starting on page 187 Making measurements and analyzing Chapter 13 Cursors starting on page 205 data e Chapter 14 Measurements starting on page 215 Chapter 15 Mask Testing starting on page 241 e Chapter 16 Digital Voltmeter starting on page 253 When using the built in license e Chapter 17 Waveform Generator starting on page enabled waveform generator see 257 When saving recalling or printing Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data see starting on page 273 Chapter 19 Print Screens starting on page 289 When using the oscilloscope s utility Chapter 20 Utility Settings starting on page 295 functions or web interface see e Chapter 21 Web Interface starting on page 315 6 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide For reference
321. rts replacement 122 passive probes 335 passive probes compensating 34 password network reset 329 password network setting 327 pattern trigger 152 pattern SPI trigger 390 PC connection 298 peak detect mode 193 194 195 Peak peak measurement 221 Period measurement 228 period measurement trend 97 persistence 133 persistence clearing 134 persistence infinite 188 Phase measurement 219 232 phase X cursor units 208 PNG file format 274 point to point connection 298 pollution degree 333 pollution degree definitions 334 Portuguese front panel overlays 43 Portuguese user interface and Quick Help 48 position digital channels 113 position knob 113 position analog 65 positive pulse width measurement trend 97 post processing 215 post trigger information 51 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Index Power App measurements 219 power consumption 29 power cord connector 44 power requirements 29 power supply 44 power switch 30 36 power on 29 pr edefined labels 138 Preshoot measurement 219 224 Press to go 283 300 pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr pr e trigger information 51 int 311 Print key 40 int options 292 int screen 289 int landscape 292 int Quick Print 311 inter USB 42 289 inting the display 289 obe attenuation 69 obe attenuati
322. s 169 254 254 254 Subnet Mask 255 255 248 0 Default Gateway 169 254 254 254 Domain name and name service settings DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Hostname a mx2024a 10029 a mx2024a 10029 Dynamic DNS ON OFF ON Multicast DNS ON OFF ON Agilent MSO X 2024A T TE Infiniivision US50210029 Agilent MSO X 2024A InfiniiVision Multicast DNS Description Other settings KeepAlive Timeout sec 1800 1800 Agilent MSO X 2024A US5021002 Enter Password Agilent password GPIB Address 7 Set to blank for factory default value When accessing the password protected oscilloscope the user name is the IP address of the oscilloscope Do one of these things to reset the password e Using the keys on the front panel of the oscilloscope press Utility gt 1 0 gt LAN Reset e Using the web browser select the Configure Network tab select Modify Configuration erase the Password and select Apply Changes Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 329 21 Web Interface 330 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 22 Reference Specifications and Characteristics 331 Measurement Category 331 Environmental Conditions 333 Probes and Accessories 334 Loading Licenses and Displaying License Information 339 Software a
323. s User s Guide Triggers 10 200 08 271V Agilent on Channels Alternating edge mode is useful when you want to trigger on both edges of a clock for example DDR signals Either edge mode is useful when you want to trigger on any activity of a selected source All modes operate up to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope except Either edge mode which has a limitation Either edge mode will trigger on Constant Wave signals up to 100 MHz but can trigger on isolated pulses down to 1 2 oscilloscope s bandwidth Using AutoScale The easiest way to set up an Edge trigger on a waveform is to use to Set Up Edge AutoScale Simply press the AutoScale key and the oscilloscope will Triggers attempt to trigger on the waveform using a simple Edge trigger type See Use Auto Scale on page 32 MegaZoom Technology Simplifies Triggering With the built in MegaZoom technology you can simply AutoScale the waveforms then stop the oscilloscope to capture a waveform You can then pan and zoom through the data using the Horizontal and Vertical knobs to find a stable trigger point AutoScale often produces a triggered display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 147 10 Triggers Edge then Edge Trigger The Edge then Edge trigger mode triggers when the Nth edge occurs after an arming edge and a delay period The arm and trigger edges can be specified as Rising or Falling edges on analog or digital chann
324. s detected When triggering on a frame ID and data To select the frame ID value press the Frame ID softkey and use the Entry knob Note that you can enter a don t care value for the frame ID and trigger on data values only To set up the number of data bytes and enter their values in hexadecimal or binary press the Bits softkey to open the LIN Bits Menu Data Hex of 00 o1 00 LIN Bits Menu Define Bytes Set all Nibs Data Hex 2 1 1 For details about using the LIN Bits Menu softkeys press and hold the softkey in question to display the built in help For LIN decode information see LIN Serial Decode on page 363 362 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 LIN Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture LIN signals see Setup for LIN Signals on page 359 For LIN triggering setup see LIN Triggering on page 361 To set up LIN serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu Signals Show Parity tll 2 Choose whether to include the parity bits in the identifier field a If you want to mask the upper two parity bits ensure that the box under the Show Parity softkey is not selected b If you want to include the parity bits in the identifier field ensure that the box under the Show Parity softkey is selected 3 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 4 If
325. scaling is set to 140 mV div Source channel offset is set to 245 mV Source channel is turned on Trigger type is set to Video Video trigger mode is set to AllLines but left unchanged if Standard is Generic Display Grid type is set to IRE when Standard is NTSC or mV see To select the grid type on page 134 Horizontal time division is set to 10 us div for NTSC PAL SECAM standards or 4 us div for EDTV or HDTV standards unchanged for Generic Horizontal delay is set so that trigger is at first horizontal division from the left unchanged for Generic You can also press Analyze gt Features and then select Video to quickly access the video triggering automatic set up and display options Press the Mode softkey to select the portion of the video signal that you would like to trigger on The Video trigger modes available are Field1 and Field2 Trigger on the rising edge of the first serration pulse of field 1 or field 2 interlaced standards only All Fields Trigger on the rising edge of the first pulse in the vertical sync interval AllLines Trigger on all horizontal sync pulses Line Trigger on the selected line number EDTV and HDTV standards only Line Field1 and Line Field2 Trigger on the selected line in field 1 or field 2 interlaced standards only Line Alternate Alternately trigger on the selected line in field 1 and field 2 NTSC PAL PAL M and SECAM only Agilent Infi
326. scilloscope with a soft cloth dampened with a mixture of mild detergent and water 3 Make sure that the instrument is completely dry before reconnecting it to a power source Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 309 20 Utility Settings To check warranty and extended services status To learn the warranty status of your oscilloscope 1 Point your web browser to www agilent com find warrantystatus 2 Enter your product s model number and serial number The system will search for the warranty status of your product and display the results If the system cannot find your product s warranty status select Contact Us and speak with an Agilent Technologies representative To contact Agilent Information on contacting Agilent Technologies can be found at www agilent com find contactus To return the instrument Before shipping the oscilloscope to Agilent Technologies contact your nearest Agilent Technologies sales or service office for additional details Information on contacting Agilent Technologies can be found at www agilent com find contactus 1 Write the following information on a tag and attach it to the oscilloscope Name and address of owner Model number Serial number Description of service required or failure indication 2 Remove accessories from the oscilloscope Only return accessories to Agilent Technologies if they are associated with the failure symptoms 3 Package the oscilloscope
327. screen SPI Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture SPI signals see Setup for SPI Signals on page 386 After the oscilloscope has been set up to capture SPI signals you can then trigger on a data pattern that occurs at the start of a frame The serial data string can be specified to be from 4 to 32 bits long When you select the SPI trigger type and Display Info is enabled a graphic is displayed showing the current state of the frame signal clock slope number of data bits and data bit values 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the SPI signals are being decoded Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 389 25 12C SPI Triggering and Serial Decode Trigger Menu Trigger Trigger Setup Display Info 5 SPI gt 3 Press the Trigger Setup softkey to open the SPI Trigger Setup Menu SPI Trigger Setup Menu Set all Bits Display Info 0 4 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the trigger condition Master Out Slave In MOSI Data for triggering on the MOSI data signal Master In Slave Out MISO Data for triggering on the MISO data signal 5 Press the Bits softkey and turn the Entry knob to set the number of bits Bits in the serial data string The number of bits in the string can be set anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits The
328. sed by good probing practices Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 117 118 Digital Channels Input Impedance The logic probes are passive probes which offer high input impedance and high bandwidths They usually provide some attenuation of the signal to the oscilloscope typically 20 dB Passive probe input impedance is generally specified in terms of a parallel capacitance and resistance The resistance is the sum of the tip resistor value and the input resistance of the test instrument see the following figure The capacitance is the series combination of the tip compensating capacitor and the cable plus instrument capacitance in parallel with the stray tip capacitance to ground While this results in an input impedance specification that is an accurate model for DC and low frequencies the high frequency model of the probe input is more useful see the following figure This high frequency model takes into account pure tip capacitance to ground as well as series tip resistance and the cable s characteristic impedance Z 8 5 pF 100 kQ Figure 21 DC and Low Frequency Probe Equivalent Circuit Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 250 Q 7 5 pF 1 pF 100 kQ 150 Q Figure 22 High Frequency Probe Equivalent Circuit The impedance plots for the two models are shown in these figures By comparing the two plots you can see that both the series tip re
329. ser for communication and control of the oscilloscope Other Web browsers may work but are not guaranteed to work with the oscilloscope The Web browser must be Java enabled with Sun Microsystems Java Plug in Before you can use the web interface you must place the oscilloscope on the network and set up its LAN connection Accessing the Web Interface To access the oscilloscope s web interface 1 Connect the oscilloscope to your LAN see To establish a LAN connection on page 297 or establish a point to point connection see Stand alone Point to Point Connection to a PC on page 298 It is possible to use a point to point connection but using a normal LAN connection is the preferred method 2 Type the oscilloscope s hostname or IP address in the web browser The oscilloscope s web interface Welcome Page is displayed 316 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface 21 Support Products Agilent Site a Another web enabled instrument Agilent Technologies KOEIE Eeee Welcome to your Web Enabled Oscilloscope MSO X 2024A Information about this Web Enabled Instrument Instrument MSO X 2024A Oscilloscope Serial Number US50210029 Description Agilent MSO X 2024A US50210029 Hostname a mx2024a 10029 cos agilent com IP Address 130 29 70 169 VISA TCP IP Connect String TCPIPO a mx2024a 10029 INSTR id Advanced information Identification off Oon Use the navigation
330. ser s Guide 189 12 Acquisition Control Oscilloscope Bandwidth and Sample Rate An oscilloscope s bandwidth is typically described as the lowest frequency at which input signal sine waves are attenuated by 3 dB 30 amplitude error At the oscilloscope bandwidth sampling theory says the required sample rate is fg 2fpw However the theory assumes there are no frequency components above fmax pw in this case and it requires a system with an ideal brick wall frequency response lt __ Attenuation fN fs Freq u en C Yom Figure 34 Theoretical Brick Wall Frequency Response However digital signals have frequency components above the fundamental frequency square waves are made up of sine waves at the fundamental frequency and an infinite number of odd harmonics and typically for 500 MHz bandwidths and below oscilloscopes have a Gaussian frequency response 190 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 i Aliased frequency i components gt lt Attenuation Frequency Limiting oscilloscope bandwidth faw to 1 4 the sample rate fs 4 reduces frequency components above the Nyquist frequency fn Figure 35 Sample Rate and Oscilloscope Bandwidth So in practice an oscilloscope s sample rate should be four or more times its bandwidth fy 4fpw This way there is less aliasing and aliased frequency components have a greater amount of attenua
331. serial clock 12S trigger 398 serial data 377 serial data 12C trigger 378 serial decode controls 39 Serial key 39 serial number 309 315 service functions 305 Set all Digits softkey 155 setup and hold triggering 162 setup files saving 275 setup automatic 109 setup default 31 setups recall 284 SGM 199 SGM license 340 shipping damage 25 shipping precautions 310 Sigma minimum 244 Simple Remote Front Panel 319 Simplified Chinese front panel overlays 43 Simplified Chinese user interface and Quick Help 48 sinc waveform generator output 259 sine waveform generator output 259 single acquisition 38 Single key 187 single ended active probes 335 single shot acquisitions 181 single shot events 187 size 111 skew analog channel 70 slope trigger 146 Snapshot All measurements 219 snapshot all quick action 311 softkey labels 47 softkeys 7 36 software updates 341 software version 309 Span FFT 83 Spanish front panel overlays 43 Spanish user interface and Quick Help 48 specifications 331 spectral leakage FFT 89 SPI serial decode 391 SPI trigger 389 square math function 91 square root 90 square waveform generator output 259 square waves 190 stand alone connection 298 start acquisition 38 start condition 12C 379 state logic bus chart 99 statistics increment 240 statistics mask test 246 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series
332. set to 1000 and you are displaying a record that is 5000 data points in length four of each five data points will be decimated creating an output file 1000 data points in length When saving waveform data the save times depend on the chosen format Data File Format Save Times BIN ALB fastest ASCII XY medium CSV slowest See Also Binary Data bin Format on page 342 e CSV and ASCII XY files on page 348 e Minimum and Maximum Values in CSV Files on page 349 280 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Save Recall Setups Screens Data 18 To save Lister data files Lister data files can be saved to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format then turn the Entry knob to select Lister data file 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Press the Settings softkey In the File Settings Menu you have these softkeys and options Setup Info when enabled setup information vertical horizontal trigger acquisition math and display settings is also saved in a separate file with a TXT extension 4 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed To save reference waveform files to a USB storage device Press the Save Recall key 2 In the Save Recall Menu press t
333. shold voltage level The threshold voltage levels are used in decoding and will become the trigger levels when the trigger type is set to the selected serial decode slot Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide MIL STD 1553 ARINC 429 Triggering and Serial Decode 27 MIL STD 1553 Triggering To set up the oscilloscope to capture a MIL STD 1553 signal see Setup for MIL STD 1553 Signals on page 407 To set up a MIL STD 1553 trigger 1 Press Trigger 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the serial slot Serial 1 or Serial 2 on which the MIL STD 1553 signal is being decoded Bit Times 11110 00100 Trigger Trigger Bit Time g S MIL 1553 PTA Bits 3 Press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select the trigger condition Data Word Start triggers on the start of a Data word at the end of a valid Data Sync pulse Data Word Stop triggers on the end of a Data word Command Status Word Start triggers on the start of Command Status word at the end of a valid C S Sync pulse Command Status Word Stop triggers on the end of a Command Status word Remote Terminal Address triggers if the RTA of the Command Status word matches the specified value When this option is selected the RTA softkey becomes available and lets you select the hex Remote Terminal Address value to trigger on If you select OxXX don t
334. sing the X at Max Y measurement The following FFT spectrum was obtained by connecting a 4 V 75 kHz square wave to channel 1 Set the horizontal scale to 50 us div vertical sensitivity to 1 V div Units div to 20 dBV Offset to 60 0 dBV Center frequency to 250 kHz frequency Span to 500 kHz and window to Hanning Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 85 4 Math Waveforms Agilent ition Channels 1 ai A A f fay AA mi j fi Measurements Wh Wall Thy TARIN UAA Pt 4 d ai fe S N Ni They fal i yi li A yh ny Freq 1 Pk Pk 1 74 63kHz tit FFT Ch1 Scale 20dB fset 60 OO0dBY FFT Resolution 763Hz Window Vertical Units Hanning Decibels Auto Setup See Also To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation on page 75 e FFT Measurement Hints on page 86 e FFT Units on page 88 e FFT DC Value on page 88 e FFT Aliasing on page 88 e FFT Spectral Leakage on page 89 e Units for Math Waveforms on page 76 FFT Measurement Hints The number of points acquired for the FFT record can be up to 65 536 and when frequency span is at maximum all points are displayed Once the FFT spectrum is displayed the frequency span and center frequency controls are used much like the controls of a spectrum analyzer to examine the frequency of interest in greater detail Place the desired part of the waveform at the center of the screen and decrease frequen
335. sistor and the cable s characteristic impedance extend the input impedance significantly The stray tip capacitance which is generally small 1 pF sets the final break point on the impedance chart Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 119 120 Digital Channels 100 k 10k High Frequency Model oO 1k Typical 100 Model 10 1 10kHz 100kHz 1MHz 10MHz 100 MHz 1 GHz Frequency Figure 23 Impedance versus Frequency for Both Probe Circuit Models The logic probes are represented by the high frequency circuit model shown above They are designed to provide as much series tip resistance as possible Stray tip capacitance to ground is minimized by the proper mechanical design of the probe tip assembly This provides the maximum input impedance at high frequencies Probe Grounding A probe ground is the low impedance path for current to return to the source from the probe Increased length in this path will at high frequencies create large common mode voltages at the probe input The voltage generated behaves as if this path were an inductor according to the equation pai voi Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 Increasing the ground inductance L increasing the current di or decreasing the transition time dt will all result in increasing the voltage V When this voltage exceeds the threshold voltage defined in th
336. sive Probes on page 34 If you do not see the waveform make sure the probe is connected securely to the front panel channel input BNC and to the left side Demo 2 Probe Comp terminal How AutoScale Auto Scale analyzes any waveforms present at each channel and at the Works external trigger input This includes the digital channels if connected Auto Scale finds turns on and scales any channel with a repetitive waveform that has a frequency of at least 25 Hz a duty cycle greater than 0 5 and an amplitude of at least 10 mV peak to peak Any channels that do not meet these requirements are turned off Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 33 1 Getting Started The trigger source is selected by looking for the first valid waveform starting with external trigger then continuing with the lowest number analog channel up to the highest number analog channel and finally if digital probes are connected the highest number digital channel During Auto Scale the delay is set to 0 0 seconds the horizontal time div sweep speed setting is a function of the input signal about 2 periods of the triggered signal on the screen and the triggering mode is set to Edge Compensate Passive Probes Each oscilloscope passive probe must be compensated to match the input characteristics of the oscilloscope channel to which it is connected A poorly compensated probe can introduce significant measurement errors 1 Input t
337. sk and the mask appears to cover the entire screen Mask Setup check the Y and X settings in the Automask Menu If these are set to zero the resulting mask will be extremely tight around the waveform If you press Create Mask and it appears that no mask was created check the Y and X settings They may be set so large that the mask is not visible Mask Test Setup Options From the Mask Test Menu press the Setup softkey to enter the Mask Setup Menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 243 15 Mask Testing 244 Run Until The Run Until softkey lets you specify a condition on which to terminate testing Forever The oscilloscope runs continuously However if an error occurs the action specified using the On Error softkey will occur Minimum of Tests Choose this option and then use the of Tests softkey to select the number of times the oscilloscope will trigger display the waveform s and compare them to the mask The oscilloscope will stop after the specified number of tests have been completed The specified minimum number of tests may be exceeded If an error occurs the action specified using the On Error softkey will occur The actual number of tests completed is displayed above the softkeys Minimum Time Choose this option and then use the Test Time softkey to select how long the oscilloscope will run When the selected time has passed the oscilloscope will stop Th
338. ss the Turn off or Turn on softkey for the D15 D8 group or the D7 D0 group Each time you press the softkey the softkey s mode toggles between Turn on and Turn off To change the logic threshold for digital channels 1 Press the Digital key so that the Digital Channel Menu is displayed 2 Press the Thresholds softkey 112 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Digital Channels 6 3 Press the D15 D8 or D7 DO softkey then select a logic family preset or select User to define your own threshold Logic family Threshold Voltage TTL 1 44 V CMOS 2 55 V ECL 1 3 V User Variable from 8 V to 8 V The threshold you set applies to all channels within the selected D15 D8 or D7 DO group Each of the two channel groups can be set to a different threshold if desired Values greater than the set threshold are high 1 and values less than the set threshold are low 0 If the Thresholds softkey is set to User press the User softkey for the channel group then turn the Entry knob to set the logic threshold There is one User softkey for each group of channels To reposition a digital channel 1 Make sure the multiplexed scale and position knobs to the right of the key are selected for digital channels If the arrow to the left of the Digital key is not illuminated press the key Use the multiplexed Select knob to select the channel The selected waveform is highligh
339. storage locations on page 282 3 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful is displayed Setup files have the extension SCP These extensions appear when using the File Explorer see File Explorer on page 299 but they do not appear when using the Recall Menu To save BMP or PNG image files Image files can be saved to an external USB storage device 1 Press Save Recall gt Save gt Format then turn the Entry knob to select 8 bit Bitmap image bmp 24 bit Bitmap image bmp or 24 bit image png Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 275 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data 276 See Also 2 Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the save location See To navigate storage locations on page 282 3 Press the Settings softkey In the File Settings Menu you have these softkeys and options Setup Info setup information vertical horizontal trigger acquisition math and display settings is also saved in a separate file with a TXT extension Invert Grat the graticule in the image file has a white background instead of the black backgound that appears on screen SaS Graticule Not Inverted Graticule Inverted Palette lets you choose between Color or Grayscale images 4 Finally press the Press to Save softkey A message indicating whether the save was successful
340. t For information regarding digital bus display when Pattern triggering see Bus values are displayed when using Pattern trigger on page 116 OR Trigger The OR trigger mode triggers when any one or more of the specified edges on analog or digital channels is found Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 155 10 Triggers 156 1 On the front panel in the Trigger section press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey and use the Entry knob to select OR 3 Press the Slope softkey and select rising edge falling edge either edge or don t care The selected slope is displayed in the upper right corner of the display 4 For each analog or digital channel you want to include in the OR trigger press the Channel softkey to select the channel As you press the Channel softkey or rotate the Entry knob the channel you select is highlighted in the OR line directly above the softkeys and in the upper right corner of the display next to the OR gate symbol Adjust the trigger level for the selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level for digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display For each channel you select press the Slope softkey and select x Rising Y Falling t Either or X Don t Care The s
341. t center or ground When you change a channel s volts division setting the waveform display can be set to expand or compress about the signal ground level or the center of the display To set the waveform expansion reference point 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences gt Expand and select Ground The displayed waveform will expand about the position of the channel s ground This is the default setting The ground level of the signal is identified by the position of the ground level gt icon at the far left side of the display The ground level will not move when you adjust the vertical sensitivity volts division control Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 301 20 Utility Settings If the ground level is off screen the waveform will expand about the top or bottom edge of the screen based on where the ground is off screen Center The displayed waveform will expand about the center of the display To disable enable transparent backgrounds There is a preference setting for whether measurements statistics reference waveform information and other text displays have transparent or solid backgrounds 1 Press Utility gt Options gt Preferences 2 Press Transparent to toggle between transparent and solid text display backgrounds To load the default label library See To reset the label library to the factory default on page 141 To set up the screen saver The
342. t and provides data headers that describe that data Because the data is in binary format the size of the file is approximately 5 times smaller than the ASCII XY format If more than one source is on all displayed sources will be saved except math functions When using segmented memory each segment is treated as a separate waveform All segments for a channel are saved then all segments of the next higher numbered channel are saved This continues until all displayed channels are saved When the oscilloscope is in the Peak Detect acquisition mode the minimum and maximum value waveform data points are saved to the file in separate waveform buffers The minimum value data points are saved first then the maximum value data points are saved When saving all segments each segment has its own waveform header see Binary Header Format on page 343 In BIN file format data are presented as follows e Channel 1 data all segments e Channel 2 data all segments e Channel 3 data all segments e Channel 4 data all segments e Digital channel data all segments e Math waveform data all segments When not saving all segments the number of waveforms is equivalent to the number of active channels including math and digital channels with up to seven waveforms for each digital pod When saving all segments the number of waveforms is equal to the number of active channels multiplied by the number of segments acquired Ag
343. t erased It is re scaled to the vertical gain and offset settings of the channel to which it is assigned To create a new mask for the selected source channel go back up in the menu hierarchy then press Automask and press Create Mask The Source softkey in the Mask Setup Menu is the same as the Source softkey in the Automask Menu Test All When enabled all displayed analog channels are included in the mask test When disabled just the selected source channel is included in the test Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 245 15 Mask Testing Mask Statistics From the Mask Test Menu press the Statistics softkey to enter the Mask Statistics Menu Agilent Acquisition i Channels Show Stats When you enable Show Statistics the following information is displayed Current mask name of mask Channel number date and time of Tests total number of mask tests executed Status Passing Failing or Untested e Accumulated test time in hours minutes seconds and tenths of seconds And for each analog channel Number of failures acquisitions in which the signal excursion went beyond the mask e Failure rate percentage of failures Sigma the ratio of process sigma to maximum achievable sigma based on number of waveforms tested 246 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Mask Testing 15 Reset Statistics Note tha
344. t lets you trigger on ID or data values use the Bits softkey and the CAN Bits Menu to specify those values For details about using the CAN Bits Menu softkeys press and hold the softkey in question to display the built in help You can use the Zoom mode for easier navigation of the decoded data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the CAN signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is Auto Triggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide CAN LIN Triggering and Serial Decode 23 To display CAN serial decode see CAN Serial Decode on page 355 CAN Serial Decode To set up the oscilloscope to capture CAN signals see Setup for CAN Signals on page 351 For CAN triggering set up see CAN Triggering on page 353 To set up CAN serial decode 1 Press Serial to display the Serial Decode Menu 0000 0 0 Yo UTIL 24 0 Signals Reset CAN ae Counters 2 If the decode line does not appear on the display press the Serial key to turn it on 3 If the oscilloscope is stopped press the Run Stop key to acquire and decode data If the setup does not produce a stable trigger the CAN signal may be slow enough that the oscilloscope is AutoTriggering Press the Mode Coupling key then press the Mode softkey to set the trigger mode from Auto to Normal You can use the horizontal Z
345. t statistics are also reset when Mask Test is switched on after being switched off Clear Mask softkey is pressed e An Automask is created Additionally the accumulated time counter is reset whenever the oscilloscope is run after the acquisition was stopped Transparent Enable Transparent mode to write measurement values and statistics on the screen without a background Disable the Transparent mode to show them with a gray background The Transparent setting affects mask test statistics measurement statistics and reference waveform information display Clear Display Clears acquisition data from the oscilloscope display To manually modify a mask file You can manually modify a mask file that you created using the Automask function 1 ao oO FF O N 8 9 Follow the steps 1 7 in To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask on page 241 Do not clear the mask after creating it Attach a USB mass storage device to the oscilloscope Press the Save Recall key Press the Save softkey Press the Format softkey and select Mask Press the second softkey and select a destination folder on your USB mass storage device Press the Press to Save softkey This creates an ASCII text file that describes the mask Remove the USB mass storage device and connect it to a PC Open the msk file your created using a text editor such as Wordpad 10 Edit save and close the file The mask file c
346. ted in red Use the multiplexed Position knob to move the selected channel waveform If a channel waveform is repositioned over another channel waveform the indicator at the left edge of the trace will change from Dnn designation where nn is a one or two digit channel number to D The indicates that two channels are overlaid Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 113 6 Digital Channels To display digital channels as a bus Digital channels may be grouped and displayed as a bus with each bus value displayed at the bottom of the display in hex or binary You can create up to two buses To configure and display each bus press the Digital key on the front panel Then press the Bus softkey Digital Channel Menu Ds ttt ttt D es ee D E Channel Turn off Thresholds Bus 4 D7 DO E s p S Next select a bus Rotate the Entry knob then press the Entry knob or the Bus1 Bus2 softkey to switch it on Use the Channel softkey and the Entry knob to select individual channels to be included in the bus You can rotate the Entry knob and push it or push the softkey to select channels You can also press the Select Deselect D15 D8 and Select Deselect D7 D0 softkeys to include or exclude groups of eight channels in each bus Digital Bus Menu Ds ttt ttt D Bus Channel Select Deselect Base Bust D15 D8 D7 DO Hex If the bus display is blank completely white or if the display includes you
347. ted menu 46 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 Softkey labels These labels describe softkey functions Typically softkeys let you set up additional parameters for the selected mode or menu Pressing the Back Up key at the top of the menu hierarchy turns off softkey labels and displays additional status information describing channel offset and other configuration parameters Access the Built In Quick Help To view Quick 1 Press and hold the key or softkey for which you would like to view Help help Agilent Acquisition uick Hel Sue p gt 5 BEME message _ sak Detect helb alahas e T is Fast Debug Channels All Normal Press and hold front panel key or softkey or right click softkey when using web browser remote front panel Quick Help remains on the screen until another key is pressed or a knob is turned Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 47 1 Getting Started To select the user To select the user interface and Quick Help language interface and Quick Help language 1 Press Help then press the Language softkey 2 Repeatedly press and release the Language softkey or rotate the Entry knob until the desired language is selected The following languages are available English French German Italian Japanese Korean Portuguese Russian Simplified Chinese Spanish and Traditional Chinese 48 Agilent In
348. the Horizontal Menu where you can select XY and Roll modes enable or disable Zoom enable or disable horizontal time division fine adjustment and select the trigger time reference point Zoom key Press the zoom key to split the oscilloscope display into Normal and Zoom sections without opening the Horizontal Menu Search key Lets you search for events in the acquired data Navigate keys Press this key to navigate through captured data Time search events or segmented memory acquisitions See Navigating the Time Base on page 60 For more information see Chapter 2 Horizontal Controls starting on page 49 8 Run Control keys When the Run Stop key is green the oscilloscope is running that is acquiring data when trigger conditions are met To stop acquiring data press Run Stop When the Run Stop key is red data acquisition is stopped To start acquiring data press Run Stop To capture and display a single acquisition whether the oscilloscope is running or stopped press Single The Single key is yellow until the oscilloscope triggers For more information see Running Stopping and Making Single Acquisitions Run Control on page 187 9 Default Setup key 38 Press this key to restore the oscilloscope s default settings details on Recall the Default Oscilloscope Setup on page 31 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Gu
349. the connected probe Channel 1 Probe Menu 1 00 1 Units Probe Probe Volts 1 00 1 0 0s Check The Channel Probe Menu changes depending on the type of probe connected Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Vertical Controls 3 For passive probes such as the N2862A B N2863A B N2889A N2890A 10073C 10074C or 1165A probes the Probe Check softkey appears it guides you through the process of compensating probes For some active probes such as InfiniiMax probes the oscilloscope can accurately calibrate its analog channels for the probe When you connect a probe that can be calibrated the Calibrate Probe softkey appears and the probe attenuation softkey may change See To calibrate a probe on page 70 See Also To specify the channel units on page 69 e To specify the probe attenuation on page 69 e To specify the probe skew on page 70 To specify the channel units 1 Press the probe s associated channel key 2 In the Channel Menu press Probe 3 In the Channel Probe Menu press Units then select Volts for a voltage probe Amps for a current probe Channel sensitivity trigger level measurement results and math functions will reflect the measurement units you have selected To specify the probe attenuation This is set automatically if the oscilloscope can identify the connected probe See Analog channel inputs see page 41 The probe attenuation factor must be s
350. the file 0 Unknown e 1 Normal 2 Peak Detect e 3 Average 4 Notused in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes e 5 Notused in InfiniiVision oscilloscopes e 6 Logic Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 343 22 Reference 344 Number of A 32 bit integer that is the number of waveform buffers required to read the Waveform data Buffers Points A 32 bit integer that is the number of waveform points in the data Count A 32 bit integer that is the number of hits at each time bucket in the waveform record when the waveform was created using an acquisition mode like averaging For example when averaging a count of four would mean every waveform data point in the waveform record has been averaged at least four times The default value is 0 X Display Range A 32 bit float that is the X axis duration of the waveform that is displayed For time domain waveforms it is the duration of time across the display If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Display Origin A 64 bit double that is the X axis value at the left edge of the display For time domain waveforms it is the time at the start of the display This value is treated as a double precision 64 bit floating point number If the value is zero then no data has been acquired X Increment A 64 bit double that is the duration between data points on the X axis For time domain waveforms this is the
351. ther to check pulse width variations Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 213 13 Cursors 214 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide J ee 14 Measurements amp To make automatic measurements 216 Measurements Summary 217 Voltage Measurements 220 Time Measurements 227 Count Measurements 234 Mixed Measurements 235 Measurement Thresholds 236 Measurement Window with Zoom Display 238 Measurement Statistics 238 The Meas key lets you make automatic measurements on waveforms Some measurements can only be made on analog input channels The results of the last four selected measurements are displayed in the Measurements information area on the right hand side of the screen Cursors are turned on to show the portion of the waveform being measured for the most recently selected measurement bottom most on the right side measurement area Post Acquisition Processing In addition to changing display parameters after the acquisition you can perform all of the measurements and math functions after the acquisition Measurements and math functions will be recalculated as you pan and zoom and turn channels on and off As you zoom in and out on a signal using the horizontal scale knob and vertical volts division knob you affect the resolution of the display Because measurements and math functions are perfo
352. this applies to MSO model oscilloscopes only Press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set an appropriate threshold level for the digital channels The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display With serial decode option licenses see Serial Decode Options on page 125 you can enable serial trigger types To set up these triggers see ARINC 429 Triggering on page 415 CAN Triggering on page 353 FlexRay Triggering on page 368 I2C Triggering on page 378 12S Triggering on page 400 LIN Triggering on page 361 MIL STD 1553 Triggering on page 409 SPI Triggering on page 389 UART RS232 Triggering on page 425 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 177 10 Triggers 178 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Noisy Signals Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee 11 Trigger Mode Coupling To select the Auto or Normal trigger mode 180 To select the trigger coupling 182 To enable or disable trigger noise rejection 183 To enable or disable trigger HF Reject 183 To set the trigger holdoff 184 External Trigger Input 184 To access the Trigger Mode and Coupling Menu e In the Trigger section of the front panel press the Mode Coupling key Noise Rej HF Reject oldo External If the signal you are probing is noisy you can set up the oscilloscope to reduce t
353. tility Settings 20 gt _ press this softkey to enter characters and move the cursor to the previous character position Delete Character press the or softkeys until the desired character is highlighted then press this softkey to delete the character You can use a connected USB keyboard instead of using the Spell and other character editing softkeys Use the Clear softkey to delete all annotation characters Press OK to save the annotation edits 6 Press the Text Color softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the annotation color You can choose white red or colors that match analog channels digital channels math waveforms reference waveforms or markers 7 Press the Background softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the annotation background Opaque the annotation has a solid background Inverted the annotation s foreground and background colors are switched Transparent the annotation has a transparent background Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 313 20 Utility Settings 1 5005 500 08 1 70V Channels Annotation Menu Annotation Text Color Background Inverted See Also To save BMP or PNG image files on page 275 e To print the oscilloscope s display on page 289 314 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee 21 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Web Interface Accessing the We
354. tio on page 227 Peak Peak The peak to peak value is the difference between Maximum and Minimum values The Y cursors show the values being measured Maximum Maximum is the highest value in the waveform display The Y cursor shows the value being measured Minimum Minimum is the lowest value in the waveform display The Y cursor shows the value being measured Amplitude The Amplitude of a waveform is the difference between its Top and Base values The Y cursors show the values being measured Top The Top of a waveform is the mode most common value of the upper part of the waveform or if the mode is not well defined the top is the same as Maximum The Y cursor shows the value being measured Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 221 14 Measurements See Also To isolate a pulse for Top measurement on page 222 To isolate a pulse for Top measurement The following figure shows how to use Zoom mode to isolate a pulse for a Top measurement You may need to change the measurement window setting so that the measurement is made in the lower Zoom window See Measurement Window with Zoom Display on page 238 1 0008 10 00 Agilent Acquisition Channels Measurement Menu Source Settings Clear Meas Figure 45 Isolating area for Top measurement Base The Base of a waveform is the mode most common value of the lower part of the waveform or if the mode is not well defined the base
355. tion Note that 1 GHz bandwidth 3000 X Series oscilloscope models have more of a brick wall type frequency response also known a flat response than the Gaussian response of lower bandwidth 3000 X Series oscilloscope models To understand the characteristics of each type of oscilloscope frequency response see Understanding Oscilloscope Frequency Response and Its Effect on Rise Time Accuracy Agilent Application Note 1420 http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5988 8008EN pdf SeeAlso Evaluating Oscilloscope Sample Rates vs Sampling Fidelity How to Make the Most Accurate Digital Measurements Agilent Application Note 1587 http cp literature agilent com litweb pdf 5989 5732EN pdf Oscilloscope Rise Time Closely related to an oscilloscope s bandwidth specification is its rise time specification Oscilloscopes with a Gaussian type frequency response have an approximate rise time of 0 35 fpw based on a 10 to 90 criterion Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 191 12 Acquisition Control 192 An oscilloscope s rise time is not the fastest edge speed that the oscilloscope can accurately measure It is the fastest edge speed the oscilloscope can possibly produce Oscilloscope Bandwidth Required See Also The oscilloscope bandwidth required to accurately measure a signal is primarily determined by the signal s rise time not the signal s frequency You can use these steps to calculate the oscil
356. tion math and display settings e Invert Graticule Colors Select this to reduce the amount of black ink it takes to print oscilloscope images by changing the black background to white Invert Graticule Colors is the default mode Graticule Not Inverted Graticule Inverted e Form Feed Select this to send a form feed command to the printer after the waveform is printed and before the setup information is printed Switch Form Feed off if you want setup information printed on the same sheet of paper with the waveform This option only has an effect when the Setup Information option is selected Also if the amount of setup information will not fit on the same page with the waveform it will be printed on a new page regardless of the Form Feed setting e Landscape Select this to print horizontally on the page instead of vertically portrait mode 292 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Print Screens 19 To specify the palette option In the Print Configuration Menu press the Palette softkey to change the following options e Color Select this to print the screen in color The oscilloscope s print driver cannot print color images to color laser printers so the Color option is not available when connected to laser printers e Grayscale Select this to print the screen in shades of gray rather than in color Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 293 19 P
357. to Use Normal Trigger Mode on page 181 descriptions You can also configure the Quick Action key to toggle between the Auto and Normal trigger modes See Configuring the Quick Action Key on page 311 After the oscilloscope starts running after pressing Run or Single or changing the trigger condition the oscilloscope first fills the pre trigger buffer Then after the pre trigger buffer is filled the oscilloscope starts searching for a trigger and sampled data continues to flow data through the pre trigger buffer in a first in first out FIFO manner When a trigger is found the pre trigger buffer contains the events that occurred just before the trigger Then the oscilloscope fills the post trigger buffer and displays the acquisition memory If the acquisition was initiated by Run Stop the process repeats If the acquisition was initiated by pressing Single the acquisition stops and you can Pan and Zoom the waveform In either Auto or Normal trigger mode a trigger may be missed if the event occurs while the pre trigger buffer is being filled This may be more likely for example when the horizontal scale knob is set to a slow time div setting such as 500 ms div Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Trigger Mode Coupling 11 Trigger Indicator The trigger indicator at the top right of the display shows whether triggers are occurring In the Auto trigger mode the trigger indicator ca
358. to enable or disable transparent information backgrounds This setting is also used for other oscilloscope information on the display like mask test statistics etc To save recall reference waveform files to from a USB storage device Analog channel math or reference waveforms can be saved to a reference waveform file on a USB storage device See To save reference waveform files to a USB storage device on page 281 You can recall a reference waveform file from a USB storage device into one of the reference waveform locations See To recall reference waveform files from a USB storage device on page 285 104 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide ee e e 6 o9 Digital Channels To connect the digital probes to the device under test 105 Acquiring waveforms using the digital channels 109 To display digital channels using AutoScale 109 Interpreting the digital waveform display 110 To switch all digital channels on or off 112 To switch groups of channels on or off 112 To switch a single channel on or off 112 To change the displayed size of the digital channels 111 To reposition a digital channel 113 To change the logic threshold for digital channels 112 To display digital channels as a bus 114 Digital channel signal fidelity Probe impedance and grounding 117 To replace digital probe leads 122 This chapter describes how to us
359. to ten characters in length 4 Press the Enter softkey to enter the selected character and to go to the next character position 5 You may position the highlight on any character in the label name by successively pressing the Enter softkey 6 To delete a character from the label press the Enter softkey until the letter you want to delete is highlighted then press the Delete Character softkey You can use a connected USB keyboard instead of using the Spell and other character editing softkeys 7 When you are done entering characters for the label press the Apply New Label softkey to assign the label to the selected channel When you define a new label it is added to the nonvolatile label list When you assign a label ending in a digit such as ADDRO or DATAO the oscilloscope automatically increments the digit and displays the modified label in the New label field after you press the Apply New Label softkey Therefore you only need to select a new channel and press the Apply New Label softkey again to assign the label to the channel Only the original label is saved in the label list This feature makes it easier to assign successive labels to numbered control lines and data bus lines To load a list of labels from a text file you create 140 It may be convenient to create a list of labels using a text editor then load the label list into the oscilloscope This lets you type on a keyboard rather than edit the label list usin
360. ttings for the USB interface When an I O interface is installed remote control over that interface is always enabled Also the oscilloscope can be controlled via multiple I O interfaces for example USB and LAN at the same time e Chapter 21 Web Interface starting on page 315 when the oscilloscope is connected to a LAN e Remote Programming via the Web Interface on page 321 e The oscilloscope s Programmer s Guide e Remote Programming with Agilent IO Libraries on page 322 Setting up the Oscilloscope s LAN Connection 296 When the DSOXLAN LAN VGA module is installed you can place the oscilloscope on the network and set up its LAN connection Once that is done you can use the oscilloscope s web interface or remotely control the oscilloscope via the LAN interface The oscilloscope supports methods for automated LAN configuration or manual LAN configuration see To establish a LAN connection on page 297 It is also possible to set up a point to point LAN connection between a PC and the oscilloscope see Stand alone Point to Point Connection to a PC on page 298 Once the oscilloscope is set up on the network you can use the oscilloscope s web page to view or change its network configuration and access additional settings like the network password See Chapter 21 Web Interface starting on page 315 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Utility Settings 20 When you conne
361. twork printer share for example server share When the Printer Address is a Windows network printer share the Modify softkey also lets you enter these settings Network Domain this is the Windows network domain name Username this is your login name for the Windows network domain Password this is your login password for the Windows network domain To clear an entered password press the Clear Password softkey 5 Use the Spell Enter and Delete Character softkeys to enter the network printer settings Spell press this softkey and turn the entry knob to select the character at the current position Enter press this softkey to enter characters and move the cursor to the next character position Delete Character press the Enter softkey until the desired character is highlighted then press this softkey to delete the character Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 291 19 Print Screens You can use a connected USB keyboard instead of using the Spell and other character editing softkeys 6 Press the Apply softkey to make the printer connection A message appears to tell you whether the connection was successful To specify the print options In the Print Configuration Menu press the Options softkey to change the following options e Setup Information Select this to print oscilloscope setup information on your printout including vertical horizontal trigger acquisi
362. u The totalizer is running counting frames and calculating the percentage of error frames even when the oscilloscope is stopped not acquiring data The ERR error counter is a count of Rx and Tx frames with parity errors The TX FRAMES and RX FRAMES counts include both normal frames and frames with parity errors When an overflow condition occurs the counter displays OVERFLOW The counters can be reset to zero by pressing the Reset UART Counters softkey in the UART RS232 Settings Menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide UART RS232 Triggering and Serial Decode 28 Interpreting UART RS232 Lister Data 1 0003 Stop 1 12 Errors Agilent Acquisition 212 6ms jetsam i Channels 4ms 210 8ms Zoom to Options Selection Zoom w In addition to the standard Time column the UART RS232 Lister contains these columns e Rx receive data Tx transmit data e Errors highlighted in red Parity Error or Unknown Error Aliased data is highlighted in pink When this happens decrease the horizontal time div setting and run again Searching for UART RS232 Data in the Lister The oscilloscope s search capability lets you search for and mark certain types of UART RS232 data in the Lister You can use the Navigate key and controls to navigate through the marked rows 1 With UART RS232 selected as the serial decode mode press Search 2 In the
363. umber 7 Number of vertices 10 00 1 000 12 50 0 500 15 00 0 500 15 00 1 500 12 50 1 500 Region Number 8 Number of vertices 12 50 MIN 10 00 1 750 10 00 1 750 12 50 MIN setup MTES ENAB 1 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide xy x4 7 Mask Testing 15 251 15 Mask Testing CHAN1 RANG 4 00E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 1 BWL 0 INV 0 CHAN1 LAB 1 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING CHAN2 RANG 16 0E 00 OFFS 1 62400E 00 COUP DC IMP FIFT DISP 0 BWL 0 INV 0 CHAN2 LAB 2 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING CHAN3 RANG 40 0E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 0 BWL 0 INV 0 CHAN3 LAB 3 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING CHAN4 RANG 40 0E 00 OFFS 0 0E 00 COUP DC IMP ONEM DISP 0 BWL 0 INV 0 CHAN4 LAB 4 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB SKEW 0 0E 00 STYP SING EXT BWL 0 IMP ONEM RANG 5E 00 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 0E 00 PROB STYP SING TIM MODE MAIN REF CENT MAIN RANG 50 00E 09 POS 0 0E 00 TRIG MODE EDGE SWE AUTO NREJ 0 HFR 0 HOLD 60E 09 TRIG EDGE SOUR CHAN1 LEV 75 00E 03 SLOP POS REJ OFF COUP DC ACQ MODE RTIM TYPE NORM COMP 100 COUNT 8 SEGM COUN 2 DISP LAB 0 CONN 1 PERS MIN SOUR PMEM1 HARD APR AREA SCR FACT 0 FFE 0 INKS 1 PAL NONE LAY PORT SAVE FIL mask_0 SAVE IMAG AREA GRAT FACT 0 FORM NONE INKS 0 PAL COL SAVE WAV FORM NONE MTES SOUR CHAN1 ENAB 1 L
364. ure the trigger output pulses high 5 V Otherwise the trigger output remains at low 0 V See Chapter 15 Mask Testing starting on page 241 Waveform Generator Sync Pulse All of the waveform generator output functions except DC Noise and Cardiac have an associated Sync signal The Sync signal is a TTL positive pulse that occurs when the waveform rises above zero volts or the DC offset value See Chapter 17 Waveform Generator starting on page 257 The TRIG OUT connector also provides the User Cal signal See To perform user calibration on page 306 Performing Service Tasks The Service Menu under Utility gt Service lets you perform service related tasks Service Menu rt Hardware Front Panel User Cal User Cal Self Test Self Test Os pe Status e To perform user calibration on page 306 e To perform hardware self test on page 308 e To perform front panel self test on page 309 e To display oscilloscope information on page 309 e To display the user calibration status on page 309 For other information related to oscilloscope maintenance and service see Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 305 20 Utility Settings e To clean the oscilloscope on page 309 e To check warranty and extended services status on page 310 e To contact Agilent on page 310 e To return the instrument on page 310 To perform user calibration 306 Perform user ca
365. urement threshold value Decreasing the upper value below the set middle value will automatically decrease the middle value to be less than the upper value The default upper threshold is 90 or 1 50 V If threshold Type is set to the upper threshold value can be set from 7 to 95 Measurement Window with Zoom Display When the zoomed time base is displayed you can choose whether measurements are made in the Main window portion of the display or the Zoom window portion of the display 1 Press the Meas key 2 In the Measurement Menu press the Settings softkey 3 In the Measurement Settings Menu press the Meas Window softkey then turn the Entry knob to select from Auto Select The measurement is attempted in the lower Zoom window if it cannot be made there the upper Main window is used Main The measurement window is the upper Main window Zoom The measurement window is the lower Zoom window Measurement Statistics 238 Press the Meas key to enter the Measurement Menu By default statistics are displayed and frequency and voltage are measured on channel 1 Select the measurements you desire for the channels you are using see Measurements Summary on page 217 From the Measurement Menu press the Statistics softkey to enter the Statistics Menu Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Measurements 14 Clear Meas Agilent Acquisiti i Channels x Measure
366. urn the Entry knob to select the Nth edge of the Trigger B signal to trigger on Pulse Width Trigger Pulse Width glitch triggering sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a positive or negative pulse of a specified width If you want to trigger on a specific timeout value use Pattern trigger in the Trigger Menu see Pattern Trigger on page 152 1 Press the Trigger key 2 In the Trigger Menu press the Trigger softkey then turn the Entry knob to select Pulse Width Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 149 10 Triggers 150 Agilent on Channels Press the Source softkey then rotate the Entry knob to select a channel source for the trigger The channel you select is shown in the upper right corner of the display next to the polarity symbol The source can be any analog or digital channel available on your oscilloscope Adjust the trigger level For analog channels turn the Trigger Level knob For digital channels press the Digital key and select Thresholds to set the threshold level The value of the trigger level or digital threshold is displayed in the upper right corner of the display Press the pulse polarity softkey to select positive TD or negative dD polarity for the pulse width you want to capture The selected pulse polarity is displayed in the upper right corner of the display A positive pulse is higher than the current trigger level or threshold and a negative puls
367. v D Frequency ANY Sine 1 000kH2 Waveform 3 Depending on the selected waveform type use the remaining softkeys and the Entry knob to set the waveform s characteristics Waveform Characteristics Frequency Max Offset Type Range Amplitude High z High z Arbitrary Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level 12 MHz 5 Vpp and Offset Low Level softkeys to set the arbitrary waveform signal parameters Use the Edit Waveform softkey to define the arbitrary waveform shape See To edit arbitrary waveforms on page 261 258 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Generator 17 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Characteristics Frequency Max Offset Type Range Amplitude High z High z Sine Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level 20 MHz 5 Vpp and Offset Low Level softkeys to set the sine signal parameters Square Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level 10 MHz 5 Vpp Offset Low Level and Duty Cycle softkeys to set the square wave signal parameters The duty cycle can be adjusted from 20 to 80 Ramp Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 2 50 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude High Level
368. ve Probes Model Description Quantity Supported 1130A 1 5 GHz InfiniiMax amplifier requires one or more 2 InfiniiMax probe heads E2675A E2668A E2669A 1131A InfiniiMax 3 5 GHz probe 2 1132A InfiniiMax 5 GHz probe 2 1134A InfiniiMax 7 GHz probe 2 1156A Active probe 1 5 GHz 4 1157A Active probe 2 5 GHz 4 1158A Active probe 4 GHz 4 N2744A T2A probe interface adapter Unknown depends on probes connected N2795A Active probe 1 GHz with AutoProbe interface 2 N2796A Active probe 2 GHz with AutoProbe interface 2 See AutoProbe Interface on page 334 Differential Probes The following differential probes can be used with the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes Table 8 Differential Probes Model Description Quantity Supported 1141A Active differential probe 200 MHz 200 VDC peak AC max requires 1142A power supply 1144A Active probe 800 MHz requires 1142A power supply 1145A Active probe 750 MHz 2 ch requires 1142A power supply 336 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference Table 8 Differential Probes continued Model Description Quantity Supported N2772A Active differential probe 20 MHz 1 2 kVDC peak AC max requires N2773A power supply N2790A High voltage differential probe 50 1 or 500 1 switchable 100 MHz with 4 AutoProbe interface N2791A High voltage d
369. ve trigger setups along with the oscilloscope setup see Chapter 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data starting on page 273 A triggered waveform is one in which the oscilloscope begins tracing displaying the waveform from the left side of the display to the right each time a particular trigger condition is met This provides stable display of periodic signals such as sine waves and square waves as well as nonperiodic signals such as serial data streams The figure below shows the conceptual representation of acquisition memory You can think of the trigger event as dividing acquisition memory into a pre trigger and post trigger buffer The position of the trigger event in acquisition memory is defined by the time reference point and the delay horizontal position setting see To adjust the horizontal delay position on page 51 i Event Post Trigger Buffer Pre Trigger Buffer i P vy Acquisition Memory Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Triggers 10 Adjusting the Trigger Level You can adjust the trigger level for a selected analog channel by turning the Trigger Level knob You can push the Trigger Level knob to set the level to the waveform s 50 value If AC coupling is used pushing the Trigger Level knob sets the trigger level to about 0 V The position of the trigger level for the analog channel is indicated by the trigger level icon Tp if the analog channel
370. vent AutoTriggering See To select the Auto or Normal trigger mode on page 180 200 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Acquisition Control 12 2 000 Agilent Acquisition h Progress indicator Sample rate Segment lof 11 0 0s Segmented Current Seg of Segs 1 1000 See Also Navigating Segments on page 201 e Measurements Statistics and Infinite Persistence with Segmented Memory on page 201 e Segmented Memory Re Arm Time on page 202 e Saving Data from Segmented Memory on page 202 Navigating Segments 1 Press the Current Seg softkey and turn the Entry knob to display the desired segment along with a time tag indicating the time from the first trigger event You can also navigate segments using the Navigate key and controls See To navigate segments on page 62 Measurements Statistics and Infinite Persistence with Segmented Memory To perform measurements and view statistical information press Meas and set up your desired measurements see Chapter 14 Measurements starting on page 215 Then press Analyze Segments Statistical data will be accumulated for the measurements you have chosen Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 201 12 Acquisition Control The Analyze Segments softkey appears when the acquisition is stopped and the segmented memory feature is on or when the serial Lister is enabled You can also turn on infinite
371. vice that were not saved from the oscilloscope be aware that Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 285 18 Save Recall Setups Screens Data See Also If the file contains two columns the second column is automatically chosen If the file contains more than two columns you are prompted to select which column to load Up to five columns are parsed by the oscilloscope columns above the fifth are ignored The oscilloscope uses a maximum of 8192 points for an arbitrary waveform For more efficient recalls make sure your arbitrary waveforms are 8192 points or less To recall an arbitrary waveform 1 4 Press Save Recall gt Recall gt Recall then turn the Entry knob to select Arbitrary Waveform data csv Press the softkey in the second position and use the Entry knob to navigate to the file to recall See To navigate storage locations on page 282 Press the Press to Recall softkey A message indicating whether the recall was successful is displayed If you would like to clear the display press Clear Display To edit arbitrary waveforms on page 261 Recalling Default Setups 286 1 Press the Save Recall key 2 In the Save Recall Menu press Default Erase 3 In the Default Menu press one of these softkeys Default Setup recalls the oscilloscope s default setup This is the same as pressing the front panel Default Setup key See Recall the Default Oscillosc
372. vigate e Pressing the Scroll Lister softkey lets you use the Entry knob to scroll through data rows in the Lister display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 61 2 Horizontal Controls To navigate segments When the segmented memory acquisition is enabled and acquisitions are stopped you can use the navigation controls to play through the acquired segments 1 Press Navigate 2 In the Navigate Menu press Navigate then select Segments 3 Press Play Mode then select Manual to play through segments manually In the Manual play mode Press the OS back and forward keys to go to the previous or next segment Press the I lt softkey to go to the first segment Press the gt softkey to go to the last segment Auto to play through segments in an automated fashion In the Auto play mode Press the SIOIS navigation keys to play backward stop or play forward in time You can press the or keys multiple times to speed up the playback There are three speed levels 62 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 3 Vertical Controls To turn waveforms on or off channel or math 64 To adjust the vertical scale 65 To adjust the vertical position 65 To specify channel coupling 65 To specify channel input impedance 66 To specify bandwidth limiting 67 To change the vertical scale knob s c
373. within acquisition memory and on the display with delay set to 0 Turning the Horizontal scale sweep speed knob expands or contracts the waveform about the time reference point V See To adjust the horizontal time div scale on page 50 Turning the Horizontal position 4 knob in Normal mode not Zoom moves the trigger point indicator W to the left or right of the time reference point V See To adjust the horizontal delay position on page 51 Searching for Events You can use the Search key and menu to search for Edge Pulse Width Rise Fall Time Runt and Serial events on the analog channels Setting up searches see To set up searches on page 59 is similar to setting up triggers In fact except for Serial events you can copy search setups to trigger setups and vice versa see To copy search setups on page 60 Searches are different than triggers in that they use the measurement threshold settings instead of trigger levels Found search events are marked with white triangles at the top of the graticule and the number of events found is displayed in the menu line just above the sofkey labels To set up searches 1 Press Search 2 In the Search Menu press Search then turn the Entry knob to select the search type 3 Press Settings and use the Search Settings Menu to set up the selected search type Setting up searches is similar to setting up triggers For setting up Edge searches see Ed
374. word 329 restart condition 12C trigger 379 return instrument for service 310 Rise time measurement 231 rise time measurement trend 98 rise time oscilloscope 191 rise time signal 192 rise fall time triggering 157 rising edge count measurements 235 RMS AC measurement trend 97 roll mode 53 RS232 trigger 425 Run Control keys 38 runt pulses 228 runt triggering 160 Russian front panel overlays 43 438 Russian user interface and Quick Help 48 S safety warning 31 sample rate 3 sample rate and memory depth 193 sample rate current rate displayed 50 sample rate oscilloscope 190 191 sampling theory 189 sampling overview 189 save 311 save file 299 save files via web interface 323 save segment 277 save setup files 275 save times data 280 Save to 283 save Quick Save 311 save recall from web interface 323 Save Recall key 40 saver screen 302 saving data 273 SCL 12C trigger 378 SCLK 12S trigger 398 SCPI Commands window 321 screen image via web interface 325 screen saver 302 SDA 377 SDA 12C trigger 378 Search key 38 secure erase 287 segmented memory 199 segmented memory re arm time 202 segmented memory saving segments 277 segmented memory statistical data 202 select digital channels 113 select knob 113 Selected 300 selecting values 37 self test front panel 309 self test hardware 308 serial clock 12C trigger 378
375. would any other channel For more information on digital channels see Chapter 6 Digital Channels starting on page 105 Serial key This key is used to enable serial decode The multiplexed scale and position knobs are not used with serial decode For more information on serial decode see Chapter 7 Serial Decode starting on page 125 Multiplexed scale knob This scale knob is used with Math Ref or Digital waveforms whichever has the illuminated arrow to the left For math and reference waveforms the scale knob acts like an analog channel vertical scale knob Multiplexed position knob This position knob is used with Math Ref or Digital waveforms whichever has the illuminated arrow to the left For math and reference waveforms the position knob acts like an analog channel vertical position knob Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 39 1 40 Getting Started Measure controls The measure controls consist of Cursors knob Push this knob select cursors from a popup menu Then after the popup menu closes either by timeout or by pushing the knob again rotate the knob to adjust the selected cursor position Cursors key Press this key to open a menu that lets you select the cursors mode and source Meas key Press this key to access a set of predefined measurements See Chapter 14 Measurements starting on page 215 Wavefo
376. xamples 209 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 15 14 Measurements To make automatic measurements 216 Measurements Summary 217 Snapshot All 219 Voltage Measurements 220 Peak Peak 221 Maximum 221 Minimum 221 Amplitude 221 Top 221 Base 222 Overshoot 223 Preshoot 224 Average 224 DCRMS 225 AC RMS 225 Ratio 227 Time Measurements 227 Period 228 Frequency 228 Counter 229 Width 230 Width 230 Burst Width 230 Duty Cycle 230 Rise Time 231 Fall Time 231 Delay 231 Phase 232 XatMinY 233 XatMaxY 234 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Count Measurements 234 Positive Pulse Count 234 Negative Pulse Count 235 Rising Edge Count 235 Falling Edges Count 235 Mixed Measurements 235 Area 235 Measurement Thresholds 236 Measurement Window with Zoom Display 238 Measurement Statistics 238 15 Mask Testing To create a mask from a golden waveform Automask 241 Mask Test Setup Options 243 Mask Statistics 246 To manually modify a mask file 247 Building a Mask File 250 How is mask testing done 252 16 Digital Voltmeter 17 Waveform Generator To select generated waveform types and settings 257 To edit arbitrary waveforms 261 Creating New Arbitrary Waveforms 262 Editing Existing Arbitrary Waveforms 263 Capturing Other Waveforms to the Arbitrary Waveform 264 To output the waveform generator sync pulse 265 To specify the expected output load 265 Agilent
377. xponential Rise Exponential Fall When the Ramp shape is selected a Symmetry softkey appears so that you can specify the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising 3 Press the AM Freq softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the frequency of the modulating signal 4 Press the AM Depth softkey and turn the Entry knob to specify the amount of amplitude modulation 268 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Generator 17 AM Depth refers to the portion of the amplitude range that will be used by the modulation For example a depth setting of 80 causes the output amplitude to vary from 10 to 90 90 10 80 of the original amplitude as the modulating signal goes from its minimum to maximum amplitude The following screen shows an AM modulation of a 100 kHz sine wave carrier signal 50 005 Channels Waveform Generator Modulation Menu Modulation T Waveform AM Freq AM Depth Symmetry 10kHz 50 100 To set up Frequency Modulation FM In the Waveform Generator Modulation Menu under Wave Gen gt Settings gt Modulation 1 Press the Type softkey and turn the Entry knob to select Frequency Modulation FM 2 Press the Waveform softkey and turn the Entry knob to select the shape of the modulating signal Sine Square Ramp Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 269 17 Waveform Generator 270 Sine Cardinal Exponential Rise
378. y 5 In the Channel Probe Menu the second softkey from the left is for specifying your probe head and attenuation Repeatedly press this softkey until the probe head selection matches the attenuator you are using The choices are 10 1 single ended browser no attenuator 10 1 differential browser no attenuator 10 1 6 dB Atten single ended browser 10 1 6 dB Atten differential browser 10 1 12 dB Atten single ended browser 10 1 12 dB Atten differential browser 10 1 20 dB Atten single ended browser 10 1 20 dB Atten differential browser 6 Press the Calibrate Probe softkey and follow the instructions on the display Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide 71 3 Vertical Controls For more information on InfiniiMax probes and accessories see the probe s User s Guide 72 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide eo o e e 4 he Math Waveforms To display math waveforms 73 To perform transforms or filters on an arithmetic operation 75 To adjust the math waveform scale and offset 75 Units for Math Waveforms 76 Math Operators 76 Math Transforms 78 Math Filters 94 Math Visualizations 96 Math functions can be performed on analog channels The resulting math waveform is displayed in light purple You can use a math function on a channel even if you choose not to display the chann
379. y at a viewing position away from the oscilloscope The oscilloscope s built in display remains on even when an external display is connected The video output connector is always active For optimal video quality and performance we recommend you use a shielded video cable with ferrite cores A DSOXGPIB GPIB module may be ordered and installed separately 44 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Getting Started 1 TRIG OUT Trigger output BNC connector See Setting the Rear Panel TRIG OUT connector Source on page 304 Calibration See To perform user calibration on page 306 protect button EXT TRIG IN connector USB Host port External trigger input BNC connector See External Trigger Input on page 184 for an explanation of this feature This port functions identically to the USB host port on the front panel USB Host Port is used for saving data from the oscilloscope and loading software updates See also USB Host port see page 42 USB Device port This port is for connecting the oscilloscope to a host PC You can issue remote commands from a host PC to the oscilloscope via the USB device port See Remote Programming with Agilent 10 Libraries on page 322 Learn the Oscilloscope Display The oscilloscope display contains acquired waveforms setup information measurement results and the softkey definitions Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Ser
380. y of the equipment is made known to the user Measurement category II is for measurements performed on circuits directly connected to the low voltage installation Examples are measurements on household appliances portable tools and similar equipment Measurement category III is for measurements performed in the building installation Examples are measurements on distribution boards circuit breakers wiring including cables bus bars junction boxes switches socket outlets in the fixed installation and equipment for industrial use and some other equipment for example stationary motors with permanent connection to the fixed installation Measurement category IV is for measurements performed at the source of the low voltage installation Examples are electricity meters and measurements on primary overcurrent protection devices and ripple control units Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Reference 22 Transient Withstand Capability CAUTION A Maximum input voltage at analog inputs CAT 300 Vrms 400 Vpk transient overvoltage 1 6 kVpk 50Q input 5 Vrms Input protection is enabled in 50 mode and the 50 Q load will disconnect if greater than 5 Vrms is detected However the inputs could still be damaged depending on the time constant of the signal The 50 Q input protection only functions when the oscilloscope is powered on With 10073C 10 1 probe CAT 500 Vpk CAT II 400 Vpk With N2862A or N2863
381. z to 20 mVpp to 1 25 V Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude and Offset 200 kHz 5 Vpp softkeys to set the cardiac signal parameters Gaussian Use the Frequency Frequency 100 mHz to 20 mVpp to 1 25 V Pulse Fine Period Period Fine Amplitude and Offset 5 MHz 4 Vpp softkeys to set the gaussian pulse signal parameters When the output load is 50 Q these values are halved 260 Pressing a signal parameter softkey can open a menu for selecting the type of adjustment For example you can choose to enter amplitude and offset values or you can choose to enter high level and low level values Or you can choose to enter frequency values or period values Keep pressing the softkey to select the type of adjustment Turn the Entry knob to adjust the value Notice that you can select between coarse and fine adjustments for frequency period and width Also pushing the Entry knob is a quick way to toggle between coarse and fine adjustments The Settings softkey opens the Waveform Generator Settings Menu which lets you make other settings related to the waveform generator eform Generator Settings Menu Trig Out Output Load Logic Presets Add Noise Default Triggers High Z 0 Wave Gen See e To output the waveform generator sync pulse on page 265 e To specify the expected output load on page 265 e To use waveform generator logic presets on page 266 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Waveform Gen
382. zontal Menu lets you select the time mode Normal XY or Roll enable Zoom set the time base fine control vernier and specify the time reference The current sample rate is displayed in the right side information area To adjust the horizontal time div scale 1 Turn the large horizontal scale sweep speed knob marked N Ag to change the horizontal time div setting 50 Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes User s Guide Horizontal Controls 2 Notice how the time div information in the status line changes The V symbol at the top of the display indicates the time reference point The horizontal scale knob works in the Normal time mode while acquisitions are running or when they are stopped When running adjusting the horizontal scale knob changes the sample rate When stopped adjusting the horizontal scale knob lets you zoom into acquired data See Panning and Zooming Single or Stopped Acquisitions on page 52 Note that the horizontal scale knob has a different purpose in the Zoom display See To display the zoomed time base on page 56 To adjust the horizontal delay position 1 Turn the horizontal delay position knob lt p The trigger point moves horizontally pausing at 0 00 s mimicking a mechanical detent and the delay value is displayed in the status line Changing the delay time moves the trigger point solid inverted triangle horizontally and indicates how far it is from the time reference

Agilent InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents